[4.D) Beach Renourishment Update presented by Mr. Larry Humphries, Project Manager II, Collier County Coastal Zone Management (Supplement 1/Updated Item).]

MR. LARRY HUMPHREYS. MR..

YOUNG, DO YOU HAVE. NO, MA'AM.

I'LL LET MR. HUMPHREYS.

GOOD MORNING. GOOD MORNING.

GREAT TO BE HERE AGAIN.

LOTS OF FRIENDLY FACES.

THAT'S ALWAYS GOOD TO SEE. TRYING TO GIVE YOU A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF WHAT THE CITY OF NAPLES HAS IN STORE FROM THE COUNTY FOR THE BEACH.

RENOURISHMENT. I THREW A LITTLE BIT OF THE DREDGE IN THERE, AND A LITTLE BIT ABOUT THE DUNE PLANTINGS THAT WE HAVE COMING UP.

THE PROJECT AREA IS APPROXIMATELY THREE AND A HALF MILES.

IT GOES FROM DOCTORS PASS, WHICH IS OUR 58 A PLUS 300 TO OUR 79.

SO THAT MEANS A WHOLE LOT OF NOTHING TO SOME PEOPLE.

BUT OUR 79 IS BASICALLY 2200 GORDON DRIVE.

THE HOUSES THAT THEY JUST TORE DOWN.

AND SO THAT'S OUR LIMITS FOR THIS PROJECT.

THE TOTAL FILL FOR THIS PROJECT IS 208,200 TONNES OF SAND.

I LIKE TO SAY TONS. A LOT OF PEOPLE PUT IN CUBIC YARDS.

I THINK AN ELEPHANT WEIGHING TWO TONS.

A LOT EASIER TO VISUALIZE THAN A THREE BY THREE BY THREE CUBIC SQUARE.

SO THAT KIND OF MAKES IT GO A LITTLE BIT EASIER.

SO TO ACCESS THIS BEACH, WE HAVE TWO OPTIONS THAT ARE AT HAND NORTH OF THE PIER AND SOUTH OF THE PIER. SO THE FIRST FOR NORTH OF THE PIER THIRD AVENUE NORTH IS GOING TO BE OUR ACCESS ROUTE.

THEY'LL COME DOWN GOLDEN GATE PARKWAY.

DOWN TO WELL LET'S MOVE A LITTLE SLOW FOR ME DOWN 41 TO FOURTH AVENUE NORTH, AND THEN WE'LL GO ON TO THIRD AVENUE NORTH AND BRING OUR SAND.

SO WHEN YOU START LOOKING AT THE SAND NEEDED THAT SECTION OF BEACH.

IF YOU TAKE FROM THIRD AVENUE NORTH TO THE TO DOCTORS PASS.

WE ARE LOOKING AT 107,000 TONS OF SAND FROM THAT SECTION THAT'S NEEDED.

AND SO WE'RE LOOKING AT APPROXIMATELY 5400 TRUCKLOADS RUNNING THAT ROUTE TO GET TO THE BEACH, TO BRING THE SAND TO THAT SECTION THROUGH OUR ACCESS.

WE'LL START AT THE THE POINT WE'LL GO TO DOCTORS PASS AND WE'LL WORK OUR WAY SOUTH TO THIRD AVENUE. AND THEN THE GOAL IS TO BE THERE BY THANKSGIVING.

BY THANKSGIVING BREAK.

THEN AFTER THANKSGIVING BREAK, WE'LL BE GOING FROM THIRD AVENUE NORTH, STARTING AT THE PIER AND WORKING OUR WAY BACK UP.

THAT SECTION THERE, WE'RE LOOKING AT ANOTHER 4400 TONS OF SAND BETWEEN THIRD AVENUE NORTH AND THE PIER TO GO DOWN.

AND SO YOU'RE LOOKING AT ANOTHER 2200 TRUCKLOADS OF SAND.

SO IN TOTAL, WE'RE LOOKING AT 7600 TRUCKLOADS OF SAND AT 152,000 TONS OF SAND GOING IN THAT SECTION. THERE'S A LOT OF BEACH MISSING WHEN I STAND OUT THERE AND PEOPLE SAY, WELL, HOW MUCH BEACH ARE YOU PUTTING BACK? WE'LL STAND AT THE WATER'S EDGE. AND I SAY, JUST WALK OUT THERE ABOUT 100FT AND THAT'LL BE YOUR NEW BEACH END.

WE'RE GOING TO BE PUSHING THE GOLF BACK TO TEXAS.

AND THAT'S HOW I KIND OF EXPLAINED IT TO THEM. I DON'T THINK PEOPLE REALIZE THE AMOUNT OF BEACH LOSS WE HAVE UNTIL YOU PUT IT BACK.

WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE AREAS OF LOUDERMILK PARK AND YOU LOOK AT TO THE FOUR SEASONS, THERE'S A SUPER HUGE HOLE THERE, WHICH HAS TAKEN ABOUT A THIRD OF THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF 208,000 TONS OF SAND JUST IN THAT SPOT.

AND SO WHEN WE START HAULING SAND FROM THIRD AVENUE TO THE NORTH, WE'LL START ALL THE WAY AT DOCTORS PASS. BUT WHEN WE GET TO LOUDERMILK PARK AND WE START WORKING OUR WAY DOWN, IT'S ALMOST LIKE TIME IS GOING TO STOP BECAUSE WE'RE GOING TO TAKE 40 TO 60,000 OR 1000 TONS OF SAND, AND WE'RE GOING TO DUMP THERE AND IT'S JUST GOING TO DISAPPEAR. AND THEN THE NEXT TRUCK IS GOING TO DISAPPEAR, AND YOU'RE NOT GOING TO GO ABOUT A FOOT IN THAT DAY. AND IT GETS A LITTLE HEART DISCOURAGING WHEN YOU LOOK AT THAT AND YOU DON'T SEE ANY PRODUCTION, BUT THAT'S JUST THE AMOUNT OF SAND THAT IS LOST THERE. AND SO ONCE WE PASS THAT HOLE, WE'LL PICK UP A LITTLE MORE SPEED.

WHEN WE GO TO 17TH AVENUE.

BEACH WHEN WE HEAD TO THE SOUTH.

AND SO THE GOAL IS TO BE THERE IS AFTER THANKSGIVING, WE'LL FINISH UP THE THIRD AVENUE TO THE PIER.

THEN WE'LL GO TO 17TH AVENUE.

THE ROUTE IS THE SAME IT WAS WHEN WE DID PORT ROYAL JUST LAST YEAR.

WE'LL BE GOING DOWN 41 TO BROAD AVENUE, OVER TO GORDON DRIVE AND THEN TURN ON THE 17TH STREET. IT DOESN'T SOUND, IT'S A LOT BETTER THAN THE NORTH, BUT WE'RE LOOKING AT ABOUT 1200 TRUCKLOADS GOING THERE, AND THERE'S ABOUT 24,000 TONS OF SAND HEADED THAT WAY FROM THE PIER.

SO WHEN WE GET THERE, WE'LL GO, WE'LL START FILLING UP AT THE PIER AND WORKING OUR WAY SOUTH TO 17TH, AND THEN WE'LL GO DOWN TO OUR 79 AND WORK OUR WAY BACK AND JUST KIND OF PAN OURSELVES OUT OF THAT HOLE.

HOPEFULLY BY CHRISTMAS WE'LL BE A FAINT MEMORY,

[00:30:03]

AND THE BEACHES WILL BE BEAUTIFUL AND READY TO GO FOR THE HOLIDAYS AND FOR WHEN SEASON REALLY HITS HARD. THAT'S JUST A SPOT OF THE ACCESS POINT.

YOU CAN KIND OF SEE FROM THE LINE HERE.

MY MOUSE WENT TO SLEEP.

THIS IS THE LIMIT OF THE EDGE OF THE TEMPLATE.

AND THEN YOU CAN KIND OF SEE WHERE IT EXTENDS OUT.

AND IF YOU WERE TO SCALE THAT OFF, WE'RE PROBABLY LOOKING AT THAT SECTION AT ABOUT 100FT. AND SO THE MONEY IS WHEN WE GO OUT THERE AND WE START DOING IT, YOU START SEEING THIS MASSIVE FILL START FILLING THE BEACH.

PEOPLE ALWAYS ASK ME WHEN I GET ON THE BEACH, WHERE'S YOUR SAND COME FROM? I KEEP THIS PICTURE OF THE MINE ON MY PHONE BECAUSE I TELL THEM IT COMES FROM A BIG BLUE LAKE JUST OFF OF 82 AND 29. AND I SAID, THERE'S A 90 FOOT DREDGE OUT THERE, AND IT DREDGES IT UP AND IT PILES IT UP.

AND AS YOU SEE THE STOCKPILE TO THE, THE BOTTOM THERE THAT'S PROBABLY ABOUT 200,000 TONS OF SAND. WHAT THEY USUALLY DO IS THEY'LL STOCKPILE IT FOR US BEFORE WE EVEN START HAULING IT. THAT WAY WE'RE INSURED THAT IF SOMETHING DOES GO WRONG WITH THEIR DREDGE OR WHEN WE START THE PROJECT, THAT WE'RE READY TO GO.

AND SO WHEN THIS PICTURE WAS TAKEN LAST YEAR, WHEN WE DID VANDERBILT BEACH WE WENT OUT THERE, WE CHECKED THE PILE, WE MAKE SURE EVERYTHING LOOKS GOOD AND THAT THE QUANTITY IS THERE BEFORE WE EVEN START THE PROJECT.

THE GOAL FOR THIS PROJECT IS TO START MOBILIZING OCTOBER 23RD.

WE WOULD LIKE TO BE STARTING TO HAUL SAND ON OCTOBER 26TH, WHICH IS, WHICH IS KIND OF A QUICK PUSH FOR US, BUT OUR GOAL IS TO BE THROUGH THAT MAJOR SECTION OF LOUDERMILK AND THAT NORTHERN SECTION THAT'S HIGHLY TRAVELED AND VISITED BEFORE THE THANKSGIVING BREAK.

BECAUSE WHEN YOU TRY TO DRAG TRUCKS UP AND DOWN THE BEACHES WITH THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE ON THERE, IT GETS A LITTLE SQUIRRELY. SO OUR GOAL IS TO TRY TO START AS EARLY AS WE CAN.

WE'LL BE WORKING SIX DAYS A WEEK, MONDAY THROUGH SATURDAYS.

WE START HAULING, DUMPING SAND AT 7 A.M.

AND WE USUALLY GO TO SUNSET AS LONG AS TIME ALLOWS AND SAND ALLOWS.

AND SO WE, WE, WE KEEP THAT PACE.

WHEN THE SAND DOES SHOW UP AT THE BEACH, TRUCK BY TRUCK, WE AS A GROUP OF PEOPLE, WE INSPECT EVERY TRUCKLOAD THAT COMES THROUGH. SO THE, THE 9000 TRUCKS THAT ARE SHOWING UP ON THE BEACH.

WE WILL SAMPLE EACH TRUCK.

WE WILL VISUALLY LOOK AT EACH TRUCK.

WE'LL WRITE DOWN THE WEIGHT OF EACH TRUCK AND, AND QUANTIFY THAT EVERY DAY DOWN TO THE HUNDREDTH.

SO YOU KNOW THAT 0.02 WILL BE 0.02.

SO WE KNOW EXACTLY THE QUANTITY IS BEING PUT ON THE BEACH.

IT GETS LOADED INTO AN OFF ROAD TRUCK.

AS YOU CAN SEE IN THE ONE PHOTO THAT HOLDS ANYWHERE FROM 40 TO 60 TONS OF SAND.

IT JUST DEPENDS ON THE VOLUME THAT THEY HAVE.

IT'S RAN DOWN THE BEACH AND DUMPED.

AND SO IN THE ONE PHOTO HERE, YOU CAN KIND OF SEE WHERE WE'RE BUILDING THAT BEACH. AND THAT WAS PART OF THE 80 FOOT BEACH WE WERE PUTTING BACK.

AND YOU CAN SEE JUST YOU DUMP A TRUCK AND IT JUST DISAPPEARS.

AND SO THAT THAT DOZER OPERATOR SITS THERE KIND OF QUIETLY WAITING FOR 5 OR 6 TRUCKS.

AND HE MAKES A HALF A PUSH AND THEN HE WAITS AGAIN FOR MORE TRUCKS.

PART OF PART OF THE RENOURISHMENT.

WE'RE ALSO IN THE PROCESS RIGHT NOW OF DREDGING WIGGINS PASS.

AND THEN WHEN WE GET DONE WITH WIGGINS PASS WOULD BE DOWN TO DOCTOR'S PASS.

WIGGINS IS APPROXIMATELY 94,000YD³ OF SAND BEING PUMPED RIGHT NOW FROM WIGGINS PASS AND BE PUTTING ON WIGGINS STATE PARK.

DOCTOR'S PASS IS GOING TO GET ANOTHER 60,000 TONS FROM OF ON THE BEACH.

PUT AT SOUTH OF DOCTOR'S PASS.

AND SO WHEN YOU TAKE THAT 208,000 TONS WE'RE BRINGING IT WAS FACTORED IN THAT WE WERE PUTTING 60,000 TONS ADDITIONALLY ON THERE.

SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THAT STRETCH, IT'S HONESTLY 270,000 TONS OF SAND BASICALLY BEING PUMPED ON THAT BEACH WITH WHAT WE'RE BRINGING IN WITH THE TRUCK HAUL AND WHAT THE DREDGE IS BRINGING TOWARDS US.

THEY HAD STARTED DREDGING LAST WEEK.

WIGGINS PASS, THEY'RE PROBABLY ALMOST AT THE HALFWAY POINT.

THEY'RE REALLY PUSHING SOME SAND.

WE'RE LOOKING TO BE PROBABLY AT DOCTOR'S PASS NEXT WEEK.

MAYBE TIME TO MOBILIZE DOWN.

THEY'RE TALKING ABOUT BRINGING IN ANOTHER DREDGE TO DO THE INNER PASS.

SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT WIGGINS PASS YOU CAN SEE THE LITTLE TEMPLATE UP HERE WHERE THEY'RE THEY'RE DREDGING RIGHT NOW. AND THIS IS WHERE THEY'RE PUTTING THE SAND AS WE SPEAK. WHEN THEY GET THE DOCTOR'S PASS, THERE'S THE DREDGE TEMPLATE THEY'RE GOING TO DREDGE IN. THEY'RE GOING TO BRING A SMALLER DREDGE TO COME INSIDE THIS PART OF THE PASS.

AND ALL THAT QUANTITY IS GOING TO THAT SECTION.

AND THEN RIGHT ABOUT HERE WE'LL START WITH THE WHEREVER IT REALLY ENDS UP, WE'LL START WITH THE BEACH HAUL AND WE'LL START BRINGING IT DOWN THIS WAY.

AND LIKE I SAID, THAT'S QUITE A GOOD VOLUME OF SAND.

THIS IS JUST A PICTURE I TOOK THE OTHER DAY OF THE DREDGE.

THE DREDGE IS OUT HERE DREDGING.

IT'S GOT FLOATING PIPE.

IT GOES UNDER THE WATER, IT POPS UP AND IT STARTS TO DISPERSE.

[00:35:01]

HERE. IT'S KIND OF A GOOD SIGHT TO SEE THE AMOUNT OF SAND WHEN YOU'RE THINKING THEY'RE PUMPING 10 TO 12,000 YARDS A DAY.

THEY'RE RUNNING 24 HOURS A DAY UNTIL THEY'RE FINISHED UNLESS SOMETHING HAPPENS.

BUT THEY'RE PRETTY MUCH THEY HAVE TO STOP AND MOVE THE PIPE EVERY NOW AND THEN.

BUT THAT'S PUTTING A GREAT DEAL OF SAND UP ON DELNOR WIGGINS STATE PARK, WHICH WILL NATURALLY WORK ITS WAY DOWN TO OUR BEACHES AND VANDERBILT.

FEMA HAS GIVEN US ADDITIONAL DUNE PLANTINGS FOR MILTON.

THIS IS SOMETHING THAT IS GOING TO ENHANCE THE THE 939,899 PLANTS WE HAVE JUST PREVIOUSLY REPLACED. ONE OF THE CONCERNS BACK AT THAT DAY WAS ROPE AND POST.

AND OF COURSE, THEY DIDN'T GIVE US ROPE AND POST. AND THEN WE HAD THE ISSUES WITH PRIVATE PROPERTY AND EASEMENTS AND THINGS OF THAT NATURE.

THIS ONE IS ALLOWING ME FOR ROPE AND POST.

AND SO AS WE LIKE TO RELY ON HUMANS, ROPE AND POSTS WILL BE OUR FRIEND.

AND SO PART OF THE THIS PROCESS OF HAVING THE 46,000 426,000 ADDITIONAL PLANTS IS THAT SECTION THAT WE'RE RENOURISHING NOW AT BETWEEN DOCTOR'S PASS AND OUR 79, A LOT OF AREAS WERE LEFT OUT BECAUSE WE HAD NO BEACH TO PLANT.

I WAS GOING TO PUT GOOD PLANTS IN AREAS THAT THE NATURE WAS GOING TO TAKE OVER.

AND THE HOPES WAS TO, ONCE WE RENOURISHED IT TO COME UP WITH A PROGRAM, WE GOT A LITTLE LUCKY.

AND THEY'RE GIVING ME PLANTS AND THEY'RE GIVING ME ROPE AND POSTS.

AND SO MY GOAL FOR THE ROPE AND POST, AT LEAST FOR THE.

THE BEGINNING IS TO GET WITH THE.

WE GOT A GREAT COMMUNICATION WITH NAPLES STAFF.

WHEN I GET MY PLANS PUT TOGETHER, WHICH WE'RE IN THE PROCESS OF DESIGNING, I'LL COME OUT HERE AND I'LL GET JIM AND WHOEVER ELSE IS INVESTED AND WE'LL GO LOOK AT EVERY BEACH END YOU HAVE AND SAY HOW YOU WANT THIS ENTRANCE TO BE.

AND WHAT I'LL DO IS I'LL ROPE AND POST THOSE ENTRANCES, AND THEN WE'LL FILL IN THE VOIDS.

I'LL TALK TO THE HOMEOWNERS BECAUSE I'LL NEED THEIR PERMISSION IF THEY WANT ROPE AND POSTS ACROSS THEIR PROPERTY. AND SO ONE OF MY DOWNFALLS IS I TALK A LOT AND THAT I KNOW A LOT OF PEOPLE. AND SO COMMUNICATING WITH THE RESIDENTS ALONG THE BEACH IS VERY SIMPLE FOR ME. THEY GOT MY NUMBER, I'VE GOT THEIR NUMBER.

IT'S JUST A QUICK PHONE CALL AND SAY, HEY, I GOT ROPE AND POST.

YOU WANT IT OR YOU DON'T. AND SO I THINK MOST OF THEM WILL TAKE IT, BUT I NEED THAT CONFIRMATION.

I JUST CAN'T GO AHEAD AND DO IT.

AND SO WHEN YOU START LOOKING AT ROPE AND POST A 52,000FT, IT'S A SIMPLE MATH THAT'S ALMOST TEN MILES OF ROPE IN POST.

THE PLANT'S 426,000. AFTER PLANNING WHAT WE DID, THAT'S JUST A DROP IN THE BUCKET.

BUT I CAN TELL YOU THAT OUR PLANTS HAVE BEEN HIGHLY SUCCESSFUL.

I TELL PEOPLE, GO FIVE FEET AWAY FROM THAT DUNE AND START DIGGING A HOLE AND YOU'LL FIND ROOTS. WALK ACROSS THE PATHWAY, DIG DOWN.

YOU'RE GOING TO FIND ROOTS. AND THAT'S THE PROCESS OF THE DUNE SYSTEM WAS TO PROTECT THE DUNE. AND LIKE I TELL MY BIGGEST SAYING IS THAT PLANTS TO DUNES ARE LIKE REBAR TO CONCRETE. AND WE DIDN'T HAVE A HEALTHY DUNE SYSTEM WHEN WE STARTED.

BEFORE IAN, WE HAD A LOT OF SCAEVOLA, A LOT OF THINGS THAT WEREN'T GOOD TO US, A LOT OF THINGS THAT DIDN'T HOLD THE SAND TOGETHER.

AND SO NOW YOU DIG DOWN, IT'S DIG DOWN IN THAT SAND, YOU WILL FIND JUST THOUSANDS OF ROOTS AND THERE'S A FEW AREAS ALONG THE BEACH.

YOU'LL SEE THAT WHEN THE WINTER WAVES CAME IN, IT HAD ERODED A 3 OR 4 FOOT SECTION JUST NORTH OF LOUDERMILK PARK, AND IT STOPPED RIGHT AT THAT DUNE LINE.

IT NEVER ERODED PAST THAT DUNE LINE.

IT TOOK A FEW PLANTS WITH IT.

IT MIGHT HAVE DROPPED A SIGN, BUT IT NEVER MADE IT PAST THAT.

AND THEN OTHER SECTIONS THAT WEREN'T RENOURISHED, IT WENT ALL THE WAY TO THE SEAWALL, SO THEY WERE VERY HELPFUL.

WE PLANTED THAT, THAT MIXTURE THAT WE'VE ALWAYS DONE.

WE'RE GOING TO HAVE THAT SAME MIXTURE. THE ONLY THING I'M GOING TO ADD TO THIS IS I'M NOT GOING TO PLANT ANY MORE RAILROAD VINE. I THINK THAT STUFF HAS WENT BERSERK.

IT'S REALLY TAKEN OVER THE BEACHES, WHICH IS GREAT. THAT'S WHAT WE WANT IT TO DO.

BUT I WANT TO TRY TO FIND SOMETHING ELSE WHERE THE LITTLE HOLES I HAVE TO FILL TO ENHANCE THE DUNE, TO FIND AND KEEP THAT DIVERSITY GOING IN THE DUNE.

WITH THAT, I THINK THAT'S WHAT I GOT.

FIRST OF ALL, THANK YOU.

THANK YOU FOR THE RENOURISHMENT.

THANK YOU FOR YOUR COMMITMENT TO THE COMMUNITY AND COMMUNICATIONS.

AND TIMING AS USUAL IS ALWAYS NOT RIGHT ON TIME, BUT WE'RE VERY THANKFUL.

CAN YOU JUST AS FAR AS THIRD, THAT'S WHERE WE HAD PLANNED TO DO THE TRUCKS.

HOW ARE YOU? I'M SURE YOU'VE WORKED THIS OUT, BUT JUST FOR THE PUBLIC, HOW ARE WE WORKING? WITH THIRD AND THE CONSTRUCTION THAT'S HAPPENING WE'VE DISCUSSED WITH CITY STAFF THEY ARE IN THE PROCESS OF GETTING IT TOGETHER.

YEAH. MR. YOUNG AND WE MET WITH ON SITE FRIDAY AND MET WITH KIEWIT AND THE COUNTY.

AND EVERY DEPARTMENT WAS REPRESENTED THAT HAS A COMMUNITY SERVICES, PUBLIC WORKS, AND MIGUEL.

MIGUEL IS STILL WORKING THROUGH SOME THINGS WITH MR. HUMPHRIES, BUT ONE OF THE ISSUES IS,

[00:40:03]

WAS, IS COULD KIEWIT HAVE THE VAULT STABILIZED AND READY TO BE COMMISSIONED TO WHERE IT COULD BE DRIVEN ACROSS? BECAUSE IF IT COULDN'T, THEN WE WERE GOING TO HAVE TO LOOK AT SOMETHING ELSE. AND SO THEY WENT BACK AND CHECKED ALL OF THEIR SCHEDULES AND THEY COULD COMMIT TO THE TO THE OCTOBER 23RD DATE THAT THEY WOULD BE DONE BY.

AND SO THAT WAS WORKED OUT ON FRIDAY.

AND NOW UNDERSTAND WHAT THAT WILL DO.

WE WILL BE COMMISSIONED BEFORE PROBABLY THEY'RE DONE AND IT WILL BE OPERATIONAL, BUT IT WILL HAVE THE BASE LEVEL RAISED UP.

AND THEN THE ONE THING WE HAVE ASKED THE COUNTY IS TO PUT MATS OVER TOP OF.

BUT IT'LL BE AT THE GRAVE THAT THE VAULT IS PROTECTED AND EVERYTHING ELSE BY THE 23RD.

AND SO WITH THAT COORDINATION, THAT WILL ENABLE US TO HAVE THIRD, WHICH IS WHERE THE COUNTY WAS PERMITTED AND NOT DISTURB OUR OUR PROJECT.

NOW, FROM THAT STANDPOINT, THOUGH, ANYTHING WE WOULD HAVE DONE TO PUT FINAL COATS AND, YOU KNOW, THE FINAL ASPHALT, DO THE BEACH ACCESS, THOSE THINGS WILL BE DELAYED, BUT PRUDENTLY SO BECAUSE IF YOU STARTED TO LOOK AT, WELL, COULD WE SWITCH TO FOURTH AND WHAT IT WOULD TAKE TO GET FOURTH READY? THIS WAS IF WE COULD ACCOMMODATE IT, THIS IS THE BEST PLACE TO GO.

DO IT WHILE BEFORE YOU RECONSTRUCT IT AND BEAUTIFY IT.

SO IT'S DESIGNED TO BE THE THIRD AVE TO BE THE ACCESS POINT, EVEN IN THE FUTURE WHEN IT'S REDONE.

SO I THINK WE'RE IN A GOOD POSITION TO BE ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE THIS, FORTUNATELY AND FOR ALL PARTIES AND THAT WE'RE, WE'RE MOVING FORWARD WITH THAT PLAN.

SO. WELL, GOD IS GOOD BECAUSE THAT ONE THAT WAS COORDINATING.

THAT'S INCREDIBLE COORDINATION.

YEAH. AND WE WILL BE PUTTING.

YEAH. THEY PUT DOWN HEAVY DUTY 12 BY 12 CONSTRUCTION MATS THAT ARE THAT ARE BASICALLY PUT TOGETHER. WE RUN IT OVER GRASS, WE RUN IT OVER ALL SORTS OF THINGS.

AND SO THAT'S PART OF WE HAVE TO BUILD THAT WHOLE SYSTEM OUT INTO THE BEACH.

SO WE HAVE THE TRUCKS CAN DRIVE OUT ON THE BEACH AND DUMP.

AND SO THAT'S PART OF THAT WHOLE AREA.

AND SO THAT'D BE HIGHLY PROTECTED.

AND, YOU KNOW, OUR GOAL IS TO PROTECT WHAT WE NEED TO PROTECT BECAUSE IF WE BREAK IT, WE FIX IT. SO WE'RE NOT TRYING TO BREAK IT.

NO. AND THEN THE TRUCK ROUTE AGAIN, THE TRUCK ROUTE FOR THAT AREA, THEY, THEY JUST COME DOWN 41 HIT FOURTH AVENUE AT THE LIGHT, COME STRAIGHT DOWN, AND THEN THEY JUST MAKE A QUICK RIGHT AND LEFT OR SORRY, QUICK LEFT AND A RIGHT ON THE THIRD.

AND THEN WHEN THEY LEAVE THEY'LL GO OUT THAT WAY. AND WE, WE TRY TO KEEP IT CONTAINED TO JUST THAT AREA.

SO WHEN PEOPLE DO HAVE AN ISSUE, WE'RE, WE'RE PRETTY MUCH ON POINT OF WHO'S GOING TO CALL AND TRY TO EXPLAIN.

WE DON'T START TRUCKS REAL EARLY IN THE MORNING. IF ANYBODY GETS OFF ROUTE, WE KICK THEM OFF THE JOB.

SO THE TRUCKS ARE BOUND TO THAT.

IF THEY DECIDE THEY WANT TO TAKE A SHORTCUT AND COME DOWN CENTRAL, THAT'D BE THE LAST TRUCKLOAD THEY BRING.

AND WE HOLD TRUE TO THAT AND THEY KNOW IT FROM DAY ONE.

AND WE GIVE THEM A LITTLE GRACE FOR ABOUT A HALF A DAY.

AND AFTER THAT, WE START CUTTING TRUCKS BECAUSE WE'RE WHEN YOU START LOOKING AT A PROJECT LIKE THAT AND YOU START LOOKING AT 7400 LOADS, THAT'S GOING TO KEEP YOU BUSY FOR A MONTH AND A HALF.

IF YOU'RE A TRUCK DRIVER, THEY DON'T WANT TO MESS THAT UP.

MOST OF THEM DON'T. SO WE KEEP THEM ON POINT.

WE WATCH THEIR SPEED, WE MAKE SURE THEY OBEY THE RULES, AND WE WE PHYSICALLY WATCH THEM ALONG WITH EVERYTHING ELSE.

SO AND I KNOW THAT YOU'LL COMMUNICATE WITH THE HOSPITAL AS WE WILL WITH THE EMERGENCY ROOM THERE. THAT'S A CONGESTED AREA, BUT OH, AND I JUST WANT TO SAY THANK YOU FOR THE ROPE.

SURE. AND POSTS. THAT WAS I WAS UP IN CAPTIVA, AND I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S GOING TO LOOK LIKE THAT AND IF IT'S GOING TO STAY.

BUT I'M HOPING THAT WILL BE SOMETHING THAT WILL HAPPEN THAT WILL PROTECT THOSE DUNES AND THAT ROPE AND POST WILL BE A CONTINUOUS PROTECTION MECHANISM.

SO I'M SURE OTHERS HAVE QUESTIONS, VICE MAYOR.

JUST A COUPLE. SO WILL THE POSTS AND ROPES LOOK LIKE WHAT YOU'VE DONE AT THE MOORINGS BEACH PARK? NO, THEY DID THEIR OWN.

SO THE POST WILL BE SEVEN FEET APART, AND THEY'LL HAVE THE ROPE AND ENOUGH TO MAKE SURE THE TURTLES UNDER UNDUE.

BUT WE'LL FOLLOW FDEP STANDARDS TO DO IT.

AND SO IT WILL BE, YOU KNOW I'LL MAKE SURE IT LOOKS PRETTY BECAUSE THAT'S THE WAY I DO THINGS. ALL RIGHT. THAT'S WHAT NAPLES WILL NOT LET.

YEAH. I WILL NOT LET IT BE.

NOT. RIGHT. SO. ALL RIGHT.

AND TO FOLLOW UP ON THE FOURTH AVENUE NORTH DISCUSSION.

I THINK THE HOSPITAL MAY BE BRINGING IN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS FOR THEIR BIG PROJECTS, SO I DON'T KNOW.

FROM A TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT STANDPOINT, WE MAY NEED TO COORDINATE THE TIMING OF THEIR DELIVERIES WITH THE TRUCKS.

SO THERE'S NOT A BIG BACKUP.

I KNOW, I KNOW ALLISON IS COORDINATING ALL ALL OF THE EFFORTS RELATED TO THAT.

[00:45:04]

I DON'T KNOW IF SHE HAS ANY SPECIFIC DISCUSSIONS RELATED TO NCH, BUT IF SHE WANTED TO. BUT OTHERWISE WE'LL HAVE TO KEEP COORDINATING.

I TRUST THAT YOU ALL WILL HANDLE IT.

JUST WANTED TO POINT THAT OUT, THAT THE RESIDENTS WILL BE ASKING ABOUT IT, AND WE'LL HEAR ABOUT IT IF THERE'S A BACKUP.

YES, SIR. WE WILL. THANK YOU.

AND WE MANAGE THAT. THERE'S USUALLY THE FIRST MORNING PUSH WHEN ALL THE TRUCKS SHOW UP, BUT AFTER THAT THEY STAGGER.

AND WHEN YOU'RE LOOKING AT A 250 LOADS A DAY BASE DELIVERY OF 4500 TONNES.

THEY USUALLY PUSH 7080 TRUCKS AND THEY COME THROUGH FAIRLY QUICKLY, BUT THEN THEY STAGGER THEMSELVES OUT. SO IT'S NOT JUST A HUGE CONVOY COMING THROUGH.

I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S AT A CERTAIN POINT IT BECOMES HIGHLY UNNOTICEABLE AS LONG AS WE HAVE A PLACE TO BRING THEM IN, DUMP THEM AND GET THEM GONE, WE WE MOVE THEM IN AND OUT PRETTY QUICK.

AND THEY DOES THEY DOES STAGGER ITSELF AND IT DOES IT DOES WORK.

WE'VE BEEN IN MORE CONGESTED AREAS AND A LOT OTHER AREAS THAT JUST AT VANDERBILT BEACH ROAD, THEY WERE BUILDING, YOU KNOW, THE BIG TOWERS THERE AND WE MANAGED THAT PROPERLY AND THAT WAS WE COULD DO THAT.

I BELIEVE WE CAN DO JUST ABOUT ANYTHING. SO IT WORKED OUT GREAT.

WELL, THANKS FOR THE UPDATE AND THE WORK YOU GUYS ARE DOING.

WE'LL ALL APPRECIATE IT.

THANK YOU. COUNCIL MEMBER CARL.

YES. MR. HUMPHRIES THANK YOU FOR THE DUNE GRASS PROGRAM.

THAT'S FANTASTIC. THE ROOT SYSTEM, KEEPING THE SAND TOGETHER AND ALL THAT.

IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE WE CAN DO TO HELP PRESERVE THE SAND ON THE BEACHES LIKE RIP JETTIES, RIPRAP JETTIES, ANYTHING LIKE THAT TO HELP PRESERVE.

YOU KNOW, SAND ON THE BEACH. OTHER THAN THE DUNE PLANTINGS, WHICH ARE GREAT. YEAH, I THAT MIGHT BE MORE OF A QUESTION FOR ANDY, BUT AS FAR AS FOR DUNES IF YOU, IF I GO BACK AND LOOK, WHEN I PLANTED THE DUNES THAT ARE THERE NOW, SOME OF THEM WERE PLANTED ON FLAT GROUND THROUGH WIND AND THE SYSTEM OF THE DUNE, IT'S GROWN SIGNIFICANTLY AND THAT'S WHAT THE DUNE IS SUPPOSED TO DO.

THAT ROOT SYSTEM WILL GROW IN.

AND I CAN TELL YOU, I'VE BEEN PROBABLY 15FT AWAY FROM THAT DUNE, AND I'VE DUG A HOLE AND FOUND THE ROOTS.

AND THERE'S WHAT WE WANT TO DO. A LOT OF THAT ROOT SYSTEM THAT WE'VE PLANTED IS 20 TO 40FT IN LENGTH, GOING DOWN AND OUT.

THE KEY WAS WHEN I STARTED WAS, WELL, HOW ARE YOU GOING TO WATER THEM? HOW ARE YOU GOING TO KEEP THEM FROM DYING? I'M LIKE, I'M NOT. THE GOAL WAS TO PLANT THEM SIX INCHES IN THE GROUND AND LET NATURE DO WHAT NATURE DOES.

AND SO WHAT NATURE DID WAS.

I'D PULL OUT A PLANT THAT WE JUST PUT IN THE GROUND A WEEK AGO.

AND THE, THE ROOT SYSTEM ON THAT PLANT WAS OUT TO HERE.

AND WITHIN A WEEK WITH NO WATER, WE DID IT IN RECORD COLD AND RECORD HEAT WITH AND WITH RECORD DROUGHT, BASICALLY WHEN WE PLANTED THOSE PLANTS.

BUT IF YOU PUT THEM IN THE GROUND PROPERLY, YOU DROP THEM IN SIX INCHES.

BECAUSE AT ANY GIVEN MOMENT, ON ANY HOT DAY, I CAN GO DIG ANYWHERE IN THE BEACH.

AND ONCE I HIT ABOUT THREE INCHES, YOU CAN GRAB THAT SAND AND BALL IT UP WHEN YOU BALL IT UP AND RELEASE IT AND IT HOLDS THAT BALL, THAT IS MORE THAN ENOUGH WATER TO MAKE THAT PLANT GROW.

AND THEN IT STARTS REACHING DOWN AND OUT.

AND THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT THAT PLANT SYSTEM HAS DONE.

AND THAT'S SOMETHING WE HAVEN'T HAD IN THE PAST.

AND I'LL HOLD MY REPUTATION, WHICH IS NOT MUCH, BUT WHAT I DO HAVE, I'LL HOLD IT AGAINST ANYTHING I'VE DONE OUT ON THAT BEACH WHEN IT COMES TO THOSE PLANTS AND WHAT THEY'RE DOING FOR US, THE GOAL IN THE FUTURE IS TO GO THROUGH THERE AND LOOK FOR THE INVASIVES AND REMOVE THEM BEFORE THEY BECOME A NUISANCE.

BEFORE. IAN. WE HAD 400,000FT² OF INVASIVE PLANTS OUT THERE.

AFTER IAN, WE HAD NONE.

BUT WHEN I WENT TO DO THE BEACH RENOURISHMENT, WE HAD ABOUT 60,000FT² GROW BACK, WHICH WE REMOVED AND ERADICATED.

BUT THEY'RE STILL GOING TO POP UP. BUT THE GOAL IS MAINTENANCE, JUST LIKE YOU MAINTAIN YOUR WATER MAIN, JUST LIKE YOU MAINTAIN YOUR ROADWAYS.

YOU NEED TO MAINTAIN YOUR DUNE.

AND SO THE PROCESS IS TO TRY TO GET WHERE WE CAN MAINTAIN THAT DUNE YEARLY EVERY OTHER YEAR, ADD SOME NEW PLANTS TO IT, REMOVE A LITTLE BIT INVASIVES, AND MAKE IT PART OF A SYSTEM OR PART OF A MAINTENANCE PROGRAM, LIKE WE MAINTAIN EVERYTHING ELSE.

THAT'S THE GOAL. IS THERE ANY KIND OF ADVANTAGE THAT YOU'RE PLANNING ON FLAT GROUND AND LETTING THE WIND KIND OF BLOW THE SAND IN AND TRAP AND BUILD IT UP? IS THERE ANY ADVANTAGE TO GIVE IT A JUMP START AND MAYBE RAISE THAT AREA, PLANT THEM, AND THEN HAVE MORE PRODUCTIVE DOING SO? BECAUSE AS IT BUILDS UP, IT'S SLOWLY FORTIFYING THAT INCH BY INCH.

YOU KNOW, IF YOU PUT A TEN FOOT DUNE THERE AND YOU THROW SOME PLANTS UP THERE AND DEPENDING ON HOW YOU PLANTED THEM AND HOW YOU WATERED THEM. ARE THEY REALLY GOING TO MAKE IT THROUGH THAT WHOLE SYSTEM? FOR ME, I JUST ASSUME BUILD AT THE BOTTOM AND LET NATURE DO WHAT NATURE DOES.

AND SO OUR DUNE IS USUALLY STANDING ABOUT SIX FEET.

OUR BEACH IS PUT BACK AT 4.3FT.

SO WE STILL HAVE THAT TWO FOOT ELEVATION. MOST OF THE SEAWALLS OUT THERE ARE AT SIX FEET. BUT THE GOAL IS TO, TO BUILD THAT OUT.

SO WE HAVE THAT PROTECTION. WHEN THE WAVES START COMING IN, IT GETS IT GETS INTO THAT SAND AND SLOWS DOWN. WHEN IT HITS THOSE ROOTS, IT REALLY SLOWS DOWN AND IT DOESN'T SWIRL IT UP AND PULL IT BACK OUT.

AND THAT'S ONE OF THE PROBLEMS WE HAD WHEN THE WAVES JUST REGULAR WINTER WAVES COME IN.

THEY WOULD JUST COME IN, SWIRL UP THAT SAND AND JUST PULL IT OUT AND

[00:50:03]

WITH NOTHING TO HOLD IT BACK.

AND SO NOW WE HAVE THAT ROOT SYSTEM TO HOLD IT IN PLACE.

THAT'S A GREAT, THAT'S A GREAT SYSTEM. BUT I WAS LOOKING AT, IS THERE BEEN ANY STUDIES TO, YOU KNOW, TO LOOK AT OTHER FORMS OF PROTECTION, LIKE THE JETTIES OR THE.

YEAH. NOT TO MY KNOWLEDGE. YEAH.

OKAY. I'M KIND OF RIGHT HERE IN LIFE.

SO JUST A QUICK THE DREDGE SAND YOU BRING UP.

WHAT'S THE QUALITY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THAT AND THE THE SIFT? I KNOW THE TRUCKS AND THEY SIFT IT AND ALL THAT.

WELL, WE'RE HOPING THAT THE MAJORITY OF THAT SAND IS THE SAND THAT WE HAD PLACED ON THE BEACH. THAT'S A COMMON GIMME.

WITH THREE HURRICANES UNDER OUR BELT. WE'RE NOT QUITE SURE WHAT'S COMING UP.

BUT THAT IS THAT IS WATCHED.

THAT IS LOOKED AT. YOU KNOW, THE OCCASIONAL THING WE GET IS LITTLE CLAY BALLS AND WE GET SOME ROCK.

BUT OUR GOAL IS NOT TO GET INTO THAT.

AND SO IT'S CONSTANTLY MONITORED AS IT'S COMING OUT AND AS THINGS ARE SHUT DOWN AND LOOKED AT AND WE FIND THAT PROBLEM.

BUT I THINK OVER THE YEARS OF DREDGING, SPECIFICALLY DOCTORS PAST, WE KNOW WHERE THE ROCK IS. WE KNOW WHERE THE CLAY BALL IS. LET'S NOT GO THERE OR LET'S NOT GO THAT DEEP. LET'S JUST STAY JUST ABOVE THAT.

AND SO THE QUALITY OF SAND THAT I'VE SEEN SO FAR COME OUT OF WIGGINS PASS IS, IS GREAT AS FAR AS I'M CONCERNED.

THAT STANDS UP QUITE A BIT.

YEAH. REMEMBER VOTING PLACE UP THERE.

YEAH. WELL IF YOU GO THERE TODAY IT'S A LITTLE BETTER. YEAH.

GO THERE NEXT WEEK. IT'S PERFECT. YEAH.

I MEAN HAVE YOU THOUGHT ABOUT TOP COATING? YOU KNOW, THE DREDGED AREAS WITH THE NEW.

YEAH. I DON'T THINK IT'S NECESSARY.

NOW, SOME OF THAT AREA THAT WE'RE DREDGING FOR DOCTOR'S PASS, I'M SURE WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A LITTLE OVERLAP. SO IF FOR SOME REASON THAT SAND THAT DID COME UP ON DOCTOR'S PASS TURN OUT TO BE JUST NOT QUITE 100%, I'M SURE WE'LL JUST LEAVE IT DOWN A LITTLE BIT AND TOPCOAT IT.

BUT YOU KNOW, WE KEEP PRETTY GOOD TRACK OF THAT AS IT'S COMING OUT.

JUST LIKE WE HAVE THE SAND COMING IN. WE SOMETIMES THEY SHOW UP WITH A LOAD OF ROCK OR ROAD OF ASPHALT. GRINDINGS.

AND IF YOU DON'T INSPECT THAT LOAD, IT'LL GO INTO THE PILE AND GET DUMPED. AND NOW YOU HAVE TO CLEAN THAT UP. SO THAT'S WHY WE INSPECT EVERY LOAD THAT COMES IN AND WHAT'S GETTING DREDGED. WE LOOK AT THAT AND WE, WE MAKE SURE WE'RE HAVING QUALITY SAND COMING UP.

WELL, THANK YOU VERY MUCH. AND THANK YOU FOR THE DUNE PROGRAM. IT SOUNDS FANTASTIC. YOU'RE WELCOME. THANK YOU, COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

YES. THANK YOU. I APPRECIATE WHAT YOU'RE DOING.

IF ANYBODY WANTS TO SEE WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE WHERE WE LIVE UP IN THE NORTHERN PART OF THE CITY, THAT AREA WAS DONE.

AND IT'S IT'S REMARKABLE.

WE CAN WALK ON THE BEACH AND THE GROWTH AND THE WAY THEY'VE TAKEN THE SEA OATS AND EVERYTHING HAS TAKEN JUST OUTSTANDING JOB. SO YOU CAN SEE IT IN PRACTICE RIGHT UP ON THE ON THE COASTLINE BY CLAM BAY CLAM PASS.

THANK YOU. OUTSTANDING WORK.

THANK YOU. I ALSO I ALSO OFFER A LOT OF BEACH RIDES.

I'LL MEET YOU OUT AT THE BEACH IF YOU WANT ME TO SHOW YOU SOMETHING, TELL YOU SOMETHING, MEET SOMEBODY.

I'M ALWAYS UP FOR THAT BECAUSE I BELIEVE THAT'S.

EDUCATION IS EVERYTHING I.

I TALK TO A LOT OF PEOPLE ON THE BEACH.

I TALK TO A LOT OF HOMEOWNERS.

I HAD PEOPLE WHO DIDN'T WANT SAND AND DIDN'T WANT PLANTS.

WHEN I GOT DONE WITH THEM, THEY WANTED PLANTS AND THEY WANTED SAND. AND SO IT'S JUST KNOWLEDGE IS EVERYTHING.

AND JUST I'M JUST A SIMPLE KIND OF GUY.

I'M NOT EDUCATED IN PLANTS.

I'M AN ASPHALT CONCRETE KIND OF GUY.

BUT WHEN I CAME INTO THE PLANTS, I KIND OF PUT A LITTLE COMMON SENSE TO IT AND SAID, WELL, THIS IS WHAT WE GOT TO DO. IT DOESN'T SEEM THAT DIFFICULT AND IT SEEMS TO BE WORKING AND I'LL RUN WITH THAT.

BUT YEAH, AT ANY POINT YOU WANT TO TAKE A WALK, TAKE A RIDE, MEET OUT THERE SO I CAN EXPLAIN IT TO YOU.

I'LL BE MORE THAN HAPPY TO GO DOWN AND DIG A HOLE FOR YOU SO YOU CAN SEE THE ROOTS.

NOT A PROBLEM. THANK YOU, MR. MCCONNELL. YES. THANK YOU.

I JUST HAVE ONE QUESTION. IS THIS A PROJECT MODIFYING THE EROSION CONTROL LINE BY CHANCE? NO. EROSION CONTROL. THE EROSION CONTROL LINE WILL ALWAYS BE THE EROSION CONTROL LINE, WHICH WE GO TO THE EROSION CONTROL LINE AND WORK OUR WAY WEST.

SO ON THE CONSTRUCTION ACCESS DOCUMENT, IS IT THE RED LINE? SORRY. IT'S SLIDE. I'M JUST SLIDE FIVE.

I'LL GET YOU. LET'S GO BACK HERE.

YEAH. SO THAT RED LINE IS THE EROSION CONTROL LINE.

AND SO YES AT THIS POINT WE ARE GOING BACK PAST THAT AREA.

BUT THAT THAT IS USUALLY WHERE THE PROPERTY LINE, THE PROPERTY ENDS. AND SO WE NEED AN EASEMENT TO GO EAST OF THAT EROSION CONTROL LINE.

SO I GUESS MY ONLY QUESTION IS IF WE ARE FILLING PAST THE LINE, TECHNICALLY SPEAKING, THAT WILL MOVE THE EROSION CONTROL LINE, RIGHT? IF THESE PRIVATE PROPERTIES ARE GETTING PUBLIC BENEFIT FROM WHAT WE'RE DOING, MORE SAND, EVEN IF IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, GENERALLY SPEAKING, THE EROSION CONTROL LINE SHOULD MOVE BACK AND THAT SHOULD BECOME PUBLIC PROPERTY NOW OR PROPERTY OF THE STATE. I'LL LET ANDY GET ON THAT ONE.

I MEAN, I'M JUST MAKING SURE BECAUSE PUBLIC BEACH MORE PUBLIC BEACH IS GREAT FOR CITIZENS. WELL, I MEAN, YOUR POINT IS WELL TAKEN, BUT THE EROSION CONTROL LINE IS, IS THE EROSION CONTROL LINE RECORDED AT THE COURTHOUSE. AND SO IT'S, IT'S PRETTY STATIC.

IN THE CASE WHERE WE DO HAVE, YOU KNOW, EVERY, ANY GIVEN YEAR, WE MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE TO FILL PAST THE EROSION CONTROL LINE.

AND SO WHEN WE DO, WE HAVE EASEMENTS IN PLACE TO DO THAT.

[00:55:02]

AND IT'S BASICALLY JUST TYING TO EXISTING.

IT'S NOT WIDENING. OR ARE THE EASEMENTS PERPETUAL? THEY'RE PSEUDO PERPETUAL.

MOST OF THEM ARE FOR ABOUT 20 YEARS.

OKAY. AND IT ALLOWS PUBLIC ACCESS ON THE PROPERTY.

OH, YEAH. OKAY. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. NO FURTHER QUESTIONS.

I DON'T HAVE PUBLIC COMMENT.

I'LL JUST ONCE AGAIN THANK YOU.

I KNOW OUR STAFF THEIR TRAFFIC BULLETIN ON FRIDAY THAT GOES OUT IS WELL RECEIVED.

VERY WELL DONE. SO I KNOW THE COMMUNICATIONS WILL BE GOOD.

THANK YOU FOR GOING TO THE NEIGHBORS, AND I KNOW IT'LL BE A GREAT ACCOMPLISHMENT FOR US. AND THANK YOU SO MUCH.

YOU'RE WELCOME. THANKS.

AND THANK YOU FOR YOUR PATIENCE THIS MORNING.

WE'RE GOOD. OKAY. THAT CONCLUDES FOUR D GOING TO PUBLIC COMMENT.

[5) PUBLIC COMMENTS]

AND IF YOU'D LIKE TO SPEAK IN PUBLIC COMMENT, YOU CAN FILL OUT THE SLIPS IN THE BACK OF THE ROOM AND GIVE THEM TO THE CLERK.

I HAVE RICHARD. ECKSTEIN.

ECKSTEIN. VERY FAMILIAR WITH YOU, SIR.

NICE TO SEE YOUR FACE.

THANK YOU. GOOD MORNING, MADAM MAYOR.

AND. AND COUNCIL. MY NAME IS RICHARD ECKSTEIN.

I'M HERE TO SUBMIT A PUBLIC SAFETY ALERT REGARDING RUNWAY EXCURSION RISK AT NAPLES MUNICIPAL AIRPORT. BEFORE.

BECAUSE THIS ALERT CONTAINS LEGAL AND TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGIES.

I REQUEST CHAIR, TO ASK MADAM MAYOR TO READ THIS INTO THE PUBLIC RECORD RESPECTFULLY.

AND SO THERE WILL BE NO AMBIGUITY OR LOSS OF TRANSLATION.

THANK YOU. COULD YOU JUST.

WE'RE NOT GOING TO DO IT RIGHT NOW, BUT CAN YOU JUST REPEAT YOUR REQUEST AGAIN.

YES. I WOULD LIKE TO HAVE THIS DOCUMENT.

I'VE PREPARED TO BE READ INTO THE PUBLIC RECORD.

IT'S A PUBLIC SAFETY ALERT ABOUT A RUNWAY EXCURSION GOING INTO THE GORDON RIVER OF AVIATION FUEL. I KNOW EVERYONE KNOWS HOW MUCH THE PROPERTY VALUE IS IN THE GORDON RIVER BASIN. AND IF AN AIRCRAFT GOES INTO THE GORDON RIVER, OVERSHOOTS THE RUNWAY, HOW MUCH PROPERTY DAMAGE IT COULD DO TO OUR COMMUNITY. AND NO ONE'S EVER ADDRESSED THIS CONCERN.

AND I THOUGHT I'D BRING IT UP TO YOUR ATTENTION TODAY.

THANK YOU. AND YOUR EMAILS ARE PUBLIC RECORDS, AND UNLESS YOU WANT TO READ IT NOW WHILE YOU HAVE TIME.

WELL, IT'S TECHNICALLY IT'S VERY TECHNICAL.

YES. AND I WAS ASKING IF YOU COULD PERSONALLY WRITE IT INTO THE PUBLIC RECORD.

OKAY, I'VE PREPARED IT.

I'LL CHECK WITH OUR CITY ATTORNEY.

AND IF THERE'S SOME COMMUNICATIONS WE CAN DO.

I'LL LET YOU KNOW, SIR. OKAY.

AND ONE OTHER THING I WAS INTERESTED.

IF YOU GUYS HAVE A CHANCE TO I HAVE ANOTHER PUBLIC SAFETY ALERT.

IT'S GOLF COURSE, CHEMICAL EXPOSURE.

WELL, WE ALL KNOW WHAT THIS IS, AND WE ALL KNOW WHAT THIS IS.

AND THE CHEMICALS ON GOLF COURSES ARE BEING SATURATED INTO PEOPLE'S HANDS, AND IT'S BEING ABSORBED INTO THEIR SKIN, AND THEIR PHARMACEUTICALS ARE INTERACTING WITH THE CHEMICALS ON THE GOLF COURSE AND CAUSING ILLNESS.

AND I WROTE A MEMORANDUM ABOUT THAT, TOO, IF YOU WOULD BE INTERESTED IN READING THAT IN THE PUBLIC RECORD, BECAUSE IT'S VERY TECHNICAL.

A LOT OF TERMINOLOGIES, AND I DON'T WANT TO LOSE ANYTHING IN AMBIGUITY. OKAY. THANK YOU SIR.

AND THANK YOU FOR YOUR PARTICIPATION.

AND THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND SAFETY CONCERNS.

THANK YOU. WE HAVE MY COPY.

IT'S ON PUBLIC RECORD. YOU GAVE A COPY TO THE CLERK? YES, MA'AM. THANK YOU, MADAM MAYOR. THANK YOU, THANK YOU. OUR NEXT PUBLIC SPEAKER IS PENNY TAYLOR.

YOU CAN COME HERE. THANK YOU.

GOOD MORNING. THIS IS AN OPEN LETTER TO THE MAYOR AND THE CITY COUNCIL.

I'LL TELL YOU WHO IT'S FROM TO BEGIN WITH.

AND THEN I'LL GIVE THEIR NAMES AGAIN.

DOUG FINLEY, FORMER MEMBER, CITY COUNCIL.

LINDA PENMAN, FORMER MEMBER.

CITY COUNCIL. AND ME, PENNY TAYLOR.

THE SUBJECT IS NAPLES AIRPORT MEDIATION PROCESS AND THE EXPENSE OF IT.

[01:00:04]

DEAR HONORABLE MAYOR AND CITY COUNCIL.

THE TWO WORKSHOPS, SPONSORED BY THE NAPLES CITY COUNCIL ON JUNE THE 9TH AND JULY THE 6TH WITH THE NAPLES AIRPORT AUTHORITY, WHERE A WELCOME OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS POTENTIAL SOLUTIONS TO THE CITY'S LAWSUIT AGAINST THE NAPLES AIRPORT AUTHORITY.

THAT LAWSUIT IS CURRENTLY IN ABATEMENT.

THE CITY IS TO BE APPLAUDED FOR ITS INITIATIVE.

IT WAS PROMISING TO HEAR AGAIN AND AGAIN BOTH SIDES, EMPHASIZING A COLLABORATIVE APPROACH TO WORKING ON THE CHALLENGING ISSUES FACING THESE TWO GOVERNING BODIES.

THE CITY'S TAXPAYERS DESERVE AN APPROACH THAT GIVES COOPERATION EVERY CHANCE TO SUCCEED.

COUNCILMAN BERN BARTON WAS PARTICULARLY ARTICULATE, STATING THAT A SOLUTION COULD BE FOUND AS LONG AS THE PARTIES WORKED COOPERATIVELY.

AT THE END OF THE JUNE 9TH WORKSHOP, THE NAPLES AIRPORT AUTHORITY EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR, CHRIS ROZANSKY, ASKED FOR A CONSENSUS FROM THE NA BOARD TO CONFIRM THEIR AGREEMENT TO WORK COLLABORATIVELY WITH THE NAPLES CITY COUNCIL.

THIS INCLUDED BEING IN THE ROOM WHEN THE NAPLES CITY ATTORNEY WOULD MEET WITH THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION REGARDING THESE ISSUES.

THE CONSENSUS BY THE NA BOARD WAS UNANIMOUS.

UNFORTUNATELY, AT THE SECOND WORKSHOP, THE CITY ATTORNEY'S OPENING REMARKS WERE SURPRISINGLY AND FRANKLY, DISAPPOINTING.

THE CITY COUNCIL HAD DIRECTED THEIR ATTORNEY TO MEET SEPARATELY WITH BOTH THE FAA IN WASHINGTON AND IN ATLANTA.

THE ANY ATTORNEYS WERE NOT IN THE ROOM.

THE REASON FOR THIS CHANGE IS UNCLEAR, BUT WHAT WAS EVIDENT WAS A MORE AGGRESSIVE AND NON-COLLABORATIVE APPROACH BY THE NAPLES CITY COUNCIL.

THIS APPROACH RISKS PROLONGING LITIGATION AND INCREASING COSTS TO TAX TO TAXPAYERS, AND THE GOOD FAITH NEGOTIATIONS SO ELOQUENTLY CHAMPIONED BY BOTH SIDES HAVE NOW TURNED AGGRESSIVE. THERE IS TIME, HOWEVER, TO GET THINGS BACK ON TRACK.

WITH TWO MEDIATION MEDIATIONS APPROACHING, BOTH SIDES HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO PUT COLLABORATION BACK ON THE TABLE AND LIMIT FURTHER LEGAL EXPENSE.

THE COOPERATION PUBLICLY CHAMPIONED AT THE JUNE 9TH WORKSHOP NEEDS TO CARRY THROUGH ALL THE NEGOTIATIONS. THE CITY'S CHANGE IN STRATEGY IS A SERIOUS DISSERVICE TO THE TAXPAYERS, COSTING SIGNIFICANT TIME AND RESOURCES THAT COULD BE DIRECTED TO OTHER CITY COUNCIL ISSUES. THE CLOCK IS TICKING AND THESE NEGOTIATIONS NEED TO FIND A SOLUTION.

YOURS VERY TRULY. DOUG FINDLAY, FORMER CITY COUNCIL MEMBER LINDA PENMAN, FORMER CITY COUNCIL MEMBER, AND PENNY TAYLOR, FORMER CITY COUNCIL MEMBER.

I'LL GIVE THIS COPY TO THE CLERK.

THANK YOU, MADAM CLERK.

I DON'T HAVE FURTHER COMMENTS.

PUBLIC COMMENT. OKAY. THANK YOU.

THAT CONCLUDES ITEM FIVE ON PUBLIC COMMENT.

TAKING US TO THE APPROVAL OF THE CONSENT AGENDA.

[APPROVAL OF CONSENT AGENDA]

ANY QUESTIONS? I MEAN, ANY THING TO BE PULLED FROM THE CONSENT AGENDA, IF NOT A MOTION.

I'LL MAKE A MOTION. I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE CONSENT AGENDA.

SECOND. HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER.

ALL IN FAVOR, SAY AYE.

AYE. OPPOSED? OKAY. SEEING NONE PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

THANK YOU COUNSEL. THAT TAKES US TO.

ITEM 13 A. GOOD MORNING, MRS.

[13.A) (1) A Resolution directing the City Clerk to call a Special Election, pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Naples City Charter, to elect a City Council Member for the remainder of a term previously held by Council Member Linda Penniman ending in 2028 when a successor is elected and inducted at the first regular meeting after certification; establishing February 2, 2027 as the date for the Special Election; establishing December 4, 2026 through December 14, 2026 as the candidate qualifying period; and providing an effective date; (2) A Resolution designating Patricia L. Rambosk, City Clerk, as Chief Election Official for the City of Naples Special Election of February 2, 2027, pursuant to Section 13.1(c) of the Charter of the City of Naples; and providing an effective date; (3) A Resolution approving an Interlocal Agreement for Election Services among the City of Naples, the Board of Collier County Commissioners and the Collier County Supervisor of Elections for services and the use of voting and ballot tabulation equipment in conjunction with the City of Naples Special Election of February 2, 2027; authorizing the Mayor to execute the Interlocal Agreement; and providing an effective date; (4) A Resolution authorizing and approving the use of the Collier County voting and ballot tabulation equipment for the City of Naples Special Election of February 2, 2027; and providing an effective date; (5) A Resolution determining that early voting will not be offered in conjunction with the City of Naples Special Election of February 2, 2027; and providing an effective date; (6) A Resolution appointing City Elector Christine Greider to the Canvassing Board for the City of Naples Special Election of February 2, 2027; and providing an effective date; (7) A Resolution appointing a Chair and Vice Chair to the Community Redevelopment Agency Board for the balance of the term ending with the next general election in 2028; and providing an effective date; and (8) A Resolution recommending the appointment of a City Council Member to the Collier County Coastal Advisory Committee for the remainder of an unexpired term ending May 22, 2028; directing the City Clerk to forward this Resolution to Collier County for consideration and appointment by the Board of County Commissioners; and providing an effective date.]

RAMOS. GOOD MORNING. MAYOR.

MEMBERS OF COUNCIL. ITEM 13 A IS ONE ITEM.

THANK YOU. DAVID. GOOD MORNING.

MAYOR. MEMBERS OF COUNCIL ITEM 13 A IS ONE ITEM CONSISTING OF EIGHT MATTERS.

TO GET THE ELECTION PROCESS IN MOTION SO THAT THE VOTERS CAN ELECT SOMEONE TO FILL THE BALANCE OF THE TERM OF LINDA PENNIMAN, WHO RESIGNED ON SEPTEMBER 29TH.

[01:05:01]

AND IN ADDITION, WE HAVE A COUPLE MATTERS ON THE AGENDA TO FILL HER POSITIONS ON AS CHAIR ON THE CRA AND A MEMBER ON THE COASTAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE.

SO WE HAVE EIGHT RESOLUTIONS, AND I'LL HAVE THE ATTORNEY START READING THE TITLE FOR ITEM 13, A ONE.

YEAH. SO ONCE I READ THE TITLE MAYOR, I JUST WANT TO EXPLAIN THE REASONING BEHIND THIS BEFORE THE DISCUSSION STARTS, IF I MAY.

SO A RESOLUTION DIRECTING THE CITY CLERK TO CALL A SPECIAL ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3 OF THE CITY CHARTER TO ELECT A CITY COUNCIL MEMBER FOR THE REMAINDER OF A TERM PREVIOUSLY HELD BY COUNCIL MEMBER LINDA PENNIMAN, ENDING IN 2028, WHEN A SUCCESSOR IS ELECTED AND INDUCTED AT THE FIRST REGULAR MEETING AFTER CERTIFICATION, ESTABLISHING FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027 AS THE DATE FOR THE SPECIAL ELECTION, ESTABLISHING DECEMBER 4TH, 2026 THROUGH DECEMBER 14TH, 2026 AS THE CANDIDATE QUALIFYING PERIOD AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. SO THERE ARE TWO WORDS TO KEEP IN MIND.

WITH A SITUATION LIKE THIS THERE IS RESIGNATION AND THERE IS VACANCY.

CITY CHARTER SPEAKS ON VACANCY.

YOU MUST CALL A SPECIAL ELECTION WITHIN A CERTAIN PERIOD OF TIME ONCE THE SEAT BECOMES VACANT. CASE LAW IS VERY CLEAR.

RESIGNATIONS IN THE FUTURE ARE NOT EFFECTIVE UNTIL THAT DATE OCCURS.

HOWEVER, ONCE THAT DATE OCCURS, THE RESIGNATION BECOMES FINAL AND THE VACANCY IS THEN CREATED IN THE SEAT IN WHICH THE PERSON HELD.

SO COUNCILWOMAN MADE HER RESIGNATION EFFECTIVE THE DAY THAT SHE SENT IN THE RESIGNATION EMAIL. AND THAT WAS SEPTEMBER 29TH, WHICH IN TURN CREATED A VACANCY BECAUSE IT WAS EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY ON CITY COUNCIL, WHICH TRIGGERS EVERYTHING THAT WE WERE ABOUT TO DO TODAY.

NOW, THE CITY CHARTER 2.3 SPECIFICALLY LAYS OUT A PROCESS FOR FILLING A VACANCY ON CITY COUNCIL. GENERALLY SPEAKING, A SPECIAL ELECTION MUST BE CALLED WITHIN 60 DAYS. IF A VACANCY OCCURS MORE THAN A YEAR AWAY FROM A GENERAL ELECTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS. NOW, I'VE SEEN REPORTS OUT THERE THIS YEAR.

MARK DOES NOT WORK BACKWARDS.

RIGHT. SO I UNDERSTAND WE JUST HAD AN ELECTION IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR.

MARK WORKS FORWARDS, RIGHT.

AND IT'S NOT A GENERAL ELECTION.

IT'S AN ELECTION OF CITY OFFICERS, WHICH THE NEXT ONE IS NOT UNTIL MARCH OF 28.

THAT BEING SAID, FLORIDA STATUTE 100.151, WHICH IS PART OF THE ELECTION CODE, MAKES IT VERY CLEAR THAT IF A LOCAL GOVERNMENT CALLS A SPECIAL ELECTION, YOU MUST RECEIVE THE CONSENT OF THE SUPERVISOR.

WE USE THEIR MACHINES.

THEY HAVE TO CERTIFY. THEY HAVE TO CONSENT TO THE ELECTION DATE BEFORE WE CAN ACTUALLY CALL ONE. THE EARLIEST THE SUPERVISOR COULD OR CONSENTED TO AN ELECTION DAY WAS FEBRUARY 2ND. CLEARLY, OUTSIDE OF THE 60 DAY WINDOW OF THE CHARTER PROVISION TO CALL A SPECIAL ELECTION. HOWEVER, THE ELECTION CODE GOES EVEN FURTHER IN 100.3605 AND ESSENTIALLY PREEMPTS LOCAL GOVERNMENTS FROM HAVING ELECTIONS NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ELECTION CODE. SO THAT'S A VERY IMPORTANT THING TO KEEP IN MIND, BECAUSE WE ARE BOUND BY THE DATE CONSENTED TO BY THE SUPERVISOR.

THERE'S A LETTER IN THE BACKUP MATERIAL WITH HER IDENTIFYING THE FACT THAT THE EARLIEST SOONEST AVAILABLE DATE WOULD BE FEBRUARY 2ND.

THEREFORE. THAT IS THE EARLIEST WE CAN HAVE AN ELECTION.

WE WILL ONLY HAVE SIX MEMBERS UNTIL THAT TIME IN WHICH THEY ARE CERTIFIED, AND THE REMAINING TERM IS FILLED BY THE ELECTORATE OF THE CITY.

SO HAPPY TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS, BUT I THINK THAT'S IMPORTANT TO SET THE STAGE FOR THIS DISCUSSION, IF ANY.

QUESTIONS? VICE MAYOR? WELL, THIS MAY BE MORE FOR MISS RAMOS, BUT AS THE CHIEF ELECTION OFFICIAL, I'M CONCERNED ABOUT THE TIMING.

I UNDERSTAND WANTING TO DO IT AS QUICK AS POSSIBLE.

ACCORDING TO THE CHARTER, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS OFFICE. AND WE WANT AN ODD NUMBER OF PEOPLE IN CASE THERE'S A TIE VOTE, I UNDERSTAND THAT. HOWEVER, I'M CONCERNED THAT PEOPLE WILL ONLY COME BACK FROM THE HOLIDAYS AND SEASON UNTIL MAYBE THE FIRST WEEK OF JANUARY OR SECOND WEEK OF JANUARY. WE DON'T EVEN HAVE ANY MEETINGS OURSELVES UNTIL THE THIRD WEEK OF JANUARY, AND THEN WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN ELECTION FEBRUARY 2ND.

WHAT'S THE PLAN IF WE STICK WITH FEBRUARY 2ND SO THAT PEOPLE IN THE CITY KNOW THERE'S AN ELECTION, THEY KNOW THEY NEED TO GET INVOLVED.

WE TYPICALLY HAVE FORUMS ACROSS THE DIFFERENT NEIGHBORHOODS AND THE LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS, SO THAT WE HAVE AN INFORMED ELECTORATE MAKING WISE DECISIONS.

[01:10:03]

AND IT'S GOING TO BE, IT SEEMS, LIKE A TWO WEEK CYCLE TO SQUEEZE IN FORUMS. IN ADDITION, THE STATE HAS A NEW LAW, RELATIVELY NEW LAW, THAT SAYS ALL REQUESTS FOR MAIL IN BALLOTS EXPIRE DECEMBER 31ST EVERY YEAR, AND YOU HAVE TO APPLY AGAIN FOR A MAIL IN BALLOT.

AND FOR PEOPLE COMING BACK IN JANUARY, FINDING OUT THERE'S AN ELECTION THEY DON'T REALIZE THEY NEED TO REQUEST A MAIL IN BALLOT. THEY MAY NOT BE HERE FEBRUARY 2ND.

IT SOUNDS LIKE IT'S A RECIPE FOR THE LOWEST TURNOUT EVER IN OUR HISTORY FOR A SPECIAL ELECTION. AND I JUST WONDER, HAVE YOU GUYS TALKED ABOUT THOUGHT THROUGH COMMUNICATION PLAN. HOW CAN WE ENSURE THAT PEOPLE ARE INFORMED AND ENGAGED? I SAW THAT IT'S RECOMMENDED THAT WE NOT HAVE EARLY VOTING.

SO IF PEOPLE DON'T DO MAIL IN BALLOT, THEY HAVE TO BE HERE ON ELECTION DAY.

I'M JUST REALLY CONCERNED, HOW DO WE HAVE A PROPER ELECTION WITH ENOUGH ENGAGEMENT AND ENOUGH TURNOUT, THAT THE RESULTS ARE LEGITIMATE AND ACCEPTED BY THE PEOPLE, THAT WE HAVE A GOOD PERSON WHO'S ELECTED TO COUNCIL? IF YOU COULD DESCRIBE WHAT YOU'VE BEEN THINKING THROUGH ON THAT WHOLE PROCESS WOULD BE VERY HELPFUL. THANK YOU, VICE MAYOR.

AND, AND SO THE REASON ALL OF THIS IS ON THE AGENDA TODAY IS TO TRY TO GET ALL THE MATTERS APPROVED TODAY THAT WOULD BE AFFECTED.

SO WE DID GET A LETTER FROM THE COLLIER COUNTY SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS, MELISSA BLASIER. AND IT'S IN YOUR PACKET.

THE REASON SHE CAN'T HOLD THAT ELECTION WITHIN 60 DAYS IS BECAUSE SHE'S HOLDING THE GENERAL ELECTION, AND SHE DOESN'T HAVE ANY STAFF AVAILABLE TILL THE END OF THE YEAR.

ON OUR END, ON THE CITY'S END.

THAT DOESN'T MEAN WE CAN'T START WITH NOTIFYING THE PUBLIC AND DOING EXACTLY WHAT WE DID FOR THE LAST ELECTION, BUT IT ACTUALLY GIVES US MORE TIME BECAUSE NOW WE'RE NOT HAVING IT WITHIN 30 DAYS WE'RE GIVING.

ESSENTIALLY, WE HAVE MORE TIME BECAUSE OUR CHARTER SAYS WE NEED TO HAVE IT WITHIN 30 DAYS BY BY THAT NOT BEING POSSIBLE.

SO THE FIRST DATE THAT THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTION HAS AGREED TO CONSENT TO HOLD THIS ELECTION IS FEBRUARY 2ND.

AND SO THAT'S GOING TO GIVE US A LOT MORE TIME.

AND I AND THANK YOU FOR YOUR QUESTION TOO, BECAUSE YOU ASKED WHEN THE VOTE IN MAIL BALLOTS COULD BE REQUESTED.

THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS ACTUALLY NEEDS TO GET THIS RESOLUTION AND INPUT IT INTO THEIR SYSTEM AND GET THE ELECTION STARTED AND GOING BEFORE SHE CAN ACTUALLY GIVE US AN EXACT TIME FRAME, BECAUSE THERE IS A CONFLICT BETWEEN THE GENERAL ELECTION WITH THE BALLOT VOTE BY MAIL BALLOT REQUESTS EXPIRING DECEMBER 31ST.

AND THEN WHEN CAN WE, THE PUBLIC, START ASKING, ARE CITY VOTERS START ASKING FOR THE BALLOTS FOR THE NEXT ONE? SO THEY PROPOSE THAT IT SHOULD BE BY THE END OF OCTOBER, BEGINNING OF NOVEMBER, WHERE IF THEY GET THIS IN THEIR SYSTEM AND THEY'RE ACTUALLY HAVE THE ELECTION ON THE BOOKS AND GET STARTED, THAT THAT'S WHEN THAT COULD OCCUR.

SO REMEMBER, TOO, THAT THE VOTE BY MAIL BALLOTS ARE NOT GOING TO BE MAILED OUT UNTIL DECEMBER 31ST. SO AND QUALIFYING THEN IF WE SET THAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH OUR SCHEDULE, IS THE MIDDLE OF DECEMBER.

SO I THINK IT DOES GIVE US A TIME TO PUT OUT MEDIA WITH OUR COMMUNICATIONS MANAGER LIKE WE DID THE LAST TIME. WE CAN DO SOCIAL MEDIA, WE CAN DO EMAIL BLASTS, WE CAN PUT IT IN THE NEWSLETTERS SO WE CAN GET THE INFORMATION OUT TO THE PUBLIC.

I, I DON'T BELIEVE THAT THAT'S GOING TO BE A NEGATIVE, BUT YOU'RE KIND OF RIGHT.

WITH EVEN JUST SPECIAL ELECTIONS IN GENERAL, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE LOW TURNOUT.

I MEAN, IT'S JUST THAT'S JUST THE WAY IT IS.

BUT I, I THINK WE HAVE IF WE PROCEED, WE DO HAVE ENOUGH TIME.

THE LAST TIME WE HAD A SPECIAL ELECTION, WE DID IT IN 69 DAYS AND WE WERE WORKING EVERY SINGLE DAY. SO AND JUST PUTTING ALL THIS INFORMATION TOGETHER FOR THE COUNCIL AND GETTING EVERYTHING LINED UP WITH THE TIMELINES, THE DATES THAT TOOK US A LONG TIME.

IT JUST IT JUST DIDN'T, YOU KNOW, WE JUST DIDN'T, YOU KNOW, GO LOOK IN A BOOK AND PUT THIS TOGETHER.

IT TOOK A LOT OF COORDINATION WITH THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS, OUR STAFF, THE CITY ATTORNEY, THE CITY MANAGER, THE MAYOR. I MEAN, SO WE WERE ALL WORKING BEHIND THE SCENES, PUTTING THIS TOGETHER AS FAST AS WE COULD.

THANK YOU. I FIGURED YOU HAD WORKED THROUGH IT THE BEST YOU COULD, AND THANKS FOR SHARING THAT RATIONALE SO PEOPLE CAN UNDERSTAND IT.

AND JUST TO AND THANKS FOR FOLLOWING UP WITH THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS ON THE MAIL IN

[01:15:01]

BALLOTS. SO TO CONFIRM, SHE'S SAYING CITY RESIDENTS CAN REQUEST A MAIL IN BALLOT FOR THE 2027 YEAR, HOPEFULLY BY THE END OF OCTOBER OR EARLY NOVEMBER. YES. THAT'S CORRECT.

OKAY. SO WE CAN START PUBLICIZING THAT SO THAT PEOPLE CAN GET THOSE REQUESTS IN.

RIGHT. AND DEPENDING ON HOW FAST I GET THIS, ALL THIS INFORMATION TO HER TO, TO KIND OF SET THAT UP IN THEIR SYSTEM.

SO. OKAY. THANK YOU. COUNCIL.

OTHER QUESTIONS? I HAVE ONE PUBLIC SPEAKER, LYNN MARTIN.

GOOD MORNING. MY NAME IS LYNN MARTIN AND I'M A RESIDENT OF THE CITY OF NAPLES.

BUT I'M HERE THIS MORNING IN MY ROLE AS A BOARD MEMBER OF THE LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS.

AND WE UNDERSTAND THAT YOU'RE PLANNING TO HAVE A SPECIAL ELECTION ON FEBRUARY 2ND TO FILL THE REMAINDER OF LINDA PENMAN'S TERM.

FIRST, WE WANT TO EXTEND OUR SYMPATHY TO LINDA, WHO'S A LONGTIME LEAGUE MEMBER, AND HER FAMILY, ON THE LOSS OF NICK PENNIMAN.

ALL CITIZENS OF SOUTHWEST FLORIDA HAVE BENEFITED FROM THE REMARKABLE CONSERVATION WORK NICK PENNIMAN AND HIS WIFE, LINDA, HAVE DONE OVER MANY YEARS.

AND NAPLES RESIDENTS ARE GRATEFUL TO LINDA FOR HER UNTIRING WORK ON CITY COUNCIL AS A LEAGUE. OUR MISSION IS TO PROVIDE VOTER EDUCATION AND EMPOWERMENT, AND WE HAVE WORKED TIRELESSLY TO INCREASE PARTICIPATION IN PAST NAPLES CITY COUNCIL ELECTIONS. SO I'M HERE TODAY TO RAISE SOME CONCERNS TO HAVE SOME DISCUSSION ABOUT VOTER ACCESS IN THE SPECIAL ELECTION.

AND I WANT TO APPRECIATE TED'S COMMENTS AND PAT RAMBO'S COMMENTS, BECAUSE ONE OF OUR CONCERNS IS THE TIGHT DEADLINES FOR REQUESTING AND SUBMITTING VOTE BY MAIL BALLOTS. YOU KNOW, UNDER STATE LAW, ALL CURRENT REQUESTS FOR MAIL BALLOTS WILL EXPIRE ON DECEMBER 31ST, AND CITIZENS THAT WILL BE OUT OF TOWN ARE UNABLE TO GET TO THE POLLS ON THE FEBRUARY ELECTION DATE.

MUST SUBMIT A NEW REQUEST FOR A MAIL BALLOT.

WHEN WE TALKED TO MELISSA, SHE INDICATED THAT SHE WAS HAVING SECOND THOUGHTS AND THAT PERHAPS THE RESIDENTS WOULD HAVE TO REQUEST THEIR MAIL IN BALLOT AFTER JANUARY 1ST, THAT THEY COULDN'T REQUEST A MAIL BALLOT IN 2026 FOR A 2027 ELECTION.

SO I THINK THAT, YOU KNOW, THAT'S A POINT THAT WE NEED TO CLARIFY.

AND AS YOU KNOW, MAIL BALLOTS MUST BE PHYSICALLY RECEIVED BY THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS NO LATER THAN ELECTION DAY.

SO THAT MEANS THAT IF PEOPLE REQUEST THEIR MAIL BALLOT AND THEN THEY RECEIVE IT, THEY PROBABLY HAVE TO GET IT, MAIL IT WITHIN A WEEK BEFORE ELECTION DAY, OR DELIVER IT IN PERSON TO A DROP BOX IN THE SUPERVISOR'S OFFICE, BECAUSE THERE WILL BE NO DROP BOXES IN THE CITY OF NAPLES.

AND FURTHER, WE RECOGNIZE THAT FOR FINANCIAL REASONS, THERE'LL BE NO EARLY VOTING DAYS.

WE DO RECOGNIZE THAT CITY RESIDENTS HAVE THE OPTION TO VOTE ON ELECTION DAY.

HOWEVER, IN THE PAST, A SIGNIFICANT PERCENTAGE OF VOTERS HAVE TAKEN ADVANTAGE OF MAIL BALLOTS OR EARLY VOTING WITH TIGHT DEADLINES ON VOTE BY MAIL AND NO OPTION TO VOTE EARLY. WE ARE CONCERNED, LIKE YOU ARE, THAT FEWER VOTERS WILL CAST BALLOTS IN FEBRUARY.

SO TO MAXIMIZE PARTICIPATION, WE SUGGEST THAT IT IS IMPORTANT FOR THE CITY TO WIDELY AND REPEATEDLY ALERT RESIDENTS THAT THERE IS A SPECIAL ELECTION ON FEBRUARY 2ND TO FILL IN THE UNEXPIRED TERM.

THAT THE CURRENT VOTE BY MAIL BALLOTS WILL EXPIRE WHENEVER MELISSA SAYS, BUT WE THINK IT'S DECEMBER 31ST AND THAT THEY WILL HAVE TO REQUEST THEIR MAIL IN BALLOT BETWEEN JANUARY 2ND AND JANUARY 21ST.

AND THEY CAN DO THAT ONLINE ON THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS WEBSITE, OR THEY CAN CALL THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS.

AND IF THEY'RE NOT VOTING BY MAIL, THAT THEY MUST PLAN TO VOTE IN PERSON ON ELECTION DAY BECAUSE THERE'LL BE NO EARLY VOTING.

THE LEAGUE VALUES OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE CITY OF NAPLES, AND WE STAND READY AND ABLE TO ASSIST YOU IN ANY WAY POSSIBLE TO HELP YOU MAXIMIZE TURNOUT. WHETHER IT'S TABLING OR WHAT OTHER WHATEVER WE CAN DO TO HELP VOTERS SIGN UP FOR

[01:20:03]

MAIL IN BALLOTS OR ANSWER QUESTIONS OR DO THE PROMOTION.

SO THANK YOU. YES. THANK YOU.

JUST ONE QUICK QUESTION.

MISS MARTIN, I'M NOT SURE IF YOU TOUCHED ON IS THE LEAGUE GOING TO DO A FORUM FOR THE SPECIAL ELECTION? WE DON'T KNOW YET BECAUSE WE WON'T KNOW UNTIL WE SEE HOW MANY CANDIDATES THERE ARE AND WHAT THE TIMING IS.

I THINK WE WILL COMMUNICATE WITH THE HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS AND TRY TO COORDINATE SOMETHING. AND MAYBE WE CAN GET MULTIPLE HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS TOGETHER.

I DON'T KNOW. IT'S A VERY SHORT TIME FRAME.

IT SURE IS. FROM MY PAST EXPERIENCE, IT WAS HELPFUL TO HAVE THE LEAGUE DO ONE HERE AND HAVE IT BROADCAST SO THAT PEOPLE OUT OF TOWN COULD SEE IT.

THERE ALSO WAS A REPLAY, I THINK AVAILABLE THAT PEOPLE COULD WATCH IT, RIGHT. IF THEY COULDN'T WATCH IT LIVE.

SO IF POSSIBLE, I THINK IT WOULD BE VERY BENEFICIAL.

OKAY. YES I WILL. WE'LL DISCUSS THAT.

BUT YOU KNOW, I AGREE WITH YOU AND WE'LL TRY TO DO EVERYTHING WE CAN.

AWESOME. SO THANK YOU.

THANK YOU FOR BEING HERE AND BRINGING THE DETAILS TO THE MAIL IN BALLOTS TO OUR ATTENTION. YES. COUNCIL MEMBER.

KRAMER. OH, SCHULTZ. YEAH.

THANK YOU. HAVING JUST GONE THROUGH ALL THE FORUMS I FOUND THEM LACKING.

I WOULD APPRECIATE MORE IF THERE WAS MORE OF A DEBATE FORMAT WHERE WE CAN ACTUALLY ASK QUESTIONS OF OUR OTHER PEOPLE ON THE STAGE THAT ARE THERE WITH US AND HAVE INTERACTION BETWEEN THE CANDIDATES.

I KNOW THERE'S NAPLES NICE.

AND I THINK TO HAVE A MORE INFORMED ELECTORATE IS TO HAVE PEOPLE SEEKING OFFICE QUESTION EACH OTHER ON THE EFFICACY OF WHAT THEY'RE TRYING TO ACHIEVE IF ELECTED, AND THE FORUMS PROVIDED, YOU KNOW, A VALUABLE SERVICE IN GETTING INFORMATION OUT ABOUT THE CANDIDATE AND WHAT THEIR VIEWS ARE, BUT THEY'RE UNCHALLENGED.

AND I THINK THAT HAVING CANDIDATES HAVE TO FACE CHALLENGING QUESTIONS AND AGGRESSIVE, CHALLENGING QUESTIONS FROM OTHER CANDIDATES, AND THE PUBLIC WOULD SERVE THE PUBLIC FAR BETTER THAN SORT OF MILQUETOAST.

HERE'S MY BIO AND YOU HAVE TO REPEAT IT FOR 13 STRAIGHT SESSIONS OVER A SHORT PERIOD OF TIME. IT'S IT'S NICE THAT PEOPLE ARE GETTING TO KNOW YOU, BUT I THINK THE PUBLIC WOULD BE MUCH BETTER SERVED IN HAVING MORE AGGRESSIVE QUESTIONING BY BY EACH OTHER AND BY THE PUBLIC AND THE MEDIA.

SO IF YOU WOULD FACTOR THAT IN, IF THAT'S A POSSIBILITY, I THINK THAT WOULD BE SOMETHING TO BE VERY ADVANTAGEOUS FOR THE ENTIRE ELECTORATE. THANK YOU. I AGREE. THANK YOU.

AND STAYING FOCUSED IN ON THIS.

RESOLUTION. COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER THANK YOU MA'AM.

I DON'T HAVE A QUESTION FOR YOU. THANK YOU. I JUST WANT TO EMPHASIZE THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE MORE THAN TWICE AS MUCH TIME THIS TIME AS WE DID.

THAT'S OKAY. I THOUGHT I HAD A FAN.

NOPE. AS WE DID IN THE LAST SPECIAL ELECTION, 69 DAYS, YOU SAID. YEAH.

SO I HAVE THE SAME CONCERNS.

IT IS WHAT IT IS IN THE END.

IT'S IT'S THE RESPONSIBILITY OF CANDIDATES AND THEIR ADVOCATES TO GET PEOPLE ENERGIZED AND YOU CAN ACCOMMODATE IT ALL YOU WANT.

BUT IF PEOPLE DON'T WANT TO VOTE, THEY'RE NOT GOING TO VOTE. AND THAT HAS BEEN, UNFORTUNATELY, WHEN YOU LIVE IN THE BEST HOMETOWN IN AMERICA, THE VAST, VAST MAJORITY OF CITIZENS ARE REALLY, REALLY HAPPY WITH HOW EVERYTHING'S GOING AND DON'T PAY MUCH ATTENTION.

AND THERE'S A HANDFUL OF FOLKS WHO AREN'T HAPPY WITH HOW THINGS ARE GOING AT ANY GIVEN TIME, AND THEY'RE THE ONES THAT TYPICALLY ARE ACTIVE. SO I JUST ENCOURAGE ALL OF US TO ENCOURAGE EVERYBODY. I THINK IT'S GREAT THAT WE HAVE TWICE AS MUCH TIME AS WE DID LAST TIME WITH WHATEVER CHALLENGES WE FACE.

WE HAVE THAT HISTORY, WHICH IS INVALUABLE IN DOING IT AGAIN.

YOU KNOW, EXPERIENCE IS, IS WHETHER IT WENT GOOD OR BAD, THE EXPERIENCE IS REALLY, REALLY VALUABLE. SO I KNOW WE'RE GOING TO DO AN EVEN BETTER JOB. THAT'S WHAT OUR STAFF DOES. THEY'RE CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT FOLKS.

AND I, AND I KNOW THAT WE'RE GOING TO DO EVERYTHING WE CAN TO ENGAGE.

AND, YOU KNOW, IN THE END, YOU CAN GIVE THEM SIX MONTHS TO VOTE AND THEY SAME FOLKS WILL NOT SHOW UP.

AND I DON'T MEAN TO BE NEGATIVE WITH THAT. IT'S JUST DATA.

AND I REALLY APPRECIATE LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS, AND I WORKED WITH THEM WHEN I WAS AT THE SCHOOL SYSTEM A BUNCH.

AND THEY DO A FANTASTIC JOB.

AND I'M GRATEFUL FOR, FOR THEIR EFFORTS, WHICH THEY DON'T GET DISCOURAGED. AND IT'S AMAZING TO ME. THEY'RE A REALLY GOOD EXAMPLE OF, HEY, KEEP DOING THE RIGHT THING. SO THANK YOU.

THANK YOU. MAYOR, BEFORE THE VOTE, CAN I JUST SAY ONE MORE THING? JUST TO BE EXTREMELY CLEAR IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR THE CITY TO COMPLY WITH THE CHARTER

[01:25:04]

PROVISION BASED ON THE ELECTION CODE AND BASED ON THE FACT THAT THE EARLIEST DATE CONSENTED TO WAS FEBRUARY 2ND BY THE SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS, WHICH IS A REQUIREMENT FOR US TO HOLD A SPECIAL ELECTION.

OKAY. IT IS IMPOSSIBLE FOR US TO MEET OUR CHARTER.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU. AND AS LINDA STEPS AWAY FROM CITY COUNCIL.

I JUST WANT TO AGAIN EXPRESS OUR PROFOUND GRATITUDE FOR HER MANY YEARS OF OF SERVICE TO THE CITY AND THE PEOPLE OF THE CITY AND NAPLES IN GENERAL.

LINDA HAS GIVEN HER HEART AND SOUL TO OUR COMMUNITY, AND OUR HEARTS ARE WITH HER AND HER FAMILY AT THIS DIFFICULT TIME.

COUNCIL. WE HAVE A RESOLUTION BEFORE US.

NO FURTHER BUSINESS, MR. MCCONNELL. NO. THANK YOU. MAYOR.

YOU ALREADY READ IT. YES, I DID.

OKAY. MADAM MAYOR, I MOVE THAT WE ADOPT THE RESOLUTION PROPOSED BY STAFF CALLING THE SPECIAL ELECTION FOR FEBRUARY 2ND, WITH THE A QUALIFYING PERIOD BEING DECEMBER 4TH THROUGH DECEMBER 14TH, 2026.

I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER SCHULTZ.

MADAM CLERK, PLEASE CALL THE COUNCIL.

VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP. YES.

COUNCIL MEMBER. BARTON.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. CRAMER.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. SCHULTZ.

I. MAYOR. HARTMAN. YES.

PASSES UNANIMOUSLY. THANK YOU.

THANK YOU, MRS. RAMOS.

SO WITH THAT MAYOR, THERE'S A SERIES OF RESOLUTIONS THAT I'M JUST GOING TO READ THE TITLE ON. AND THEN. AND THEN, MADAM MAYOR, CAN.

THANK YOU. YEAH. WE HAVE SEVEN MORE ON THIS ITEM.

YES. YES. THANK YOU. A RESOLUTION DESIGNATING PATRICIA EL RAMOS, CITY CLERK, AS CHIEF ELECTION OFFICIAL FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027, PURSUANT TO SECTION 13.1, SUBPARAGRAPH C OF THE CHARTER OF THE CITY OF NAPLES AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.

MADAM MAYOR, I MOVE THAT WE ADOPT THE PROPOSED RESOLUTION DESIGNATING MRS. RAMOS AS THE CHIEF ELECTION OFFICIAL FOR THE UPCOMING SPECIAL ELECTION.

SECOND. I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR AND A SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

DO I NEED TO DO A ROLL CALL OR CAN I DO BY ROLL CALL? OKAY. PLEASE. THANK YOU, MADAM CLERK.

COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ. AYE.

VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP. YES.

COUNCIL MEMBER. BARTON.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. CRAMER.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL.

YES. MAYOR HARTMAN. YES.

THANK YOU. PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

MR. MCCONNELL. YES. THANK YOU.

MAYOR. RESOLUTION APPROVING AN INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT FOR ELECTION SERVICES AMONG THE CITY OF NAPLES. THE BOARD OF COLLIER COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AND THE COLLIER COUNTY SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS FOR SERVICES. AND THE USE OF VOTING AND BALLOT TABULATION EQUIPMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027, AUTHORIZING THE MAYOR TO EXECUTE THE INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. YOU DO NOT NEED A ROLL CALL FOR THIS ONE.

SHOULD YOU WISH. MADAM MAYOR, I MOVE THAT WE ADOPT THE PROPOSED RESOLUTION APPROVING THE INTERLOCAL AGREEMENT FOR ELECTION SERVICES WITH THE COUNTY SUPERVISOR OF ELECTIONS FOR THE UPCOMING SPECIAL ELECTION.

HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR AND A SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

ALL IN FAVOR, SAY AYE.

AYE. OPPOSED? THANK YOU.

COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

MR. MCCONNELL, THANK YOU.

A RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING AND APPROVING THE USE OF THE COLLIER COUNTY VOTING AND BALLOT TABULATION EQUIPMENT FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027 AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. MADAM MAYOR, I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING AND APPROVING THE USE OF THE COLLIER COUNTY VOTING AND BALLOT TABULATION EQUIPMENT FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES.

SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027.

A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER BARTON.

SECOND, I HAVE A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER.

AND ALL IN FAVOR. SIGNED BY I, I OPPOSED.

THANK YOU. COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

MR. MCCONNELL THANK YOU.

MAYOR. A RESOLUTION DETERMINING THAT EARLY VOTING WILL NOT BE OFFERED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION ON FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027 AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. MADAM MAYOR, I'D LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION APPROVING THE RESOLUTION DETERMINING THAT EARLY VOTING WILL NOT BE OFFERED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE CITY OF NAPLES SPECIAL ELECTION ON FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027.

SECOND. I HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER BURTON AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER.

ALL IN FAVOR? SIGNED BY I OPPOSED.

THANK YOU. COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

MR. MCCONNELL. THANK YOU. A RESOLUTION APPOINTING CITY ELECTOR CHRISTINE GRIDER TO

[01:30:03]

THE CANVASING BOARD FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027 AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE.

THIS IS PURSUANT TO CITY CHARTER SECTION 13.3, SUBPARAGRAPH TWO. ROLL CALL PLEASE.

DO YOU HAVE A MOTION, MADAM MAYOR? I MOVE THAT WE APPROVE A RESOLUTION APPOINTING CITY EDITOR CHRISTINE GRIDER TO THE CANVASING BOARD FOR THE CITY OF NAPLES. SPECIAL ELECTION OF FEBRUARY 2ND, 2027.

I HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER BURTON.

MADAM CLERK, VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. KROLL.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. BARTON.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. CRAMER.

YES. COUNCIL MEMBER. SCHULTZ.

I. MAYOR. HARTMAN. YES.

THANK YOU. COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

THANK YOU. RESOLUTION.

APPOINTING A CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR TO THE COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY BOARD FOR THE BALANCE OF THE TERM ENDING WITH THE NEXT GENERAL ELECTION IN 2028 AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. AS YOU ALL KNOW, COUNCILWOMAN PENMAN WAS THE CHAIR OF THE CRA, SO HER VACATING HER CHAIR AT CITY COUNCIL LEAVES THE CHAIR POSITION OPEN ON THE CRA VICE CHAIR IS COUNCIL MEMBER SCHULTZ.

BUT IT'S REALLY ALL WE HAVE IS SO COUNCIL SHOULD I.

SO I'D LIKE TO APPROVE THE RESOLUTION.

DO WE NEED TO MOVE FORWARD WITH APPOINTING THE VICE CHAIR TO THE CHAIR? WILL THAT BE PART OF THIS OR IS THAT A SEPARATE ISSUE LATER? RIGHT NOW IT'S IT'S WRITTEN THAT THE VICE CHAIR ASSUMES THE ROLE OF CHAIR, AND THEN YOU GUYS WOULD HAVE TO DESIGNATE WHO THE VICE CHAIR IS.

OKAY WITH THAT? MADAM MAYOR, I, I MOVE THAT WE APPROVE A RESOLUTION APPOINTING A CHAIR AND THEN VICE CHAIR TO THE COMMUNITY REDEVELOPMENT AGENCY BOARD FOR THE BALANCE OF THE TERM ENDING WITH THE NEXT GENERAL ELECTION IN 2028.

DO YOU HAVE A RECOMMENDATION OF WHO SHOULD BE VICE CHAIR? I BELIEVE THAT PROTOCOL AND DECORUM TYPICALLY DICTATES THAT THE VICE CHAIR BECOMES THE CHAIR. THAT'S THE WHOLE REASON WE HAVE VICE CHAIRS IN THE FIRST PLACE. SO IT WOULD BE MR. SCHULTZ WHO WOULD WHO WOULD TAKE THE PLACE OF THE VICE CHAIR? I THINK WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO SORT THAT OUT. WE HAVE TO DO THAT AS PART OF THIS RESOLUTION OR SEPARATE OR SEPARATELY.

CAN WE DO THAT AFTER THE FACT? YOU CAN. BUT THE RESOLUTION SECTION ONE MAKES VICE CHAIR.

CHAIR. SECTION TWO APPOINTS A VICE CHAIR.

SO. UNDERSTOOD. THAT'S WHY I WAS ASKING BEFORE.

YEAH. SORRY. MY APOLOGIES.

SO. BUT THERE'S A MOTION ON THE TABLE SO YOU GUYS CAN HAVE DISCUSSION NOW.

OH, WAIT. I HAVE A MOTION BY KRAMER.

SUPPORT. PARDON? SUPPORT A SECOND.

YOU MADE A MOTION. I'LL SUPPORT IT.

OKAY. THANK YOU. AND A SECOND BY SCHULTZ AND DISCUSSION.

I MADE KRAMER THAT THE VICE CHAIR WOULD BECOME.

I'M HAPPY TO AMEND THE MOTION IF WE WANT TO APPOINT A VICE CHAIR RIGHT NOW AND JUST SOMEBODY NOMINATED AND WE VOTE ON IT.

IF THAT'S CONSENSUS OF IF THAT'S COUNCIL'S WILL I.

THAT MIGHT BE EASY TO TIE A RIBBON ON.

IT BEING, WELL, WE CAN CHANGE THE RESOLUTION, BUT THE RESOLUTION IS SAYING THAT WE WOULD APPOINT A VICE CHAIR.

IF. I WOULD SUGGEST BERN BARTON IF HE'S INTERESTED.

SURE. SEEMS LIKE IT WOULD BE AN EFFICIENT WAY TO KEEP US MOVING ALONG. WITH THAT, IF WE. I DON'T KNOW IF WE NEED A VOTE OR CONSENSUS OR WHAT.

I'LL. I THINK MADAM CLERK WOULD PROBABLY AMEND IT.

SHE PROBABLY WANTS YOU SETTING THE CHAIR AND YOU SETTING THE VICE CHAIR, BUT I'LL LET MR. RESOLUTION SO I.

OKAY, THEN I'LL MAYBE YOU COULD KEEP YOUR MOTION TO APPROVE THE RESOLUTION.

APPOINTING A CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR.

IT'S ALL IN ONE. SO ONE MOTION WITH THE WITH THE NAMES OF THE PEOPLE THAT WE ARE APPOINTING. CORRECT. THEN I'LL AMEND MY MOTION TO INCLUDE THE CHAIR TO BE MEMBER SCHULTZ AND THE VICE CHAIR TO BE MEMBER BARTON.

DOES THE SECOND STILL STAND? DOES THE SECOND STILL STAND? YES, SIR. SO I HAVE A MOTION BY CRAMER AND A SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER SCHULTZ.

SO. WE'RE TAKING THE VOTE AS CHAIR AND VICE CHAIR.

CORRECT. YOU DON'T NEED TO DO ROLL CALL, BUT IT'S UP TO YOU. PARDON.

THIS DOES NOT REQUIRE A ROLL CALL, BUT YOUR CHOICE.

THANK YOU. WITH THAT I HAVE A MOTION AND A SECOND.

ALL IN FAVOR. SIGNED BY I.

AYE. OPPOSED? THANK YOU.

COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

THANK YOU, COUNCIL MEMBER SCHULTZ.

AND THANK YOU, COUNCIL MEMBER BARTON.

MITCH MCCONNELL. YES. THANK YOU MAYOR.

I BELIEVE THIS IS THE LAST ONE.

[01:35:01]

I RESOLUTION RECOMMENDING THE APPOINTMENT OF A CITY COUNCIL MEMBER TO THE COLLIER COUNTY COASTAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR THE REMAINDER OF AN UNEXPIRED TERM ENDING MAY 22ND, 2028. DIRECTING THE CITY CLERK TO FORWARD THIS RESOLUTION TO COLLIER COUNTY FOR CONSIDERATION AND APPOINTMENT BY THE BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WELL, I'M NOT ON ANY COMMITTEES.

I'D STEP UP, BUT IF THERE'S SOMEONE ELSE THAT WOULD PREFER, I'D VERY MUCH LIKE THAT POSITION.

I ACTUALLY LIVE ON THE COAST.

I DON'T BELIEVE ANYBODY ON THAT COMMISSION LIVES ON THE COAST.

AND GIVEN THE COUNTY BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS HAD APPOINTED ME IN THE PAST TO INTERFACE WITH THE ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS IN REGARDS TO THIS, I THINK IT'S TAILOR MADE.

OKAY. JUST SOMEBODY WILLING TO FILL THE SPOT.

ACTUALLY DO SOMETHING ON IT. OKAY.

THANK YOU. WITH THAT I ACTUALLY LIKE THE IDEA OF THE MAYOR DOING IT TO KIND OF FACILITATE THE INTERACTION AND RELATIONSHIP BUILDING WITH THE COUNTY BETWEEN THE CITY AND THE COUNTY. IF YOU'RE UP FOR THAT, THANK YOU.

I APPRECIATE THAT. I'LL RELY ON COUNCIL MEMBER SCHULTZ AND REPORTING BACK.

IF THAT'S THE WILL OF COUNCIL.

OKAY. SO DO I HAVE A MOTION? YES, MA'AM. MADAM MAYOR, IF I MAY, I MOVE TO APPROVE A RESOLUTION RECOMMENDING THE APPOINTMENT OF MEMBER SCHULTZ TO THE COLLIER COUNTY COASTAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE FOR THE REMAINDER OF AN UNEXPIRED TERM ENDING MAY 22ND, 2028. SECOND. I HAVE A MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER CRAMER AND A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER BARTON. ALL IN FAVOR, SAY AYE.

AYE AYE. OPPOSED? THANK YOU.

COUNCIL PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

SO, MR. MCCONNELL. YES.

NOW THAT WE'RE DONE WITH THE RESOLUTIONS, I JUST WANT TO BRING PLANT ONE SEED ON THE SPECIAL ELECTION. OKAY.

SO SPECIAL ELECTION RIGHT NOW, THERE'S GOING TO BE AN ELECTION OF A COUNCIL MEMBER. IF YOU ALL RECALL, THIS PAST AUGUST, PRIOR TO THERE WERE A FEW CHARTER AMENDMENTS THAT WERE TALKED ABOUT AND SUGGESTED, BASED ON MY LAST INTERACTION WITH THE CANVASING BOARD, SPECIFIC TO THIS 2.3 SECTION IN THE CHARTER AND THE TIMING OF IT, AND THE FACT THAT THE SUPERVISOR MADE IT CLEAR THERE'S NO WAY SHE CAN MEET 60 DAYS.

THAT BEING SAID, I AM GOING TO BRING FORTH THAT CHARTER AMENDMENT THAT WE DECIDED TO NEVER HEAR ON FIRST READING.

SOMETIME SOON, I'LL WORK WITH MADAM CLERK TO DETERMINE THE TIME FRAME OF WHEN THAT NEEDS TO BE SENT, BUT I THINK NOW'S AS GOOD OF A TIME AS EVER TO UPDATE THAT LANGUAGE TO ENSURE THAT WE CAN NOT ONLY COMPLY WITH THE ELECTION CODE, BUT COMPLY WITH OUR CHARTER IF A VACANCY WERE EVER TO PRESENT ITSELF IN THE FUTURE.

SO UNLESS THERE'S ANY OBJECTION TO THAT, THAT WILL COME FORWARD.

IT HAS TO BE TWO READINGS.

IT WILL I WILL WORK WITH THE CITY MANAGER AND THE CITY CLERK AND ADDING IT TO A PROBABLY PRETTY SOON CITY COUNCIL MEETING.

AND I JUST WANTED TO MAKE YOU GUYS AWARE OF THAT. ANY QUESTIONS? COMMENTS? NO, I WAS JUST GOING TO RECOMMEND THAT WE TAKE A FIVE MINUTE BREAK OR TEN MINUTE BREAK BEFORE WE GET INTO THE TWO SPECIAL SPECIAL EVENT ITEMS. THAT'S ALL. OKAY. IF THAT IS THAT CONCLUDES ITEM 13.

A DID YOU WANT TO TAKE THE 13.

B WE CAN TAKE A FIVE. WE COME BACK.

YEAH. OKAY. PERFECT. THOSE WILL ALL BE OKAY WITH THAT.

IT'S 1030. THANK YOU, MRS. RAMOS. AND WE WILL TAKE A TEN MINUTE BREAK.

THANK YOU. WE'RE BACK WITH CONTINUING ON TO ITEM 13 B,

[13.B) Discussion and Direction for the City Manager and Staff to Obtain a One-Day Special Event Insurance Policy for the 2028 Olympic Torch Relay, naming the Los Angeles Organizing Committee for the Olympic and Paralympic Games 2028 (LA28) as an Additional Insured, as Required to Fulfill the Insurance Requirements of the Agreement for the City of Naples to Host the 2028 Olympic Torch Relay and Serve as a Cauldron City.]

MR. YOUNG. THANK YOU MAYOR.

SO THIS ITEM IS RELATED TO LA 28, WHICH WE HAD HAD A BRIEF DISCUSSION WHEN IT WAS FIRST THE CITY WAS FIRST APPROACHED ABOUT POTENTIALLY BEING INVOLVED IN THE RELAY OF THE TORCH. THIS IS REALLY AS MUCH OF AN UPDATE AS ANYTHING.

I DON'T NEED A RESOLUTION.

AND IT ALWAYS WITHIN THE CITY MANAGER'S AUTHORITY.

BUT AFTER SOME BACK AND FORTH ON WHAT WAS REQUIRED IN THE AGREEMENT TO GO AHEAD AND GET THEM HERE, IT WAS EVIDENT THAT WE WEREN'T GOING TO BE ABLE TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THEM ON OUR INSURANCE POLICY, WHICH IS A REQUIREMENT.

SO WHAT WE'VE DONE IS WE'VE PRICED A ONE DAY EVENT, BASICALLY INSURANCE POLICY THAT WOULD BE COVERED.

AND WE WON'T EVEN BE ENTERING INTO IT HERE FOR A LITTLE WHILE.

BUT BECAUSE, YOU KNOW, THIS EVENT IS TWO YEARS AWAY, IT WAS JUST IMPORTANT TO KIND OF REPORT BACK TO YOU.

ACKNOWLEDGE BY DISCUSSION THAT YOU AGREE.

YES. GO AHEAD AND, YOU KNOW, SIGN THE AGREEMENT, BEGIN GETTING THE QUOTES FOR THAT.

AND THAT KIND OF PUTS IT IN THE ARM OF A A CITY EVENT.

[01:40:01]

AND THEN IN THE AGM, MONIQUE DOES A VERY GOOD JOB OF OUTLINING THOSE THINGS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO OTHER SPECIAL EVENTS THAT WILL GO ALONG WITH THIS OBLIGATION TO GET THE INSURANCE AND TO, TO AGREE TO BE A PARTNER ON THIS ENDEAVOR.

NOW, ONE OF THE REASONS YOU WON'T SEE IT AS SPECIAL EVENT, AND THAT I WANT TO HAVE IT ON THE MINUTES OF ACCEPTING THIS, BECAUSE A FUTURE COUNCIL IS GOING TO ULTIMATELY PROBABLY HAVE A SPECIAL EVENT DATE. WE DON'T EVEN KNOW THE EXACT DATE WHEN THE TORCH WILL LEAVE, WHAT THE ROUTE IS. AND SO IT'S GOING TO BE FLUID.

NOW AS WE CONTINUE THIS PROCESS OVER THE NEXT YEAR, WE'LL KEEP COUNCIL IN EMAILS UP TO DATE AND EVERYTHING, BUT I JUST THOUGHT IT WAS APPROPRIATE TO HAVE A FIVE MINUTE CONVERSATION AND MAKE SURE YOU AGREE WITH ME, WANT ME TO CONTINUE TO PURSUE THIS, AND THEN EVERYTHING ELSE WILL BE HANDLED UNDER THE CITY MANAGER'S AUTHORITY.

UP UNTIL SUCH TIME, WE KNOW THE EXACT DATE AND CAN BRING A TRUE SPECIAL EVENT FOR THE ROAD CLOSURES, ETC. BEFORE COUNCIL.

SO THAT'S THE INTENT OF THE ITEM AND OPEN IT UP FOR ANY QUESTIONS OR DISCUSSION SHOULD YOU HAVE ANY. THANK YOU. AND AS WE DISCUSSED, I.

I RESPECT THE FACT THAT THIS IS ALSO GOING TO BE WITHIN THE RECORD FOR DECISIONS WE'VE MADE, SO I APPRECIATE THAT.

THANK YOU. COUNCIL. ANY COMMENTS QUESTIONS.

NO THANK YOU VERY MUCH.

THANK YOU. THAT TAKES US TO ITEM 13 C.

[13.C) Consideration of the Repeat Special Event Application Below:1. City of Naples NYE Fireworks Show – Naples Beaches]

SO THANK YOU, MADAM MAYOR.

THIS ITEM IS A SPECIAL EVENT.

I'LL TURN IT OVER TO CHAD, BUT I'M GOING TO PREFACE OPEN THIS A LITTLE BIT. BUT THERE HAS BEEN SIGNIFICANT DISCUSSION OVER THE LAST THREE YEARS AS IT PERTAINS TO THE FIREWORKS ON NEW YEAR'S EVE.

THE AGM GOES TO GREAT LENGTHS TO KIND OF DEPICT WHERE WE CAME FROM AND WHERE WE ARE NOW. BUT SUFFICE IT TO SAY THAT THAT, AS YOU KNOW, THERE'S BEEN AN INITIATIVE BY CITY COUNCIL AND BY THE DEPARTMENT TO IDENTIFY POSSIBILITIES, TO CONTINUOUSLY ANALYZE SAFETY AND WHAT OUR RESOURCES AND WHAT WE CAN ACCOMMODATE. AND SO THIS IS IN RELATION TO THE FIREWORKS AND RELATED NEW YEAR'S EVE.

BUT I DID WANT YOU TO JUST HAVE THAT AS A BACKGROUND THAT THAT FROM THE PERSPECTIVE OF COMPARED TO TWO YEARS, THREE YEARS AGO WE WILL HAVE INCREASED THE POLICE FORCE BY 11 OFFICERS BY THE TIME THIS EVENT TAKES PLACE.

SO EVERYTHING DOES THERE SAY, JUST SAY IT HAS AN OPPOSITE AND EQUAL REACTION. BUT THERE YOU HAVE TO TAKE A STEP BACK AS STAFF AND SAY, OKAY, WHAT WERE WE ACCOMMODATING? WHAT CAN WE CONTINUE TO ACCOMMODATE? AND HAVE WE REACHED THAT THRESHOLD WHERE WE CAN MAKE CHANGES? AND THIS IS A REFLECTION OF THAT.

THOSE ANALYZING THAT INFORMATION.

AND SO WITH THAT I'M GOING TO TURN IT OVER TO CHAD. YES.

GOOD MORNING. CHAD MERRITT, COMMUNITY SERVICES DIRECTOR.

AS OUR CITY MANAGER STATED WE'VE KIND OF PUT TOGETHER THIS EVENT IN THIS APPLICATION.

AND I'LL KIND OF RUN THROUGH THE DETAILS OF IT FIRST, WHICH IS THE OUR ANNUAL FIREWORK DISPLAY FOR NEW YEAR'S EVE.

WE ARE REQUESTING OR PROPOSING IT TO BE ON DECEMBER 31ST, 2026. THE TIME THAT WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT EVENT TIME TECHNICALLY WOULD RUN 5 TO 9, BUT WE WOULD ANTICIPATE THE FIREWORKS PROBABLY SHOOTING OFF AROUND ABOUT 630.

WE JUST PUT THAT RANGE IN THERE BECAUSE WE'LL BE PUTTING TOGETHER THE EVENT AND SHUTTING DOWN STREETS AND SUCH.

WE ESTIMATE ABOUT 20,000.

WE WILL HAVE SOME ROAD CLOSURES, OBVIOUSLY WITH IN THAT VICINITY FOR POLICE AND FIRE OPERATIONS. BUT WE'LL ALSO WE DON'T ANTICIPATE WE WON'T HAVE ANY ALCOHOL FROM OUR SIDE. BUT THEN TENTS, NO TENTS, AND WE DON'T HAVE AN OUTSTANDING BALANCE. SO WE'RE IN GOOD STANDING. SO WE'RE WE'RE BUT WHAT WE'RE REALLY LOOKING AT IS THERE'S TWO DIFFERENT THINGS HERE.

SO ONE, THE CHANGE OF THE DATE OF LAST YEAR, WE HAD IT ON JANUARY 3RD.

THIS YEAR, WE'RE BRINGING IT BACK TO NEW YEAR'S EVE.

THE OTHER THING THAT I WANT TO POINT OUT IN ANTICIPATION ON OCTOBER 21ST, I ANTICIPATE BRINGING A CONTRACT THROUGH WITH A DIFFERENT COMPANY.

WE HAVE USED ZAMBELLI.

THEY HAVE SERVED US WELL OVER THE YEARS.

WE'VE HAD A CONTRACT WITH THEM FOR MANY YEARS.

WE DID PUT THAT OUT TO BID.

WE DID NOT RECEIVE ANY BIDS.

SO IT LEFT US REALLY HAVING TO GO AND DO SOME RESEARCH TO FIGURE OUT WHAT OUR OPTIONS ARE.

WE WENT TO OTHER MUNICIPALITIES.

WE WENT TO FIND OUT, YOU KNOW, WHAT PRICING, WHAT THEY'RE PAYING VERSUS WHAT SHOW THEY'RE GETTING THE NUMBER OF SHOTS.

WHEN I SAY SHOTS, I DON'T KNOW WHAT ELSE TO REALLY CALL THEM BESIDES WHEN THEY FIRE THEM UP, BUT EACH SHELL AND FOR US, WE JUST AND WE SAY WE,

[01:45:05]

I'VE DONE FIREWORK SHOWS EVERYWHERE I'VE BEEN, AND I'VE DONE THEM FOR OVER 20 YEARS.

AND I FELT LIKE WHEN I WENT TO THIS ONE, I FELT THAT WE WERE LACKING SOMETHING AND I DIDN'T LIKE THE PAUSES.

AND THEN I STARTED GETTING PEOPLE COMING TO ME AND SAYING, HEY, THERE'S A LOT OF PAUSES BETWEEN AND WE DON'T FEEL LIKE THE QUALITY WAS THERE.

SO I TRIED TO WORK WITH ZAMBELLI OR ZAMBELLI OVER THE LAST COUPLE OF YEARS TO TRY TO MAYBE DIAL DOWN THE, THE MINUTES THAT THE SHOW WAS THE FIRST YEAR I WAS HERE, IT WAS ALMOST 30 MINUTES.

AND THEY SPREAD THIS WHOLE SHOW OR THIS SHOW OUT 30 MINUTES.

SO I SAID, WHY DON'T WE DRAW IT IN CLOSER TO 20 MINUTES? WE DID THAT STILL HAD A LOT OF GAPS.

SO I GOT THEM TO PROVIDE US A AN ENHANCED VERSION OF THEIR FIREWORKS SHOW.

ANTICIPATING, IF YOU REMEMBER, WE DURING THE BUDGET PROCESS, WE ASKED TO INCREASE THE FIREWORKS TO 65,000.

SO I SAID, OKAY, 65,000, GIVE ME YOU GIVE US A $45,000 SHOW.

SHOW ME WHAT A 65,000 SHOW WAS.

I WASN'T REALLY IMPRESSED WITH IT.

I FELT THEY SHIFTED. BASICALLY INSTEAD OF THREE INCH SHELLS AND SMALLER, WE GOT A FEW MORE FOUR INCH, FIVE INCH AND SIX INCH SHELLS WASN'T SIGNIFICANT. AND IF I SHOOT A FOUR INCH SHELL UP VERSUS A FIVE INCH SHELL, I'M GOING TO CHALLENGE YOU TO TELL ME WHICH ONE'S FOUR INCH AND WHICH ONES FIVE INCH, BECAUSE YOU'RE NOT GOING TO BE ABLE TO REALLY TELL. SO IT DIDN'T THE VALUE WASN'T THERE.

SO THEN I REACHED OUT, WE STARTED TALKING TO SOME OTHER CITIES AND ONE COMPANY KEPT COMING UP EVERY TIME THAT WE TALKED.

AND THEN I FOUND OUT THAT THIS COMPANY, WHICH WAS PYROTECHNICA, THEY ACTUALLY DID THE DC AMERICA 250 SHOW.

WELL, THEN IF YOU LOOK, AND WHEN I BRING THIS BEFORE YOU ALL, I'M GOING TO PROVIDE YOU A LINK AND I CAN PROVIDE IT TO YOU BEFORE THEN IF YOU WANT TO LOOK AT IT. IMPRESSIVE STUFF.

I MEAN, THEY DO MLB SHOWS, THEY DO CONCERTS, THEY DO MUNICIPAL SHOWS ALL ACROSS FLORIDA.

THEY, THEY HANDLE A LOT OF LARGE SCALE EVENTS.

DISNEY, I THINK HANDLES OR WORKS WITH THEM.

SO WE HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO KIND OF SEE WHAT THEY COULD PUT ON PAPER.

AND JUST IN COMPARISON, WHEN YOU LOOK AT WHAT I HAD FROM ZAMBELLI, WE WERE A LITTLE LESS THAN 1000 SHOTS IN THE SKY VERSUS THE ONE FROM PYROTECHNIC SHOW WAS ROUGHLY LIKE 3000. SO IT IS MORE THAN DOUBLED THE NUMBER.

THEY THEIR WHOLE PHILOSOPHY WAS, IS THEY DON'T THEY DON'T HAVE ANY GAPS.

AND EVERY CITY I TALKED TO, I SAID, TELL ME ABOUT THE QUALITY.

AND THEY SAID, WELL, THE QUALITY WAS.

WE DON'T HAVE WE DON'T HAVE PAUSES.

IT IT IS CONTINUOUS. AND I FELT LIKE THAT THAT ADDS THE VALUE.

I FEEL LIKE WE WE DESERVE TO HAVE THE HIGHEST QUALITY.

AND, AND I FELT LIKE THIS WAS AN OPPORTUNITY FOR US TO GO IN WITH NEW YEAR'S EVE BEING THE FIRST ONE TO REALLY SEE WHAT THIS COMPANY HAS TO OFFER.

AND THEN IF WE DECIDE THAT THIS WORKED OUT WELL, AND IT WAS A GREAT SHOW.

THEN WE CAN LOOK AT WHAT WE CAN DO TO PURSUE THEM IN THE FUTURE AFTER WE DO THE NEW YEARS EVE AND THE JULY 4TH. SO THAT'S WHAT WILL COME BEFORE YOU ON THE 21ST.

BUT FIRST THINGS FIRST IS THE APPROVAL OF THE ACTUAL EVENT, WHICH IS BEFORE YOU TODAY.

AND ANY QUESTIONS THAT YOU MAY HAVE ABOUT IT BEING PUT BACK TO NEW YEAR'S EVE.

I BELIEVE THE POLICE CHIEF IS HERE.

IF YOU'VE GOT ANYTHING FROM THEIR SIDE, AS WELL AS FIRE AND OPEN IT TO ANY QUESTIONS.

THANK YOU. THANK YOU FOR PAYING ATTENTION TO THE DETAILS IN THE GAPS.

THAT'S A LOT OF DETAILS THERE.

SO THANK YOU. AND I, I THINK OUR COMMUNITY WILL BE QUITE THRILLED THAT THIS IS COMING BACK ON NEW YEAR'S EVE.

COUNCIL DO YOU HAVE QUESTIONS? COMMENTS? YES. VICE MAYOR, THANK YOU FOR YOUR WORK ON THIS.

THANK YOU. AND THE POLICE CHIEF FOR WORKING OUT THE STAFFING ISSUES SO THAT WE CAN MOVE IT BACK TO NEW YEAR'S EVE.

I THINK THE COMMUNITY WILL BE REALLY EXCITED TO HEAR ABOUT THAT.

AND THANKS FOR MAKING THE SHOW BETTER AND ENHANCED.

I THINK THAT WILL ALSO BE VERY WELCOMED.

SO IF THERE ARE NO OTHER COMMENTS OR QUESTIONS, I MOVE. APPROVAL OF THE SPECIAL EVENT APPLICATION FOR THE NEW YEAR'S EVE FIREWORKS.

BEFORE I SECOND THAT, I JUST WANT TO SAY THAT NOBODY HERE WAS EVER OPPOSED TO THE FIREWORKS.

IT'S ABOUT HEALTH AND SAFETY FIRST FOR US, PERIOD.

AND THIS IS AWESOME. AND BY THE WAY, I'M AT THEIR WEBSITE RIGHT NOW.

[01:50:03]

THIS IS GOING TO BE GREAT.

IT'S NEXT LEVEL. THANK YOU FOR THAT. SO I SECOND THAT, MADAM MAYOR, REAL QUICK. I DO HAVE A DISCUSSION.

YES, JUST IN ITS BRIEF.

JUST TO ECHO AND PIGGYBACK ON WHAT COUNCILMAN KRAMER JUST, JUST CASUALLY MENTIONED.

AND THAT IS THAT AGAIN, THE ONLY REASON WE MOVED THIS FROM NEW YEARS EVE IS BECAUSE WE LISTENED TO OUR SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS, OUR POLICE CHIEF AND OUR FIRE CHIEF, AND IT WAS DIFFICULT FOR US TO CONTINUE TO HAVE THIS ON NEW YEAR'S EVE AND HAVE AN EVENT THAT WAS THAT WAS THAT WAS SAFE FOR OUR COMMUNITY. WE'VE, WE'VE DONE A GOOD JOB BY BREAKING MY ARM, PATTING MYSELF ON THE BACK HERE AND, AND THE REST OF MY COUNCIL UP HERE. WE'VE DONE A GOOD JOB OF, OF GETTING STAFF CRANKED UP FOR BOTH FIRE AND POLICE.

AND WE HAVE BEEN INFORMED BY OUR SUBJECT MATTER EXPERTS THAT THEY FEEL THAT WE'RE IN A POSITION TO BE ABLE TO DO THIS ON NEW YEAR'S EVE IN A SAFE FASHION FOR OUR COMMUNITY.

SO THAT IS WHY WE ARE MAKING THESE CHANGES.

AND, AND WE'RE HAPPY THAT IT'S HAPPENING.

AND I'M SURE THAT THE COMMUNITY WILL BE TOO.

WE TYPICALLY DON'T HEAR KUDOS FROM THE COMMUNITY.

WE ONLY HEAR COMPLAINTS. SO IF WE DON'T GET ANY COMPLAINTS ABOUT MOVING THIS BACK TO NEW YEAR'S EVE, THAT MEANS THAT'S A GOOD JOB, GUYS. I HAVE A MOTION BY VICE MAYOR BLANKENSHIP, AND I HAVE A SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER.

ALL IN FAVOR? SIGNED BY I.

I. OPPOSED. THANK YOU, THANK YOU.

COUNCIL. THAT PASSES UNANIMOUSLY.

THANK YOU TO STAFF. WE'RE LOOKING FORWARD TO A FANTASTIC FIREWORKS NEXT.

[13.D) Discussion and Direction on Updates to the Special Event Manual and Fees Related to Special Events. ]

WE ARE MOVING TO ITEM 13 D.

MR.. THANK YOU MAYOR. I'M GOING TO TURN IT OVER TO CHAD, BUT THIS IS AN EFFORT TO GET TO A COUPLE OF ITEMS RELATED TO SPECIAL EVENT, MANUAL AND FEES IN ORDER TO BRING BACK A RESOLUTIONS AND OR ANY ORDINANCES THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO ACCOMPANY.

SO THIS IS A DISCUSSION AND DIRECTION.

AND WITH THAT, I'M GOING TO TURN IT OVER TO MR. MERRITT. YEAH. AGAIN, GOOD MORNING, CHAD MERRITT, COMMUNITY SERVICES DIRECTOR.

AS AGAIN, CITY MANAGER STATED, THIS IS MORE OF A WORKING DOCUMENT.

SO I UNDERSTAND THIS IS A DRAFT.

THIS IS MARKED UP. IT LOOKS UGLY.

IT'S GOING TO LOOK PRETTY.

I PROMISE DANIELLE IS GOING TO WORK ON IT.

SHE PROMISED ME. IT'S GOING TO LOOK REALLY NICE WHEN IT'S DONE, SO IT'S NOT THE WAY IT'S GOING TO LOOK EVEN WITH THE HIGHLIGHT TAKEN OUT.

BUT WE FELT THAT WHEN WE MET ON MAY 6TH, WE WE HAD SOME DISCUSSION.

WE WANTED TO TRY TO FIGURE OUT A BETTER LAYOUT, TO PUT SOME OF THE STUFF AND CAPTURE SOME OF THE FEEDBACK THAT WE GOT.

BUT THERE'S STILL SOME DISCUSSION THAT WE WANT TO HAVE WITH YOU ALL TO REALLY GET THE DIRECTION OF WHERE YOU WANT TO GO.

WE ALSO PROVIDED YOU A FEE STRUCTURE THAT WE PUT TOGETHER, UNDERSTANDING THAT I'VE BEEN HERE FOR ALMOST FIVE YEARS NOW, AND THIS, WE HAVEN'T HAD REALLY ANY UPDATES TO ANY OF THIS.

AND A LOT OF THE COSTS, WHEN YOU LOOK AT A SPECIAL EVENT IN THE PARK, IT'S NOT NECESSARILY JUST THE SPECIAL EVENT.

AND AS IT HAPPENS AND, AND US HAVING TO GO AND PICK UP TRASH AND CLEAN UP AND DO ALL THAT, BUT THERE'S A LOT OF WEAR AND TEAR ON THE PARK. IF YOU LOOK AT CAMBIER PARK, YOU'RE GOING TO GO OVER, YOU CAN WALK OVER NOW AND YOU'RE GOING TO SEE THAT WE'VE GOT NICE GREEN GRASS THAT'S RIGHT OVER BY THE WHERE THE PLAYGROUND IS.

THAT GRASS WILL NOT BE THERE BY THE TIME THAT WE'RE DONE IN SEASON.

SO WE HAVE TO GO IN AND WE HAVE TO DO A LOT OF WORK TO MAKE THAT AND REPAIR THOSE AREAS.

WE HAVE SIDEWALKS AND STUFF THAT TAKE A LOT OF STRESS.

WE TRY TO WE HAVE TO MULCH, MULCH THE AREA.

WE HAVE TO DO A LOT OF DIFFERENT THINGS TO TRY TO KEEP THIS AREA UP.

SO WE REALLY TRY TO MAKE SURE THAT WE HAD A FEE STRUCTURE THAT CAPTURES ALL OF THAT.

AND WE WANTED TO PUT IT OUT THERE.

I MEAN, IT'S, IT'S A DISCUSSION WITH US.

WE'RE OPEN TO ANYTHING.

IF YOU SAY THIS IS NO, THAT WE DON'T WANT TO CHARGE THAT, THEN WE'LL MAKE THAT CHANGE. IT'S FINE.

SO HAVING SAID THAT, WE'RE GOING TO GO THROUGH EACH SECTION THAT'S IN HERE AND REALLY LOOK AT THE HIGHLIGHTED AREAS.

IF THERE'S SOMETHING OUTSIDE OF THE HIGHLIGHTED AREAS THAT YOU WANT TO DISCUSS, PLEASE STOP US. BUT WE'LL GO RIGHT THROUGH SECTION BY SECTION.

I'LL LET DANIELLE GO THROUGH IT.

DANIELLE SPENT A LOT OF TIME ON THIS.

DANIELLE SPENDS A LOT OF TIME ON SPECIAL EVENTS.

SHE DOES A PHENOMENAL JOB.

AND I THINK THAT THIS SHOWS AND REFLECTS THE WORK THAT SHE'S PUT IN.

SHE LIVES THIS EVERY SINGLE DAY.

SO I CAN COME UP HERE AND SAY THAT I KNOW EVERYTHING ABOUT SPECIAL EVENTS, BUT SHE, IN FACT KNOWS EVERYTHING ABOUT THE SPECIAL EVENTS THAT ARE WITHIN OUR CITY.

SO WITHOUT FURTHER ADO, I'LL LET HER START AND GO THROUGH EACH ONE OF THE SECTIONS, STARTING WITH SECTION 1.1.

OKAY, GOOD MORNING COUNCIL.

DANIELLE FOOTHILLS, SPECIAL EVENTS AND MARKETING SUPERVISOR.

[01:55:02]

I'LL START FROM THE BEGINNING. SO THAT'S ALWAYS A GOOD PART TO START WITH.

SO SECTION 1.1 IS THE INTRODUCTION AND IT'S THE DEFINITION OF A SPECIAL EVENT.

AT THE MAY 6TH CITY COUNCIL MEETING, IT WAS REQUESTED THAT WE KIND OF REVAMP THE DEFINITION OF A SPECIAL EVENT.

SO THE NEW ONE THAT WE HAVE PROVIDED IS ANY TEMPORARY OUTDOOR OPEN AIR EVENTS, ORGANIZED ACTIVITY OR GATHERING THAT TAKES PLACE WITHIN A MUNICIPALITY AND FALLS OUTSIDE THE CUSTOMARY USE OR APPROVED OPERATIONS OF A PROPERTY VENUE.

IT DOES GO ON TO LIST THE TYPES, AND THEN IT GOES ON TO LIST THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF EVENTS THAT WE THAT WE WOULD HAVE.

AND IT SPECIFICALLY REFERENCES OUTDOOR OPEN AIR EVENTS.

SO TWO QUESTIONS FOR THIS IS DO YOU LIKE THAT DEFINITION OF A SPECIAL EVENT? AND WOULD YOU ALSO LIKE TO SEE THE PERMITTING TO INCLUDE INDOOR EVENTS.

AND I'LL PIGGYBACK OFF OF THIS.

WE'VE HAD A LOT OF GRAY AREA WHEN IT COMES TO SOME OF THESE EVENTS AND INDOOR EVENTS AND SUCH. SO IT'S MORE OR LESS, ARE WE REALLY LOOKING AT THIS PROCESS TO REALLY FOCUS ON OUTSIDE OPEN AIR EVENTS, OR ARE WE TRYING TO ENCOMPASS EVERYTHING THAT TAKES PLACE? BECAUSE UNDERSTANDING WHEN WE GO INTO THAT REALM, IT OPENS A WHOLE PANDORA'S BOX THAT THAT I DON'T KNOW IF WE WANT TO OPEN, BUT WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT IT'S TRANSPARENT.

WE ASK THAT QUESTION DIRECTLY.

SO WHEN YOU'VE GOT SOMEBODY WHO YOU KNOW, BUSINESS DECIDES TO HAVE A DJ INSIDE OF THEIR BUSINESS TO US, I DON'T KNOW THAT THAT FALLS IN OUR REALM.

WE DO HAVE AN OUTDOOR OR OUTDOOR INDOOR LIVE ENTERTAINMENT PERMIT THAT EXIST.

AND I FEEL LIKE THAT IF WE START DOING THAT, IT REALLY GIVES THEM A LOOPHOLE TO GO AROUND THAT. AND THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE'VE ENCOUNTERED OVER THE YEARS SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE. SO WE WANTED TO MAKE SURE WE SAID THAT ALSO INCLUDING WHEN YOU LOOK AT HOTELS AND IF THEY HAVE A RENTAL SPACE THERE, THAT THEY HAVE A WEDDING INDOORS, ARE WE REALLY GOING TO GET INTO NOW THEY'RE HAVING TO PUT IN A PERMIT TO BE ABLE TO HAVE A WEDDING INDOORS. SO THOSE ARE THE THINGS WE WANT TO REALLY TALK ABOUT.

I'LL START AND I THINK THAT WE SHOULD NOT GET INVOLVED IN THAT.

IF I NEED TO GET INTO MORE DETAIL IN THIS DEBATE, I'M HAPPY TO. BUT I HOPE IT'S ENOUGH TO SAY THAT WE SHOULD NOT GET INVOLVED IN THE INDOOR PART. I WILL SAY WE'VE GOT NOISE ORDINANCES.

WE'VE GOT OUR POLICE CHIEFS NOT GOING TO LET YOU DISTURB THE PEACE.

I MEAN, THERE'S LEGAL THERE'S ALREADY BUMPERS IN PLACE THAT THAT I DON'T BELIEVE WE NEED TO GET INVOLVED IN THAT. THANKS, MAYOR. I AGREE WITH YOU ON MOST NORMAL INDOOR EVENTS, BUT MY QUESTION IS IF IF THERE'S AN INDOOR EVENT AND THEY CAN'T HANDLE THE PARKING ON SITE, LIKE THE, I DON'T KNOW, AN EVENT AT A BUILDING AND THEY CAN ACCOMMODATE SOME OF THE PEOPLE ATTENDING, BUT NOT ALL THE PEOPLE ATTENDING.

HOW WOULD THAT BE MANAGED? THE TELLING. HOW WOULD THE CITY MANAGE THE PARKING SO THAT PEOPLE AREN'T PARKING IN THE STREET, BLOCKING TRAFFIC IN PEOPLE'S YARDS? HOW WOULD THAT BE DEALT WITH? VALID QUESTION. I'M GOING TO LET THE EXPERTS IN THAT AREA SPEAK ON IT.

SO IF THE POLICE CHIEF WANTS TO TALK ABOUT HOW THEY WOULD MANAGE TRAFFIC FOR EVENTS LIKE THAT, BECAUSE IF THERE'S IF THERE'S NO PERMITTING PROCESS AND SOMEBODY HAS A BIG INDOOR EVENT, HOW WOULD THE CITY KNOW ABOUT IT AND BE ABLE TO MANAGE IT? CHIEF. SO, CHIEF, THE QUESTION IS, IS IF WE HAD IF WE DIDN'T PERMIT USE THIS PROCESS FOR INDOOR SPECIAL EVENTS OR PROCESSING OR PERMITTING INDOOR SPECIAL EVENTS, HOW WOULD WE MANAGE THE TRAFFIC THAT MIGHT BE ACCOMPANIED WITH A LARGE SCALE EVENT THAT TAKES PLACE INDOORS AND THE PARKING.

SO I UNDERSTAND THE QUESTION.

RIGHT. ABSENT OF PERMITTING.

RIGHT. HYPOTHETICALLY, AN EVENT OCCURS AT A PLACE THAT STARTS TO GET LOUD AND OBSTRUCTIVE. I APOLOGIZE, WE WERE TALKING ABOUT THE FIREWORKS AND MANPOWER STUFF, SO I MISSED THE FIRST PART OF THIS.

SO IN THE PAST AND WHAT WE'VE DONE HISTORICALLY WHEN WE HAVE EVENTS IS ADDRESSED BY THE EXISTING ORDINANCES, WHETHER THAT BE PARKING REGULATIONS OR NOISE COMPLAINTS. SO YOU CAN MANAGE THINGS THAT WAY AS WELL.

IT'S JUST THE IDEA OF PERMITTING ON THE FRONT END IS, IS ESTABLISHING GROUND RULES EARLY ON VERSUS COMING BACK LATER AND TRYING TO ADDRESS

[02:00:05]

VIOLATIONS. RIGHT. SO MY QUESTION IS, IF WE DON'T HAVE A PERMITTING PROCESS AND SOMEBODY CAN HAVE A BIG EVENT.

HOW DOES THE CITY KNOW? LIKE IF PEOPLE IF THERE'S GOING TO BE A PARKING PROBLEM, HOW DOES THE CITY KNOW TO BE AWARE OF IT AND DEAL? WELL, WE WOULDN'T WE WOULDN'T KNOW UNTIL IT HAPPENS ORGANICALLY. RIGHT? SO, FOR EXAMPLE, NOT LONG AGO, YOU ALL HAD THE HALLOWEEN LAKE PARK HALLOWEEN EVENT.

GREAT EVENT. AND I THINK IN THE PERMITTING SIDE OF THAT, SOMETHING LIKE THAT, WE'RE ON THE FRONT END OF THAT AND WE'RE ABLE TO MANAGE IT AND WE'RE WORKING WITH THE PROMOTER, IF YOU WILL, RIGHT FROM THE FRONT END.

AND SO THAT HELPS KIND OF KEEP EVERYBODY ON THE SAME PAGE.

ABSENT OF KNOWING ABOUT IT THEN.

THEN AGAIN, WHAT HAPPENS IS WE'RE JUST RESPONDING TO A PROBLEM AS THE PROBLEM PERCOLATES ITSELF. YEAH.

SO THAT'S JUST MY QUESTION.

MAYBE YOU GUYS WANT TO REFLECT ON IT MORE.

BUT LIKE IF SAY, FOR INSTANCE, THERE'S A BUILDING THAT HAS 100 PARKING SPACES, BUT THERE'S 200 CARS COMING, YOU KNOW, WHERE DO THOSE OTHER EXTRA 100 CARS GO, AND HOW DO WE MAKE SURE THERE'S NOT A PROBLEM IF WE DON'T KNOW ABOUT THE EVENT UNTIL IT HAPPENS? I HAVE A QUESTION. IS THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT JUST FOR COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES THEN? WELL, IT COULD BE A CHURCH.

IT COULD BE, YOU KNOW, ANYBODY THAT HAS A MAJOR EVENT THAT THEY DON'T HAVE ENOUGH PARKING FOR. WELL, I DON'T THINK IT'S A MAJOR EVENT. WE HAVE A BABY SHOWER COMING UP, GRADUATION PARTIES.

I WENT TO A BIRTHDAY PARTY RECENTLY THAT ONE OF MY COACHES, AND IT'S THERE, THEY'RE PARKED ALL OVER.

I PARKED 100 YARDS AWAY.

I MEAN, WE'RE WE'RE GOING TO GET INVOLVED IN ALL THAT.

SO I NOT I'M PROBABLY MORE CONCERNED ABOUT THE COMMERCIAL ONES, THE LARGE SCALE ONES THAT CAN BLOCK TRAFFIC LIKE THE NARROW STREETS.

IF PEOPLE ARE PARKING ON BOTH SIDES AND A CAR OR FIRE TRUCK CAN'T GET THROUGH.

BUT WE DON'T KNOW ABOUT IT UNTIL IT'S HAPPENING, RIGHT? SO HERE'S, SO I WANT TO CLARIFY THAT THAT IT'S COMMERCIAL WE'RE TALKING ABOUT.

RIGHT. YEAH. AND, AND I, I BELIEVE SO, YEAH.

I THINK THAT THE BECAUSE YOU HAVE LEGITIMATE AND YOU HAVE LEGITIMATE THAT WE MAYBE POSSIBLY LOOK AT HAVING LEVELS LIKE A LOW IMPACT A MODERATE, A MAJOR EVENT OR SOMETHING LIKE A SIGNATURE EVENT SO THAT WE COULD HAVE AN UNDERSTANDING OF, OF WHAT'S GOING TO BE FAR MORE EFFECTIVE.

BECAUSE MR. YOUNG WAS, I MEAN, I, IF YOU'D LIKE TO.

YEAH. WELL, I JUST THINK A COMMON SENSE APPROACH, NO DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WE HAD WHEN I HAD INDICATED I WAS GOING TO SIGN OFF ON HAVING A SCHOOL USING A CITY FACILITY FOR THE PURPOSE FOR WHICH IT WAS CREATED.

IT'S A CITY MANAGER AUTHORITY.

I THINK LOW IMPACT, HIGH IMPACT, THE ONES THAT ARE THE TRUE ENTERTAINMENT, THOSE FALL UNDER THE ENTERTAINMENT THAT THE FACILITY MUST BE AUTHORIZED TO HAVE.

SO I THINK IT'S SUCH A LIMITED I MEAN, I THINK WE CAN LOOK AT WHAT THAT LOOKS LIKE, BUT I THINK WE WOULD WANT TO TREAD VERY CAREFULLY INTO THAT BECAUSE ESPECIALLY FROM AN INDOOR PERSPECTIVE, AS LONG AS IT'S AS IF THEY HAVE A LIVE ENTERTAINMENT, THEY DON'T HAVE A LIVE ENTERTAINMENT, THEY SHOULD GO GET ONE.

AND ON A ONE OFF BASIS THAT I THINK THAT THERE WOULD BE LIMITED TIMES.

AND SO WE CAN DELINEATE BETWEEN LOW IMPACT, HIGH IMPACT AND BE DONE WITH IT.

I JUST THINK IT WOULD BE MUCH MORE EFFICIENT.

BUT I CAN TELL YOU FROM AN ADMINISTRATIVE PERSPECTIVE, I WOULD LIKE IT TO BE VERY SELDOM THAT WE ARE MEANING THAT IT WOULD BE A HIGHER THRESHOLD BEFORE YOU GOT TO MAKE A APPLICATION, BECAUSE OUR LIVE ENTERTAINMENT, OUR NOISE AND OUR OTHER AREAS TAKE CARE OF 90% OF THOSE TYPES OF THINGS.

THAT'S THE ONLY THING I WANTED TO SAY. SO. YES.

AND THAT NEEDS TO BE CLARIFIED.

THAT LOW IMPACT, AS YOU'RE SUGGESTING COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER, AND WHAT YOU'RE SUGGESTING MR. YOUNG BE BE OUTLINED AND DETAILED, MORE SO THAT IT'S CLEAR TO THAT PROCESS AND WHO REALLY NEEDS TO HAVE AN APPLICATION OR NOT. YEAH, YEAH. I'M JUST WORRIED ABOUT THE PARKING AND TRAFFIC ISSUES BY A MAJOR EVENT.

AND I'M NOT SAYING IT NEEDS TO COME TO CITY COUNCIL JUST, YOU KNOW, THAT STAFF WOULD BE AWARE OF IT SO YOU COULD PLAN FOR IT AND BE ALERTED TO THAT.

THERE MAY BE A SITUATION YOU NEED TO MANAGE.

WELL. AND THIS ALL GOES BACK TO.

REALLY WHAT OUR SPECIAL EVENTS FOR AND THAT THAT DEFINITION IS A GOOD START.

BUT I DO BELIEVE THAT IT COULD BE A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAILED IN THAT SPECIFICALLY THAT THE INTERNAL PROCEDURE.

IT JUST NEEDS A LITTLE BIT MORE POLISHING ON THE EVENT MANAGEMENT POLICY DECISIONS,

[02:05:05]

STANDARDS. THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ROUTINE, HIGH PACKED, HIGH IMPACT, STRONGER RESIDENT PROTECTIONS, MORE DELIBERATE PHILOSOPHY ABOUT HOW MANY EVENTS NAPLES ACTUALLY HAS AND WHAT'S THE INTENSITY OF THEM.

I THINK THAT GENERAL STATEMENT AND THEN TAKING THIS LEVELS, HOWEVER YOU WANT TO SAY IN THAT PERMITTING PROCESS TO BE A LITTLE BIT CLEARER.

SO IT BUT IT REALLY NEEDS TO BE CLEAR IN THIS IN THIS.

BOOK, SO THAT THERE'S NOT A QUESTION ON THAT.

YEAH. AND I THINK WE'RE GOING TO GET TO SECTIONS THAT DELINEATE FREQUENCY AND SIZE.

AND ONCE WE GET THROUGH THOSE BY, BY THE TIME WE'RE DONE, HOPEFULLY WE'VE GOTTEN THE CLEAR DIRECTION THAT SETS THE STAGE FOR THAT TO BE ACCOMPLISHED. MAN. YEAH.

AND AND SOMETIMES, TO YOUR POINT, JUST SAYING PUBLIC FACILITIES IS THE PARKING ISN'T GOOD ENOUGH. FROM WHAT WE'VE SEEN, ESPECIALLY WHEN IT COMES TO A LARGER EVENT, JUST SAYING BECAUSE THEY CAN'T HOLD IT, YOU KNOW, REALLY WHAT WILL YOUR BE YOUR PLAN? ARE YOU GOING TO DO FAIRGROUND PARKING AND PARKING IN THE STREETS? AND I JUST, I THINK THAT'S FOR AN INTENSE LEVEL EVENT.

MAYOR JUST FOR CONSIDERATION AS WE ALL AS THIS GETS DISCUSSED, NOTHING. THERE IS NO AREA SOUTH OF CENTRAL AVENUE THAT HAS SUFFICIENT PARKING FOR THE EVENTS THAT WE HAVE. THERE ISN'T.

THAT'S JUST WHAT IT IS.

WE PLAN FOR BAD PARKING ON EVERY EVENT.

WHEN WE DO THE FIREWORKS COMING UP, I PROMISE YOU PEOPLE WILL PARK IN THE ODDEST PLACES THAT YOU CAN IMAGINE.

AND WE'LL CITE THEM. RIGHT.

AND ALL OF THAT. BUT I THINK SOMETHING WE HAVE TO RECOGNIZE IS IF YOU IF YOU BUILD IT, THEY WILL COME. IF YOU HAVE AN EVENT, THEY'RE GOING TO PARK SOMEWHERE AND THEY EAT UP THE PARKING GARAGES PRETTY QUICK. THEY EAT UP ALL FREE PARKING REAL FAST.

THEY WILL PARK ANYWHERE, ANY PLACE.

THERE'S A SPOT. LUCKILY, PEOPLE ARE REALLY NICE HERE SO THEY DON'T TOW YOU. IF YOU'RE ON THE EAST COAST, THEY TELL YOU IN A SECOND, RIGHT WHEREVER YOU PARK.

SO WHAT WE REALLY DO HAVE IS WE HAVE GREAT EVENTS, BUT WE JUST DON'T HAVE THE PARKING INFRASTRUCTURE AS, AS THE CITY IS TODAY AND MANY OF THE STREETS, YOU KNOW, JUST LOOK AT THE BEACH ENDS, YOU'LL SEE PEOPLE JUST DRIVING IN AND OUT OF BEACH ENDS TRYING TO FIND A PARKING SPACE.

AND THEY'RE AND THEY'RE RESIDENTS, RIGHT? IT'S REALLY HARD TO FIND IT.

A LOT OF THEM LET THEM PARK IS A GREAT EXAMPLE.

ONCE IT'S FULL, IT'S FULL.

YOU KNOW, WE HAVE MINIMAL PARKING AVAILABILITY AT BAKER.

IF YOU HAVE A LARGE EVENT HERE, LOOK, THE PARKING SPACES YOU HAVE AT CAMBIER ARE MINIMAL, ABOUT 200 TOTAL.

I MEAN, THAT'S JUST THE REALITY OF WHERE WE ARE, RIGHT? WE YOU KNOW, IT'S LIKE THE THE OLD LADY LIVES IN A SHOE.

WE ONLY HAVE SO MUCH SPACE.

SO AS FAR AS MONITORING, YOU KNOW, AS FAR AS NOISE IS CONCERNED AND THOSE KIND OF THINGS, WE HAVE WE HAVE RULES ON THE BOOKS TO DEAL WITH THAT. BUT WHEN IT COMES TO PARKING, WE CAN'T CREATE MORE PARKING.

AND THERE'S NO PLAN BEYOND PARK WHERE YOU CAN.

AND IF YOU PARK IN THE WRONG PLACE, WE'RE GOING TO WRITE YOU A PARKING TICKET.

THAT'S REALLY PRETTY MUCH WHERE WE ARE.

WELL, FOR SOMEONE WHO HAS BEEN AT THIS DAIS SINCE OH EIGHT AND THE COMMUNITY, I MEAN, I WOULD SAY THAT'S THE NUMBER ONE ISSUE THAT WE HAVE FACED IS STOP THE NUMBER OF EVENTS, THE LARGE EVENTS, AND GET THEM OFF MY LAWN.

YES. SO WE CAN'T WE HAVE TO DO SOMETHING.

AND WHEN IT COMES TO A LARGE EVENT, BECAUSE THAT GOES BACK TO NOT APPROVING EVENTS, AND THAT'S NOT MINE OR HIS.

ALL RIGHT. AND I THINK WE'LL GET TO THE NUMBER OF EVENTS.

HOW MANY CONSECUTIVE WEEKS ARE WE EXPECTING OUR COMMUNITY TO TAKE THAT KIND OF IMPACT IN THE NEIGHBORHOODS? AND I THINK THAT'S WHAT WE'LL GET TO ON THE SIZE.

BUT THERE SHOULD BE AN ALTERNATIVE PLAN.

I MEAN, YOU KNOW, WE'RE GOING TO USE A BUS TO BRING PEOPLE HERE AND WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN ALTERNATIVE PARKING PLACE.

YEAH, YOU KNOW, AGAIN, I'VE DONE EVENTS FOR A LONG TIME AND YOU CAN PLAN THAT TYPE OF STUFF ALL YOU WANT TO, YOU CAN SAY, I'VE GOT THE LARGEST PARKING LOT.

IT'LL HOLD A HALF A MILLION PEOPLE.

BUT GETTING THOSE PEOPLE TO UTILIZE THAT PARKING AND ACTUALLY TAKE THE SHUTTLE OR ARE COMPLETELY DIFFERENT. I MEAN, IT'S HARD TO DO BECAUSE PEOPLE WANT TO HAVE THE CONVENIENCE OF I WANT TO GO IN.

IF I DON'T LIKE THE EVENT, I WANT TO WALK RIGHT TO MY CAR, GET IN IT, AND LEAVE. AND THAT'S WHAT WHAT YOU BATTLE.

[02:10:03]

SO IT'S JUST THAT'S GREAT.

AND THAT'S OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR HOW MANY EVENTS WE'RE ALLOWING AND THE RIGHTS OF OUR RESIDENTS THAT HAVE THE LARGEST IMPACT OF THOSE EVENTS.

AND I JUST WE HAVE TO BE CAREFUL, BECAUSE I DON'T THINK THEY HAVE CHANGED US AS FAR AS THE CITIZENS AND WHAT THEY EXPECT TO BE ABLE TO GET IN AND OUT OF THEIR DRIVEWAYS AND FOR THE SAFETY IN GENERAL.

SO I THINK EVEN IF WE DON'T EXPECT THEM TO DO IT, WE SHOULD EXPECT THEM TO HAVE AN ALTERNATIVE PLAN ON CERTAIN HIGH EVENTS.

SO THAT'S. CAN I ASK A QUESTION? YES. MR. MCCONNELL. SO WITH THE DEFINITION, I JUST WANT TO PIECEMEAL THIS HYPOTHETICALLY FOR FOR A MOMENT, DOES COUNCIL WANT EVENTS THAT HAPPEN ON PRIVATE PROPERTY THAT DON'T REQUIRE ANY CITY SERVICES TO COME TO YOU? NO, THAT'S THE BREAKDOWN THAT THERE.

WELL, I'M JUST BECAUSE NORMAL REGULATIONS, WHEN THEY COME TO SPECIAL EVENT, WE DID A LOT OF LIKE EXTERNAL RESEARCH AS WELL.

OUR REGULATING EVENTS THAT HAPPEN ON PUBLIC PROPERTY, RIGHT. NOT NOT PRIVATE PROPERTY. I'VE SEEN PEOPLE COME IN FOR BIRTHDAYS OR THEIR YEARLY PARTIES, AND IT'S A LITTLE DIFFERENT THERE BECAUSE YOU CAN, YOU CAN SAY IF YOU'RE CLOSING A ROAD FOR A PRIVATE EVENT OR IF YOU NEED MUNICIPAL SERVICES, THEN YOU HAVE TO COME TO COUNCIL.

BUT AT A BASE LEVEL, I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT FOR COUNCIL TO DISCUSS ARE WE IS OUR FOCUS REALLY EVENTS THAT HAPPEN ON PUBLIC PROPERTY? WELL, I THINK IF YOU READ THIS MEMO, IT IS BREAKING DOWN THAT THE DIFFERENT TYPES.

I JUST THINK IT NEEDS TO BE DEFINED A BIT MORE.

AND THAT'S WHAT FIRST OF ALL, WE ARE STILL ON PAGE TWO.

MAYOR. AND I'M NOT TRYING TO BE.

BUT WE DO GET INTO, AS YOU INDICATED, THE RESIDENTIAL NON RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL AND ALL OF THOSE. I THINK AND I UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU'RE SAYING, BUT AS THOSE SAME STATEMENTS AS IT PERTAINS TO THE SPECIFIC SECTION OF THE MANUAL WOULD BE HELPFUL. SO WHERE WE, WE KNOW WHERE YOU'RE DELINEATING THOSE THAT STATEMENT TO. MA'AM. THAT'S THE ONLY THING THAT I THINK THAT BECAUSE I THINK SOME OF YOUR STATEMENTS ARE GENERAL. AND SO AS WE GO, I'D REALLY LIKE TO STAY FOCUSED ON THE MANUAL.

SO WE GET THROUGH THE SECTIONS SO THAT WE'RE NOT HAVING MORE THEORY ABOUT IT THAN WE ARE THE LANGUAGE, YOU KNOW, WE'RE TRYING TO GET TO, IF THAT MAKES SENSE. YES.

SO I AM THINKING WE'RE GOING TO GET TO BOTH OF THOSE POINTS, BUT I JUST THINK WE HAVE TO GO THROUGH THE MANUAL.

SO YOU CAN SEE I AM ON PAGE TWO.

THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING. AND THAT WE COULD DO LOW IMPACT, MODERATE MAJOR EVENT. I JUST THINK IT NEEDS A BIT MORE DETAIL TO BE WORKED ON.

SO SPECIFICALLY, WHICH ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT? THE OUTDOOR AMPLIFIED SOUND.

I MEAN I'M TRYING TO DELINEATE WHAT SECTION YOU'RE IN MA'AM.

I'M ON PAGE TWO WHERE IT SAYS SPECIAL EVENT APPLICATION TYPES.

YES, I THINK, WELL, I KNOW WE YOU JUMPED OVER TO THERE AFTER MR. MCCONNELL SAID WHAT HE SAID.

I WAS STILL TRYING TO GET TO PAGE ONE WHERE WE HAD THE DISCUSSION ON THE AMPLIFIED SOUND.

IS THERE A THRESHOLD ATTENDANCE THAT YOU WANT TO HAVE WHERE IT'S COUNCIL, YOU SEE, I MEAN, IF YOU'RE FOLLOWING HOW.

PAGE ONE, I GUESS I JUST WANTED TO UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU'RE SAYING ON AMP, BECAUSE CHAD PUTS IN THERE IN RED THAT COUNCIL MADE.

THE POINT IS, DO WE HAVE TO SEE EVERY AMPLIFIED SOUND? AND THE QUESTION IS, IS THERE A THRESHOLD NUMBER UPON WHICH YOU WANT TO SEE IT? AND THAT IS, I THINK THAT SO I'M NOT TRYING TO, BUT WE TRY TO PICK UP WHAT THE LAST DISCUSSION WAS AND SAY, DO WE HAVE CONSENSUS? AND THEN LET'S MOVE TO THE NEXT SECTION.

AND THEN WE'RE GOING TO TALK ABOUT WHETHER IT'S ON PUBLIC PROPERTY.

IT'S A COMMERCIAL. IS IT RESIDENTIAL? AND WE CAN DELINEATE THOSE VARIABLES THERE.

I'M JUST TRYING TO STAY FOCUSED TO GET THROUGH THE AREAS.

OTHERWISE WE'LL HAVE GENERAL ANSWERS AND NOT SPECIFIC TO THE QUESTION. SO THAT'S ALL.

YEAH. SO SECTION 1.2 IS WHERE I THINK WE ARE AT THIS POINT.

AND WHAT REQUIRES CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL.

AND ARE THERE ANY CHANGES IN LAST TIME DURING THAT DISCUSSION, IT WAS BROUGHT UP TO REMOVE AMPLIFIED ENTERTAINMENT FROM COUNCIL APPROVAL, BUT KEEP IT ON THE APPLICATION.

SO IS THAT SOMETHING THAT WE WANT TO DO NOT DO? HAVING A PERSPECTIVE ON THAT IF WE COULD AGAIN SPLIT IT BETWEEN A LOW IMPACT OR HIGH IMPACT, LOW IMPACT, YOU KNOW, LIKE THIS BOOK FESTIVAL WE HAD WHERE THE AMPLIFIED ENTERTAINMENT WAS SOMEBODY READING THAT'S LOW IMPACT.

THAT DOESN'T NEED TO COME TO US.

IF SOMEBODY'S JUST PLAYING MUSIC DURING A WALK A THON, THAT DOESN'T, YOU KNOW, IT'S JUST NORMAL MUSIC.

I DON'T, I PERSONALLY DON'T THINK THAT NEEDS TO COME TO US, BUT IF SOMEBODY HAS A ROCK BAND THAT'S PLAYING AT NIGHT IN A NEIGHBORHOOD MAYBE THAT SHOULD,

[02:15:01]

YOU KNOW, BECAUSE IT'S BASED ON THE DISRUPTION TO THE NEIGHBORS, PERHAPS. AND JUST BEING AWARE OF THE IMPACT.

NOT SAYING THEY CAN'T DO IT, JUST THAT IT NEEDS REVIEW.

YEAH. AND, AND I DON'T KNOW IF I MAY, I PREFER THAT TO BE BASED ON ATTENDANCE.

BECAUSE IF YOU LOOK AT LOW IMPACT IMPACT, THEN YOU'RE TAKING INTO CONSIDERATION THE TYPE OF EVENT WHICH I WOULD URGE YOU NOT TO DO.

WELL, CAN IT BE BASED ON PROJECTED LEVEL OF SOUND? BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING. IT'S MORE ABOUT THE SOUND AT THAT PARTICULAR ELEMENT, NOT THE OTHER ELEMENTS LISTED HERE, BUT JUST HAVING SOMETHING COME TO CITY COUNCIL ONLY BECAUSE IT HAS AMPLIFIED SOUND AND IT'S JUST A LOW LEVEL.

THAT TO ME ISN'T NECESSARY.

AND I AGREE, I DON'T KNOW IF THERE'S ANYBODY OPPOSED.

MAYBE I'M NOT EXPLAINING IT VERY WELL. I DON'T YEAH, I DON'T KNOW WHY WE'RE EVEN AGREEING TO NO TO THE LOW IMPACT AND AND AMPLIFIED SOUND NOT COMING BEFORE COUNCIL.

WELL, YEAH. SO ON THE ONE PART I DON'T THINK IT SHOULD COME BEFORE COUNCIL. I THINK WE HAVE NOISE ORDINANCES. AND I THINK THAT IT COULD BE ADMINISTRATIVELY DEALT WITH IF THROUGH OUR LIVE ENTERTAINMENT, WHICH IS A REQUIREMENT, IF IT'S AMPLIFIED, BECAUSE HONESTLY, IT DOESN'T, YOU COULD HAVE THREE PEOPLE THERE AND YOU'VE HAD HALF A BOTTLE OF TEQUILA AND YOU TURN IT UP. I MEAN, I'M JUST SAYING, IT DOESN'T MATTER HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE THERE.

FOR SOME REASON, TEQUILA MAKES PEOPLE'S EARS.

IF YOU DON'T KNOW THAT. BUT ANYWAY SO I DON'T THINK THE THRESHOLD WOULD THIS DOESN'T EVEN MAKE SENSE TO ME BECAUSE IT'S NOT THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE AT ALL.

IT'S NOT. YOU CAN ALWAYS TURN THE KNOB.

AND THAT'S WHY WE HAVE NOISE ORDINANCES. I THINK THAT'S THE BUMPER IS THE. BUT THE CROWD SIZE OF 1500 AND ABOVE IS A LOT.

WE'RE NOT WE'RE NOT TALKING ABOUT THAT RIGHT NOW. WE'RE JUST TALKING ABOUT IF IF AMPLIFIED SOUND. I MEAN, WE'VE GOT TO GET I'M JUST TRYING TO FOLLOW THIS.

SHOULD WE REMOVE AMPLIFIED ENTERTAINMENT FROM COUNCIL APPROVAL, BUT KEEP IT ON THE APPLICATION. AND I THINK WE SHOULD I THINK IT SHOULD BE ON APPLICATION ON THE APPLICATION.

I THINK YOU ALL SHOULD KNOW ABOUT IT SO THAT YOU CAN INFORM THEM AND LET THEM KNOW THE POLICE ARE GOING TO SHUT YOU DOWN.

IF YOU GO ABOVE OUR OUR ORDINANCE ON SOUND.

THAT'S MY THINKING, BUT I DON'T THINK IT NEEDS TO COME TO US.

WOW. YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT INDOOR ONLY.

YEAH, I'M TALKING ABOUT NO, NO, NO, THIS THIS WOULD BE JUST THE AMPLIFIED ENTERTAINMENT OUTDOOR.

NO, NO, NO, THIS IS OUTDOOR, OUTDOOR OPEN AIR AMPLIFIED AGAIN.

I DON'T THINK IT NEEDS TO COME TO US.

I THINK IT NEEDS TO BE ON THERE.

AND THEY, LIKE WE HAVE PROFESSIONALS THAT CAN EDUCATE AND INFORM THEM.

AND WE ALSO HAVE POLICE FORCE.

SEE, I COULDN'T DO THAT UNLESS I COULD SEE SOMETHING THAT CAME BEFORE US AND UNDERSTANDING WHAT'S HAPPENING IN THAT AREA.

NOT THAT I DON'T TRUST YOU, BUT GUESS WHO'S GOING TO GET IT? WE ARE. AND I, YOU KNOW, WHEN THERE'S NUMEROUS EVENTS AND ONE, YOU KNOW, ONE IS A VIOLIN AT SOMEBODY'S HOUSE AND ONE'S A HOUSE PARTY AND THEN YOU HAVE, I MEAN, AND ALL I'M SAYING IS, EVEN IF IT CAME BEFORE US AND WE APPROVED IT, THEY CAN STILL JUST TURN THE KNOB UP. IT DOESN'T PREVENT WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO PREVENT JUST BECAUSE THEY STOOD IN FRONT OF US.

THEY'RE STILL GOING TO HEAR IT FROM OUR STAFF IF WE GO THAT WAY.

THERE HAS TO BE SOME TYPE OF REPORTING SO THAT WE CAN UNDERSTAND IF WE START TO GET WHAT'S HAPPENING IN THE COMMUNITY.

AND I'M NOT TALKING SMALL IMPACT EVENTS OUTSIDE.

OKAY. SO 1500 IS THAT IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? MR.. YOUNG, ONE THING I'D LIKE TO DO IS NOT LEAVE THIS IN ITS OWN SECTION, BECAUSE I THINK NOW, NOW THAT I THINK ABOUT TURNING THEM TO THE NEXT PAGE, YOU'RE GOING TO SAY SOMETHING VERY DIFFERENT AND COMMERCIAL AND ON OUR PROPERTY THAN YOU'RE GOING TO SAY IN RESIDENTIAL.

SO LET'S PUT A PIN IN THIS DISCUSSION.

AND WHEN AMPLIFIED SOUNDS COMING BACK TO YOU, GO BACK TO THOSE, TURN THE PAGE AND GO TO TYPE ONE NON CITY ORGANIZED EVENTS, PUBLIC SPACE PERMIT PRIVATE PROPERTY COMMERCIAL.

AND THEN YOU HAVE RESIDENTIAL.

LET'S MAKE SURE WE ADD A COMPONENT ON AMPLIFIED SOUND OPEN AIR AMPLIFIED SOUND.

THAT IS WHAT YOU WOULD YOUR OBJECTIVES ARE.

AND THESE AREAS BECAUSE YOU'RE DEFINING THEM.

SO TO PUT A GENERAL STATEMENT THAT YOU NOW ARE GOING TO YOU'RE GOING TO BE DOING IT ANYWAY BACK HERE. SO LET'S JUST PUT THAT SECTION HERE AS IT PERTAINS TO COMING BACK TO YOU ON AMPLIFIED SOUND.

NOW LET'S TALK ABOUT IT IN THE CONTEXT OF THOSE SECTIONS.

AM I PERMITTED TO DO THAT UNDER LAW BECAUSE THEY'RE VERY DIFFERENT AREAS COMMERCIAL.

I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE. NO NO NO YOU ABSOLUTELY.

I THINK COACH KRAMER MAKES A GOOD COUNCIL MEMBER KRAMER MAKES A GOOD POINT THOUGH.

LIKE NO MATTER WHAT, WHO APPROVES WHAT, YOU STILL HAVE TO ABIDE BY A NOISE ORDINANCE, PERIOD. WHETHER IT'S AMPLIFIED, WHETHER IT'S NOT,

[02:20:01]

WHETHER IT'S I MEAN, REGARDLESS WHETHER IT'S A VIOLIN ON FIFTH AVENUE DOESN'T MATTER.

TAKE A MEASUREMENT FROM THE SURROUNDING FROM AN ADJACENT PROPERTY. IF THEY VIOLATE OUR NOISE ORDINANCE WITHIN A CERTAIN TIME FRAME, CODE ENFORCEMENT, THAT'S WHAT WE DO IT NOW. THAT'S WHAT WE DO NOW. AND, MAYOR, JUST TO ADDRESS ONE OF YOUR CONCERNS, IF YOU'RE IF IT'S A CONCERN THAT YOU WANT TO KNOW WHAT'S GOING ON, EVEN THOUGH IT DOESN'T COME TO YOU ALL, WE CAN PROVIDE THAT DOCUMENT.

DANIELLE DOES AN EXCEPTIONAL JOB WITH PUTTING THAT STUFF OUT EVERY SINGLE WEEK AND SAYING, THIS IS WHAT'S GOING ON, AND THERE'S NOTHING FOR US TO JUST SEND SOMETHING OUT AT THE BEGINNING OF THE MONTH AND SAY, THIS IS WHAT'S HAPPENING IN THE CITY OF NAPLES FOR THIS. YEAH, I AGREE YOU DO THAT ON SOCIAL MEDIA, BUT I THINK WHAT YOU'RE SAYING YES TO COUNCIL IS, IS A BETTER. YEAH, WE CAN DO THAT.

YEAH. SO IF WE COULD JUST TURN TO THE FIRST SECTION ON THE NEXT PAGE.

YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I WAS, I WAS TRYING TO GET.

YEAH. NO MAYOR WE'RE WORKING.

WE'RE JUST WHAT'S GOT SAUSAGE IS MADE.

ALL RIGHT. SO WHEN WE LOOK AT NON CITY OPERATED EVENTS PUBLIC SPACES.

AND THEN YOU HAVE CITY CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL REQUIRED AND THEN YOU HAVE ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVAL REQUIRED. MY POINT IS THOSE CAN BE EXPANDED TO INCLUDE THINGS SUCH AS AMPLIFIED SOUND OR LOW IMPACT. HI.

I THINK THIS IS THE SECTION WHERE WE WOULD PUT THOSE IN.

AND THAT WAY, WHEN WE'RE SITTING HERE NOW, WE'RE TALKING ABOUT PUBLIC SPACES.

WHAT IS THE CRITERIA UPON WHICH YOU WANT IT COMING BACK TO YOU? AND THAT WOULD INCLUDE A QUESTION ON OPEN AIR, AMPLIFIED SOUND, AS WELL AS ANYTHING ELSE THAT YOU WANT.

I MEAN, THAT'S REALLY WHAT WE'RE TRYING TO GET AT HERE. GOOD POINT.

FURTHER COMMENTS ON THAT.

THINGS LIKE SALE OF ALCOHOL ATTENDANCE.

THIS WOULD BE A. WELL, I THINK ALL OF THOSE.

OBVIOUSLY IF YOU'RE USING PUBLIC SPACES, THEN IT.

WE SHOULD BE MORE INVOLVED, OBVIOUSLY.

AND I KNOW THAT IF THE MAYOR WANTS TO TALK ABOUT HER AND THIS HAD COME UP BEFORE, IT'S NOT HER PLAN PER SE, BUT.

THE LEVEL OF IMPACT THAT I THINK.

I MEAN, SOME OF THIS MAY BE A LITTLE LEANING ON STAFF FOR DIRECTION OF LIKE.

WHAT'S THE DATA TELL YOU? LIKE AT WHAT POINT IS THIS SOMETHING WE SHOULD SEE? SO THAT'S WE'RE GOING TO GET TO THAT ON PAGE TEN, SPECIFICALLY ABOUT ATTENDANCE NUMBERS.

I'D LIKE TO. WELL, NO, I'M JUST REALLY TALKING ABOUT ON THE.

SO THE THINGS WE'RE BEING ASKED MUST BE SUBMITTED 120 DAYS PRIOR, 90 DAYS PRIOR. I'M LOOKING AT THAT IN RED AND WONDERING, IS THIS I MEAN, IS THIS A RECOMMENDATION? IS THIS IS WHAT WE'RE DOING NOW? RIGHT NOW WE HAVE IT AS 120 AND WANTED TO DIFFERENTIATE FOR SOME SO THAT IF IT DIDN'T HAVE TO, WE COULD ACCEPT IT AT DIFFERENT LEVELS.

CORRECT. SO THE ORIGINAL IT WAS SET AND DIDN'T MATTER WHAT KIND OF EVENT IT WAS, IF IT WAS A PRIVATE EVENT ON RESIDENTIAL PROPERTY, PRIVATE EVENT ON COMMERCIAL PROPERTY EVENT ON PUBLIC PROPERTY.

IT WAS 120 DAYS IF IT HAD TO COME TO YOU ALL AND IT WAS 90 DAYS IF IT WAS ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED. AND THAT WAS SET BY CITY COUNCIL LAST TIME I CAME BACK, BECAUSE ORIGINALLY THE RECOMMENDATION WAS 90 DAYS FOR APPROVAL.

AND I THINK IT WE WERE ADVISED BY CITY COUNCIL TO GO TO 120.

NOW, IT DOES TAKE TIME.

SO UNDERSTAND THAT WHEN PEOPLE DO THE LARGE SCALE EVENTS 120 DAYS, IF YOU'RE DOING A LARGE SCALE EVENT, YOU SHOULD HAVE ALREADY YOU SHOULD HAVE BEEN PLANNING THAT LONG BEFORE 120 DAYS BECAUSE IT TAKES THAT MUCH TIME.

BUT WHEN YOU LOOK AT HAVING TO LOOK THROUGH EACH ONE OF THESE APPLICATIONS, UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE APPLICATION IS NOT ALL THAT IS BEING REVIEWED.

THERE'S HUNDREDS COMING.

SO TRYING TO PROCESS THOSE, ALLOWING DEPARTMENTS TO LOOK AT IT MAKING SURE THAT WE GIVE A THOROUGH LOOK THROUGH AND CAN GIVE APPROPRIATE FEEDBACK FOR YOU ALL TO CONSIDER WHEN IT COMES TO YOU ALL.

THAT'S ONE OF THE THINGS.

AND THEN YOU HAVE TO STILL, IF WE COME TO YOU ALL AND THERE ARE 120 DAYS OUT. THEY SEND US THE APPLICATION.

WE GET TO YOU WITHIN THE FIRST 60 DAYS.

THAT LEAVES THEM 60 DAYS STILL TO TO GO.

WHAT HAPPENS IF WE WANT TO MAKE THEM, HAVE THEM MAKE CHANGES AND BRING IT BACK? NOW WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THE INSIDE OF 30 DAYS, PROBABLY BY THE APPROVAL TIME.

SO THERE'S JUST THERE'S THINGS THAT WE HAVE TO CONSIDER FROM THAT SIDE ALLOWING PEOPLE ENOUGH TIME. SO I THINK THAT WAS WHY THE 120 WAS DONE.

BUT WE DO FEEL THAT SOME OF THE SMALLER EVENTS, THE LOWER IMPACT EVENTS THAT WE'RE TALKING ABOUT FROM A RESIDENTIAL STANDPOINT, THAT WE DON'T NEED 120 DAYS.

IF I WANT TO HAVE SOME KIND OF GATHERING AT MY HOUSE,

[02:25:01]

I'M PROBABLY NOT GOING TO PLAN IT 120 DAYS OUT.

I MAY YOU KNOW, I MAY HAVE WON THE LOTTERY A MONTH AGO AND SAID, YEAH, I'M GONNA THROW A PARTY. AND THAT'S WHAT PEOPLE ARE, ARE DOING THERE IS THEY'RE WANTING TO HAVE A PARTY AND WE'RE HAVING TO REQUIRE THEM 120 DAYS OUT. AND IT'S A CHALLENGE FOR PEOPLE.

BUT WE ALREADY APPROVED THAT.

YEAH, BUT THAT'S WHAT SECTION WE'RE IN.

SO ARE WE GOING TO STICK WITH THAT OR IS THERE A DESIRE TO CHANGE THOSE DATES? WELL, I WANT TO I'LL GIVE YOU A REAL I'M SORRY, REAL WORLD. A COUPLE FRIENDS REALIZE, HEY, OUR WIVES BOTH HAVE A BIRTHDAY COMING UP NEXT MONTH. THEY WANT TO DO WE'RE GOING TO CALL JIM CALVIN, HAVE HIS BAND COME PLAY AT SEAGATE CLUBHOUSE.

THAT CAN'T HAPPEN BY ANY OF THESE STANDARDS.

I MEAN, HOW DO WE. SO THAT'S KIND OF WHAT I'M ASKING YOU.

I WOULD SAY LET ME REPHRASE MY QUESTION. I AGREE.

WHAT IS THE MINIMUM AMOUNT OF TIME YOU GUYS NEED TO GET SOMETHING LIKE THAT DONE.

I WOULD SAY A MINIMUM OF 30 DAYS.

USUALLY WHEN I GET THE APPLICATION, AS LONG AS THEY HAVE SUBMITTED EVERYTHING, WHICH I CAN DO FAIRLY QUICKLY.

I WOULD SAY ABOUT 30 DAYS, IT CAN GO THROUGH THE SPECIAL EVENT COMMITTEE. AND THEN IF IT HAS TO GO THROUGH COUNCIL, YOU KNOW, IT'S GOING TO BE A LITTLE BIT LONGER THAN THAT. BUT I, I DO WANT TO SAY THAT FOR THE RESIDENTIAL, I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT THAT WE CONSIDER JUST ADJUSTING THE TIMELINE, THE SUBMISSION TIMELINE FOR THAT, BECAUSE I WORK WITH A LOT OF THE RESIDENTS, I WORK WITH A LOT OF PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY. AND UNFORTUNATELY, I DO HAVE TO TURN A LOT OF THEIR APPLICATIONS AWAY JUST BECAUSE THEY'RE HAVING AN EVENT AT THEIR HOUSE BECAUSE THEY HAVEN'T SUBMITTED IT ON TIME.

SO I DO THINK THAT LOOKING AT THE RESIDENTIAL PERMIT APPLICATION IS DEFINITELY IMPORTANT TO KIND OF READJUST THAT.

WELL, THEN I WOULD PROPOSE WE MAKE IT 45 DAYS INSTEAD OF 90.

I WOULD CUT IT IN HALF. YOU SAID 30 WAS DOABLE.

AND THAT GIVES US A LITTLE MARGIN.

YES. THAT'S GREAT. SO, MAYOR, CAN I GO BACK TO A QUESTION I ASKED.

I THINK NOW IS AN APPROPRIATE TIME.

DOES COUNCIL WANT TO EVEN REQUIRE A PERMIT FOR SOMETHING HAPPENING ON PRIVATE PROPERTY THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE CITY SERVICES, DOES NOT REQUIRE A ROAD CLOSURE, DOES NOT REQUIRE ANYTHING.

IF I WANT TO HAVE A BIRTHDAY PARTY AT MY HOUSE.

AM I REQUIRED TO GET A PERMIT? THAT'S A DIFFERENT THING. SEE, I THOUGHT THAT'S WHERE WE WERE.

THAT RESIDENTIAL COULD BE APPROVED ADMINISTRATIVELY.

NO, RESIDENTIAL WOULDN'T REQUIRE, IS WHAT YOU'RE SAYING OR OR.

THE QUESTION IS THE SEAGATE IS IS PRIVATE PROPERTY, RIGHT. I MEAN, THE QUESTION IS.

IS FOR YOU GUYS. I'M JUST IF THE ANSWER IS YES, THEN I THINK IT CHANGES THE CONVERSATION.

IF THE ANSWER IS IF IT'S NOT ON PUBLIC PROPERTY AND THEY DON'T, IF IT'S NOT ON PRIVATE OR IF IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND THEY DON'T REQUIRE ANY CITY SERVICES AT ALL. NO ROAD CLOSURES, NO EXTRA FIRE, NO POLICE, NO ANYTHING.

DO THEY EVEN NEED A PERMIT? I WOULD SAY NO. AND AS A RESIDENT, THEY NEED TO UNDERSTAND THAT WE'VE GOT LAWS THAT THEY NEED TO ABIDE BY, AND THEY SHOULD HAVE THEIR PARTY WITHOUT US HAVING TO WEIGH IN ON IT.

YOU KNOW, THIS IS THIS IS THIS IS THE TYPE OF THING THAT DRIVES PEOPLE NUTS.

WHEN WHEN GOVERNMENT MICROMANAGES EVERY, EVERY MOVE AND EVERY STEP THEY MAKE.

AND, YOU KNOW, IT'S INSANE FOR US TO SIT HERE AND SAY SOMEBODY NEEDS TO, TO HAVE A PERMIT TO HAVE A PARTY ON THEIR, ON A PRIVATE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY WHEN PUBLIC SERVICES ARE, ARE NOT NEEDED.

I MEAN, IT'S COMPLETELY CRAZY.

WE ALL KNOW THAT THERE ARE NOISE ORDINANCES.

IF I PLAY MY STEREO TOO LOUD, I COULD HAVE AN OFFICER STANDING AT MY FRONT DOOR SAYING, HEY, WE'VE GOT COMPLAINTS.

THAT'S WHY WE HAVE LAWS IN PLACE AND EVERYBODY HAS TO ABIDE BY THE LAWS.

IT CERTAINLY DOESN'T. WE SHOULD NOT PUT THEM IN A SITUATION WHERE THEY ALSO HAVE TO GET A PERMIT IN ADDITION TO ALSO ABIDING BY THEIR LAWS.

IF, AGAIN, IF IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, WHEN THEY'RE NOT USING OUR SERVICES. AND JUST FOR KRAMER'S, I AGREE WITH THAT.

I AGREE WITH THAT. IF YOU GIVE ME SPECIFICS, LIKE HE'S GOING TO HAVE A BAND OUTDOORS AND IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, IT DOESN'T MATTER.

CORRECT. OKAY. DON'T NEED A PERMIT.

IN GENERAL, I AGREE. I'M JUST TRYING TO FORESEE POTENTIAL PROBLEMS THAT COULD BE OUT THERE. SO WHEN YOU SAY IT DOESN'T REQUIRE CITY SERVICES, BUT THEY HAVE A VALET BECAUSE PARKING IS AN ISSUE, DOES THAT THAT IS NOT THAT WOULD NOT THAT WOULD BE DIFFERENT BECAUSE I THINK YOU WOULD BE REQUIRED TO GET A RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT. OKAY.

RIGHT. SO THAT THAT TO ME IS REQUIRING CITY SERVICES BECAUSE I'M AWARE THERE ARE SOME PEOPLE THAT HAVE HUGE FAN PARTIES THAT DO REQUIRE VALETS AND PARKING.

YOU KNOW, THEY HAVE TO SHUTTLE PEOPLE AND ALL THAT.

SO THAT'S A CASE WHERE YOU SAY THEY WOULD NEED A PERMIT,

[02:30:01]

BUT I'M OKAY WITH THAT BEING ADMINISTRATIVE. CORRECT. I BELIEVE AT MINIMUM THEY WOULD NEED A PERMIT. AND AGAIN, I WOULD GO BACK TO THE SAME THING AS ALLOWING STAFF THE OPPORTUNITY TO WORK THROUGH THE PERMIT AND PROVIDED IT'S LOW IMPACT TO THE COMMUNITY, THAT IT JUST BE APPROVED ADMINISTRATIVELY IN THE EVENT THAT THEY CANNOT SATISFY ANYONE TO THAT EXTENT, YOU'RE THE DECIDER IS TO SAY, I BELIEVE IT'S JUST TOO MUCH THERE.

COUNCIL DO YOU WANT IT TO BE APPROVED OR DON'T YOU? I THINK THAT SETS THE TABLE FOR THAT LOW IMPACT.

I ABSOLUTELY. IT'S AGAIN, JUST DEFINING IT SO THAT YOU'RE CLEAR.

WE'RE CLEAR. AND THE COMMUNITY IS CLEAR ON WHAT'S LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH OR WHATEVER THOSE ARE.

WELL, IF WE HAVE TO TAKE ON THE RESIDENTIAL, I THINK THAT AT A MINIMUM IT SHOULD BE 30 DAYS. I DON'T CARE IF IT'S 45, BECAUSE IF YOU'RE CLOSING STREETS, IF THERE'S SOMETHING LIKE THAT THAT REQUIRES PUBLIC SERVICE, YOU AT LEAST HAVE TO HAVE SOME COORDINATION.

SO WHILE WE WOULD AND AGAIN.

I CAN TELL YOU HOW MANY TIMES I'VE BEEN CALLED SINCE I STARTED, YOU KNOW, A LITTLE OVER A YEAR AGO BECAUSE IT DIDN'T MEET THE 120.

SO SO MY POINT BEING IS, IS I JUST THINK A STANDARD OF 45 SETS THE BENCHMARK THAT THEY'RE GOING TO KNOW, THEY TRY TO GET AHEAD OF THE GAME.

AND I THINK YOU HAVE TO LOOK AT VALET BECAUSE WE HAVE FOR SOMETHING THAT'S SPONTANEOUS.

YOU HAVE AN OLDER CROWD YOU WANT THEM TO BE TO USE VALET, BECAUSE IF NOT, IT'S THERE.

THEY'LL PARK, YOU KNOW, AS CLOSE AS THEY POSSIBLY CAN.

SO I THINK THAT'S A BENEFIT TO EVERYONE.

I THINK THAT WOULD BE DONE.

WE WOULD JUST DO A SPECIAL EVENT RIGHT AWAY, VALET AGREEMENT THAT THEY HAVE TO FILL OUT PARAMETERS. AND THEN THAT WAY SOMEBODY IN TRANSPORTATION HAS AN OPPORTUNITY TO REVIEW IT. I THINK THAT'S A FAIR.

BUT WE CAN STILL DO IT ADMINISTRATIVELY UNLESS WE DEEM IT HIGH IMPACT.

YEAH. KEEP THEM. KEEP IN MIND THAT THE RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT PROCESS UNTIL THE EVENTS APPROVED, THEY WON'T PROCESS THE RIGHT OF WAY PERMIT.

WELL, THAT'S WHY I SAID WHAT HE'S SAYING. A DIFFERENT FORM CHAD. IT'S NOT YOU CAN'T.

YEAH. WE'RE NOT CROSS-REFERENCING CODE HERE.

WE'RE JUST GOING TO CREATE A SEPARATE FORM THAT ALLOWS FOR THAT PRELIMINARY REVIEW.

JUST TO BE CLEAR, I'M OPERATING UNDER THE ASSUMPTION THAT IF WE'RE.

PRIVATE PROPERTY, IF WE'RE NOT USING PUBLIC SERVICES, THEN NO PERMITTING IS REQUIRED.

THAT'S WHAT I HEARD. CORRECT. OKAY, GOOD.

AND THEN IT'S ADMINISTRATIVE.

AND THEY'LL COME UP WITH A.

AND I JUST WANT TO SAY WE'VE USED VALET AND NEVER PERMITTED IT.

MEA CULPA. BUT THE VALET, IT'S IMPORTANT.

I THINK THE VALET COMPANIES KNOW THAT.

I HAD NO IDEA THAT THAT WAS A REQUIREMENT.

WE'RE JUST TRYING TO HELP. YOU KNOW, CHAMBER OF COMMERCE FOLKS SAID, YEAH, USE OUR BUILDING. AND SO IT'S RIGHT AROUND THE CORNER AND WE PARKED THEM THERE.

IT'S UNDERSTOOD. I MEAN, I, I DON'T KNOW HOW, YOU KNOW, THAT IS WHAT I'M SAYING.

I DON'T KNOW HOW A CITIZEN WOULD KNOW.

WELL, IF IT WAS NEVER REQUIRED.

I MEAN, WE'RE JUST NOW FIRST OF ALL, NOBODY CAN WRITE OPERATE ANYTHING IN THE RIGHT OF WAY. WE KNOW THAT, YOU KNOW.

SO I WASN'T USING IT RIGHT AWAY. THAT WAS MY POINT. WE NEVER TO AVOID USING THE RIGHT OF WAY. THAT'S WHY I GOT THE VALET.

WELL, YOU WERE, BECAUSE HOW WERE THE CARS GETTING TO WHERE YOU WERE? YOU WERE USING.

OH, DRIVING THE ROAD. CORRECT. OH, YEAH.

OKAY. YEAH. BUT WE'LL WORK ON SOMETHING.

WE'LL WORK ON SOMETHING SO THAT WHEN THEY DO MAKE THE APPLICATION, WE JUST WE'LL HAVE IT COVERED UNDERNEATH THERE. IT'S NOT A SEPARATE RIGHT OF WAY PROCESS, BUT WE WILL HAVE TRANSPORTATION.

AT LEAST LOOK AT IT SO THAT IT'S PART OF THE PACKAGE.

GREAT. THANKS. OH, WAIT, I'M WITH KROLL.

ARE WERE YOU OKAY WITH THAT? YEAH. YES. YES. OKAY. YES.

OKAY. SO WE GOT THROUGH THE NEXT SECTION BECAUSE THAT'S COMMERCIAL.

SO I THINK WE GOT THAT PART DOWN RIGHT.

COMMERCIAL IS DIFFERENT. YEAH.

SO IF YOU HAVE A COMMERCIAL EVENT THAT TAKES PLACE IN A PARKING LOT, HOW DO WE WANT TO APPROACH THAT? IS THAT SOMETHING WE ALSO WANT TO DO THE SAME THING, SIMILAR AS IF IT'S LOW IMPACT AND WE FEEL IT'S LOW IMPACT, THEN WE'LL THEY'LL STILL HAVE TO HAVE MAYBE AN APPLICATION THAT GOES THROUGH IF THEY USE CITY SERVICES. NOW WE'RE BACK IN FRONT OF YOU ALL WITH AN APPLICATION OR HOW DO WE WANT TO GO ABOUT THAT? WELL, SO THAT'S A BIG THAT'S A BIG QUESTION.

OKAY. BECAUSE WE CAN HAVE AN EVENT THAT DECIDES TO HAVE AN EVENT IN THE PARKING LOT, WHICH TAKES UP PARKING FOR PARKING FOR THE EVENT BECAUSE THEY'RE HAVING ANOTHER EVENT.

SO THAT'S ONE THING. POP UP EVENTS.

IS THAT SOMETHING YOU'RE NOTICING THAT PEOPLE WANT TO HAVE EVENTS IN PARKING LOTS? BECAUSE THAT WE HAVE SOME BUSINESSES THAT WILL DO A, YOU KNOW, AN EVENT, WHETHER IT'S AN EMPLOYEE EVENT AND SAY, HEY, WE WANT TO DO A, AN EMPLOYEE EVENT TO RECOGNIZE OUR EMPLOYEES AND THEY WANT TO DO IT IN THEIR BACK PARKING LOT.

[02:35:01]

WE'VE HAD THOSE TYPES OF SITUATIONS.

WE'VE HAD SOME THAT WANT TO HAVE A, YOU KNOW, A CELEBRATION FOR A HOLIDAY IN THEIR PARKING LOT.

SO THERE'S DIFFERENT ONES.

AGAIN, MY ONLY CONCERN WITH THAT IS ARE THERE OTHER EVENTS IN THAT AREA AT THAT TIME THAT'S GOING TO IMPACT IT AND THAT YOU CAN DO ADMINISTRATIVELY? I WOULD THINK IF IT'S SOMETHING THAT COMES UP.

BUT IF THERE'S A TREND HAPPENING FOR PARKING LOTS, WE SHOULD KNOW ABOUT THAT BECAUSE THEY'RE USUALLY IN A COMMERCIAL AREA AND THAT WILL IMPACT SURROUNDING NEIGHBORHOODS, WHICH GOES BACK TO THAT STATEMENT OF PROTECTING THE NEIGHBORHOOD AT THE BEGINNING THAT YOU HAVE.

CAN I ASK A QUESTION, KRAMER? IS THERE A DISTINCTION MADE BETWEEN IF THIS IS MY I OWN THE BUILDING LIKE YOU ALL DO, AND I OWN THE PARKING LOT, TOO, BUT VERSUS A SHARED PARKING LOT.

I'M JUST WONDERING, LIKE IF I OWN IT ALL.

LIKE, WHAT DO YOU CARE? AND MAYBE YOU DO CARE. MR. ATTORNEY, I NOT MY DECISION TO MAKE.

ACTUALLY, IT'S YOU GUYS.

I APPRECIATE THE QUESTION, THOUGH, BUT IT'S SYNONYMOUS TO WHAT WE JUST DISCUSSED. IF IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY AND DOESN'T REQUIRE CITY SERVICES, THEN THAT'S THAT'S WHAT I'M SAYING.

EVEN THOUGH IT'S COMMERCIAL. I AGREE WITH THAT. I'M JUST I DON'T I THINK I THINK WHAT THE DEFINITION SAYS, WHAT IT SAYS RIGHT NOW IS IF I'M A RESTAURANT AND I'M HAVING A TEMPORARY ACTIVITY DIFFERENT THAN MY USE, I'M REQUIRED TO GET A PERMIT THAT LEGALLY MAKES SENSE, RIGHT? IF I'M HAVING A CHILI COOK OFF IN THE PARKING LOT, THAT'S A SPECIAL EVENT.

BECAUSE I'M NOT. I'M A RESTAURANT OR I'M AN ART SHOW OR I'M A BOUTIQUE.

RIGHT? SO YOU'RE DOING SOMETHING ON A TEMPORARY BASIS THAT'S NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH WHAT YOUR EVERYDAY USE IS, AND THAT CAN BE ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED.

COUNCIL WISHES. SO CORRECT.

AND TO, TO MATTHEW'S POINT, WE JUST SAW ONE RECENTLY WAS AN AUTOMOTIVE AUTOMOTIVE REPAIR THAT WAS HAVING A CONCERT AND IT CAME TO COUNCIL.

SO THE QUESTION, JUST USE THAT AS AN EXAMPLE.

AGREE. WE WANT TO PERMIT BECAUSE IT'S NOT, AS MATTHEW INDICATED, IT'S NOT THE PURPOSE OF THE FACILITY.

APPLICATION. YES, DEFINITELY.

COUNCIL OR I THINK THERE'S A THRESHOLD, IN MY OPINION, TRYING TO UNDERSTAND THAT'S WHERE THE CATEGORIES COME INTO PLAY.

I MEAN, IF YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE 1500 PEOPLE AND YOU HAVE A DJ AND YOU, YOU'RE GOING TO BLOCK OFF ROADS, TO ME THAT THAT'S WHERE THOSE LEVELS ARE VERY KEY. IS IT ALSO LEGAL TO SAY, AND DOES IT ABUT A RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOOD CRITERIA LIKE THAT. SO THEREFORE, IF I'M OUT AND I HAVE NOTHING AROUND ME, SHOULD I THEN I GUESS I WOULD, I WOULD THINK THAT WOULD WOULD BE WOULD BE ONE DELINEATOR I THINK WOULD BE VALUABLE.

CORRECT. BUT BUT TO THE MAYOR'S POINT, AND I THINK WE COULD WORK WITH THAT.

GARY, I THINK TO THE MAYOR'S POINT, PRIVATE PROPERTY OR NOT, ALCOHOL SALES, STREET CLOSURES, EXTRA POLICE, OVER 500 PEOPLE. THESE ARE ALL LEGITIMATE CRITERIA THAT COULD STILL COME TO COUNCIL EVEN IF IT'S ON PRIVATE PROPERTY.

RIGHT. THESE ARE THE PARAMETERS OF WHAT THIS DISCUSSION IS RELATED TO.

RIGHT. WHICH STAFF AND ADMINISTRATION WE CAN ALL WORK THROUGH.

IF THAT'S KIND OF WHAT YOU GUYS ARE SAYING, RIGHT? IF SOMEONE COMES IN, NO STREET CLOSURES, NO OUTSIDE MUSIC, 100 PEOPLE, ALL ON PRIVATE PROPERTY, NO ALCOHOL.

IT DOESN'T MEET ANY OF THE THINGS THAT YOU GUYS HAVE IDENTIFIED. THEREFORE IT DOESN'T REQUIRE CITY COUNCIL. THAT'S WHAT THAT'S JUST WHAT I WAS TRYING TO GET AT RIGHT THERE.

IS THAT. NO. WHAT? THE MAYOR SAID IT TO NO PUBLIC SERVICES.

IT'S ON. I OWN THE WHOLE ENCHILADA.

THEN I THINK ALCOHOL SALES IS IMPORTANT.

I DO TOO. THAT THAT SHOULD ALWAYS COME TO COUNCIL MY OPINION.

NOW ALCOHOL SALES OR ALCOHOL BEING PRESENT.

CONSUMPTION. CONSUMPTION.

YEAH. CORRECT. YEAH. NOT JUST SALES.

NOT JUST SALES. CONSUMPTION. ABSOLUTELY. SO ALCOHOL SALES, I MEAN ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION AT A PARTY TRIGGERS.

REMEMBER WE'RE TALKING ABOUT COMMERCIAL NOW. YOU GUYS HAVE ALREADY MADE A DECISION ON RESIDENTIAL. YEAH. OKAY.

ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. AND I'M NOT SURE THAT I CAN AGREE WITH WITH ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION. IF YOU HAVE, YOU KNOW, A CHRISTMAS PARTY AND YOU WANT TO USE THE PARKING LOT THAT YOU OWN.

YEAH. BUT THE PERMIT FROM A LEGAL EXPOSURE PERSPECTIVE, IF YOU ARE IF YOUR EVENT IS SERVING ALCOHOL, I ABSOLUTELY WANT A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE GOING TO BE DRINKING AND PEOPLE ARE PROBABLY GOING TO BE DRIVING.

AND IF ACCIDENTS HAPPEN, I DON'T WANT YOU SUING US BECAUSE YOU RAN INTO OUR MEDIAN RESPECTFULLY.

SO FROM A LEGAL EXPOSURE PERSPECTIVE, IF THERE'S ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION ON PREMISES,

[02:40:02]

I WOULD ABSOLUTELY WANT A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. WELL, THEREIN LIES THE RUB BECAUSE THOSE TYPES OF EVENTS COULD BE ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED AND THE 30 DAY OR 45 DAY PROCESS.

OKAY. I AGREE WITH THAT.

I AGREE WITH THAT. I THINK THEY HAVE THE INSURANCE CORRECT.

IT'D HAVE TO BE A PRETTY BIG EDUCATION PROGRAM BECAUSE YOU GET A, YOU KNOW, A WHATEVER, A BANK ON A SATURDAY MORNING AND THEY WANT TO HAVE SOME MIMOSAS FOR MOTHER'S DAY.

JUST SAYING. THAT'S THEY WOULD HAVE TO KNOW THAT THEY NEED.

THAT IS ALL I'M SAYING.

I DON'T KNOW THAT THEY WOULD. YOU GUYS ARE MAKING STRIDES. IT'S A 30 DAY PROCESS AND IT'S ONLY ADMINISTRATIVE NOW. I MEAN, MAYBE IT'S NOT. I MEAN THESE ARE YOU'RE MAKING IT EASIER FOR PEOPLE RIGHT NOW. OKAY.

YEAH. AND WHAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT COACH HAS AT THE MOMENT IS THERE ARE THINGS THAT GO ON IN THIS COMMUNITY THAT ARE NOT PERMITTED THAT, ACCORDING TO THE RECORD, SHOULD BE PERMITTED, AND THAT'S IT.

THERE'S AN ACKNOWLEDGMENT, I CAN TELL YOU THE SAME THING ON RIGHT OF WAY ENFORCEMENT. SO I JUST LET'S LET'S START ON THAT BASIS.

SO THANK YOU. I WILL ALSO ADD TO THAT, YOU KNOW, WE LIVE IN A VERY LITIGIOUS SOCIETY.

FROM AN INSURANCE PERSPECTIVE, IF YOU'RE HAVING MIMOSAS ON YOUR PARKING LOT AT YOUR BUSINESS, YOU NEED TO HAVE A SPECIAL EVENT POLICY COVERING YOU BECAUSE YOU'RE HAVING AN EVENT AT YOUR BUSINESS.

THAT'S, I MEAN, THAT'S JUST, THAT'S BUSINESS. THAT'S BUSINESS 101 BUSINESS 101 ENVIRONMENT. YES. BUT IF YOU'RE THE OWNER OF THE BUILDING AND YOU DON'T KNOW THAT'S HAPPENING AND YOU'RE GOING TO BE LIABLE, YOU THERE'S I'M SAYING IF YOU WERE THE OWNER OF THE BUILDING, YOU BETTER KNOW YOU'RE LIABLE. WE LIVE IN A VERY LITIGIOUS SOCIETY RIGHT NOW. EVERYBODY'S TRYING TO SOLVE THEIR PROBLEMS WITH YOUR MONEY.

AND THE REALITY IS THAT'S THAT IS THE REALITY.

AND, AND WE NEED TO HAVE INSURANCE IN PLACE TO COVER YOU WITH THAT? JUST ABOUT EVERYTHING YOU DO. SO THERE'S, THERE'S A, THERE'S A THING CALLED SPECIAL EVENT INSURANCE. EVERYBODY. AND IF YOU'RE HAVING ONE, YOU SHOULD PROBABLY GO GET IT. DO YOU HAVE A PHONE NUMBER FOR SOMEONE? I WAS JUST GOING TO SAY WE'RE LEARNING A LOT TODAY.

OKAY. SO IF YOU'RE NOT SPEAKING UP OR I'M BECAUSE I'M WATCHING, I'M NOT GOING TO KEEP GOING DOWN.

WHERE ARE WE NEXT? ALL RIGHT.

I'LL LET HER GO TO THE NEXT SECTION.

I THINK WE'VE HAVE WE'VE BAKED THAT ONE OUT.

SO OKAY. THE NEXT SECTION IS SECTION 1.6.

IT'S CANCELED. RESCINDED APPROVED PERMITS.

IT STATES THAT A SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT MAY BE RESCINDED.

CANCELED IN THE EVENT OF A DECLARED EMERGENCY STORM RELATED SITUATION, CONFLICTING PUBLIC SAFETY DEPLOYMENT, OR OTHER ISSUES THAT MAY IMPACT THE SAFETY OF THE EVENT AND OR PROVIDING CITY RESOURCES.

WE ARE JUST LOOKING FOR DIRECTION ON WHO WOULD DETERMINE WHO APPROVES THE CANCELLATION OF THE EVENT DUE TO THE LACK OF CITY RESOURCES.

MAYOR I. YES, SIR, I DO HAVE AN OPINION ON THIS.

I WANTED TO SAY, YOU KNOW, FIRST OF ALL, I THINK ANYTHING THAT'S A NATURAL DISASTER OR WHATEVER IS GOING TO ALREADY BE DONE BY EMERGENCY DECLARATION.

SO IT SHOULD REFERENCE ANYTHING RELATED TO AN EMERGENCY DECLARATION SHALL AUTOMATICALLY.

BUT I THINK YOU PLACING IT IN THE HANDS OF OF THE CITY MANAGER FOR AFTER YOU'VE CAVEATED THAT PUTS IT IN, IS THERE ANYTHING THAT COULD HAVE HAPPENED THAT SOMETHING HAPPENED IN CAMBY OR. I NEED TO CANCEL SOMETHING ON FIFTH.

DOESN'T HAVE TO. THE WHOLE LACK OF RESOURCES PUTS IT IN A DIFFERENT CATEGORY, BUT A DRAIN ON RESOURCES THAT REQUIRED THEM TO BE DIRECTED SOMEWHERE ELSE.

GOD FORBID YOU NEED TO BE ABLE TO DO SUCH A THING.

AND SO I THINK LEAVING IT SPECIFICALLY WITH ONE PERSON AND THE CITY MANAGER, AFTER YOU'VE DELINEATED THOSE THINGS THAT ARE COVERED UNDER AN EMERGENCY, THOSE ARE MY OPINIONS.

AND THEN I'LL BE QUIET.

I AGREE. YOUR DISCUSSION MAKES SENSE.

OKAY. OKAY. SECTION 1.7 IS MULTIPLE EVENT DATES, AND IT STATES THAT IF THE SAME EVENT IS HELD ON MULTIPLE DAYS, THE EVENT ORGANIZER MAY INCLUDE ALL EVENT DATES ON A SINGLE APPLICATION.

THE EVENT MUST REMAIN IDENTICAL FOR EACH OCCURRENCE, INCLUDING THE EVENT NAME, LOCATION, LOGISTICS, SITE PLAN, AND ALL OTHER RELEVANT EVENT DETAILS.

IF ANY DETAILS DIFFER BETWEEN OCCURRENCES, A SEPARATE APPLICATION MUST BE SUBMITTED FOR EACH EVENT. YES. YES. GOT IT.

YES. PERFECT. ALL RIGHT.

SECTION 1.8. EVENT PRIORITY UNDER REPEAT SPECIAL EVENTS.

IT SAYS A SPECIAL EVENT HELD ON CITY MANAGER PROPERTY THAT IS REOCCURRING EACH YEAR CAN HOLD A DATE THE FOLLOWING YEAR BY SUBMITTING A SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION FOR THAT EVENT WITHIN 90 DAYS FROM WHEN THE EVENT LAST TOOK PLACE.

AS LONG AS THE SPACE IS ELIGIBLE.

FAILURE TO DO SO MAY RESULT IN THE EVENT DATE AND TIME BEING TAKEN FOR THE NEXT YEAR.

SO MY QUESTION HERE IS, SHOULD THEY BE ALLOWED TO HOLD A DATE IF THEY HAVEN'T PAID THEIR PRIOR YEAR FEES, OR IF THERE'S AN AFTER ACTION REPORT WITH

[02:45:04]

SIGNIFICANT UNRESOLVED ISSUES THAT STAFF NOTED? IT SEEMS LIKE THOSE SHOULD BE RESOLVED BEFORE THEY ARE ALLOWED TO HOLD A DATE.

SO SO THE ONE THING TO TO REALIZE IS WE LEAVE 60 DAYS FOR THEM TO SETTLE AN OBLIGATION.

SO THEREFORE, HAVING IT THAT YOU CAN'T HOLD A DATE UNTIL THEY'VE PAID THEIR BILL.

THAT'S WHY ALLOWING FOR, YOU KNOW, WE PUT 90 HERE TO HOLD IT UNTIL YOU SATISFY THAT MAKES THE ASSUMPTION THAT THEY PUT IT ON THE MAIL ON THE 29TH DAY.

IT GETS, YOU KNOW, THE PAYMENT IN THE MAIL.

IT ALLOWS FOR NORMAL BUSINESS ACTIVITY TO OCCUR WHILE STILL ALLOWING THEM TO RESERVE THE DATE. SO I THINK ANYTHING LESS THAN 60 WOULD PUT YOU UP AGAINST, YOU'RE AUTOMATICALLY OUT OF COMPLIANCE.

AND SO I THINK IN APPRECIATION OF WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS IT DOES ALREADY CONTEMPLATE THAT.

AND THAT'S THE REASON FOR HAVING SOME WINDOW TO RESERVE IT.

BUT THAT GOES AWAY IF YOU DON'T SATISFY THE OTHER ITEMS. WELL THAT MAKES SENSE.

YEAH. I'M NOT SURE IF I FOLLOW.

SO, SO SAY AFTER 90 DAYS THEY HAVE 90 DAYS ACCORDING TO THIS.

IT DOESN'T SAY THEY HAVE TO HAVE PAID THEIR BILLS.

WELL THE OTHER SECTION REFERS TO YOU CAN'T ACCEPT ANOTHER APPLICATION IF THEY HAVEN'T SATISFIED THEIR BILL. SO THEY WHILE IT'S BEING HELD, THEY CAN'T EVEN PUT IT INTO SIGHT THAT WE WOULDN'T ACCEPT IT.

ACCEPT FUTURE BECAUSE I'VE ALREADY MADE THAT MANAGEMENT POLICY DECISION AND SAID, YOU'RE NOT PROCESSING ANY MORE.

I SAID THAT ALREADY. I WANT YOU LATER ON.

I WANT YOU LATER ON TO RATIFY THAT IN THIS.

BUT IT WOULD AUTOMATICALLY BE HANDLED BY THE FACT THAT YOU'RE ONLY HOLDING THE DATE, THERE'S STILL NO APPLICATION.

IF THEY DON'T PERMANENTLY HOLD IT, THE ONLY WAY THEY CAN DO THAT IS IF THEY SATISFIED. SO I JUST WANTED THE TWO TO COME TOGETHER. YEAH, I UNDERSTAND MAYBE YOU COULD JUST ADD SOME CLARIFYING LANGUAGE IN THIS SECTION.

JUST. OKAY. THAT THEY CAN'T INDEFINITELY HOLD A DATE WHILE THEY DISPUTE A $100 INVOICE OR SOMETHING, YOU KNOW? OKAY.

GOT YOUR POINT. AND THERE'S NO MATERIAL CHANGE.

THERE'S CHANGES THEN NO MAJOR CHANGES, BUT THAT NEEDS TO BE VERY CLEAR.

UNDERSTOOD. OKAY. YES.

ALL RIGHT. MOVING. OKAY.

SECTION 1.9 IS ITEMS DO WITH THE SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION.

A QUICK QUESTION BEFORE WE MOVE ON, ON THE HOLDING A DATE, IT DOESN'T MEAN IT'S APPROVED. IT JUST MEANS THE DATES HELD. CORRECT.

SO LIKE IF I, IF I REQUIRED CITY COUNCIL THIS YEAR AND IT'S A REPEAT, I CAN HOLD THE DATE FOR NEXT YEAR, BUT I STILL HAVE TO COME TO CITY COUNCIL. IS THAT THE INTENT OR OKAY, IT WOULD STILL HAVE TO FOLLOW THE APPLICATION FOLLOWS. GOT IT. GOT IT.

SO IF THE CITY SUBMITS AN APP.

I THINK THAT WAS KIND OF. I JUST WANTED TO CLARIFY THAT FOR YOU ALL BECAUSE IT'S JUST HOLDING THE DATE. IT'S NOT BECAUSE YOU WERE LIKE IN THE SAME FORMAT, BUT TECHNICALLY IT WILL CUT YOUR MIC CUT OFF.

BUT I ALSO WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WHEN WE'RE PUTTING IN THESE RULES, BECAUSE A LOT OF THIS IS GOING TO REQUIRE ANALYSIS THAT WE HAVE MOVED IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION AND WE DON'T HAVE MAJOR IMPLICATIONS FROM THESE DECISIONS THAT WE HAVE A WAY TO PROTECT OURSELVES AND SAY, WELL, WE DID HAVE THAT REOCCURRING EVENT, BUT WE ALSO HAD FIVE OTHERS.

AND THE IMPACT ON THE NEIGHBORHOODS OR WHATEVER WAS THAT WE CAN DENY IT.

THAT'S WHAT'S CONCERNING TO ME THAT THERE'S AN ENTITLEMENT NOT JUST BECAUSE OF WHETHER MAYOR IF I INTERPRET WHAT YOU'RE SAYING IS ALSO TO TO ADD SOME CLARIFYING LANGUAGE THAT SAYS, IN THE EVENT THAT NO OTHER EVENTS HAVE BEEN PROVED THAT CAUSE A DIRECT CONFLICT OR INABILITY TO SATISFY THE DATES, SOMETHING OF THAT NATURE.

THAT WAY IT TAKES INTO CONSIDERATION ANYTHING YOU MAY HAVE ALREADY APPROVED AS WELL.

IT MAY BE IMPLIED, BUT IT'S NOT SAID SO.

WE CAN DO THAT. OKAY. SATISFIED AND SATISFIED.

OKAY. ALL RIGHT. OKAY.

THE NEXT SECTION IS 1.9 ITEM TO DO WITH THE SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION.

ONE OF THE HIGHLIGHTED IS THE NOTICE TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND NEIGHBORS.

AND THAT IS THE APPLICANT.

THANK YOU. SORRY ABOUT THAT.

I'LL START OVER AGAIN. SO WE'RE IN SECTION 1.9.

ITEMS DO WITH THE SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION.

THE ITEMS HIGHLIGHTED IS THE NOTICE TO ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND NEIGHBORS.

AND THIS IS WHEN A. THIS IS.

SPECIAL EVENTS WITHIN A RESIDENTIAL AREA MUST NOTICE ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND NEIGHBORS AND PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION SHOWING THEM THAT THIS HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

WHAT THAT MAY BE MAY BE IRRELEVANT NOW.

YEAH, THAT MAY BE A MOOT POINT AT THIS NOW THAT WE'VE MADE A DECISION.

NO, BUT I WILL TELL YOU, WHEN YOU LOOK AT THIS, THAT'S A LOT BECAUSE YOU'RE TALKING FOOD TRUCKS,

[02:50:01]

STAGES GENERATORS. I MEAN, AM I ON THE WRONG PLAN WITH THE SITE PLAN? IT'S UNDER 1.9. IT'S UNDER THE SITE PLAN REQUIREMENT.

I'M SORRY. IT'S UNDER THE ITEMS TO DO WITH THE SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION, SECTION 1.9. YEAH. IF YOU LOOK AT THE COLUMN ADDITIONAL ITEMS. SO WE'RE GOING WE'RE GOING TO SITE PLAN.

NEXT PAGE. MAYOR. I'M ON IT.

OKAY. BUT TWO DIFFERENT DISTINCTIONS BETWEEN HOME, RESIDENTIAL, AND OTHERS.

IS THAT CORRECT? THIS WOULD BE STRICTLY FOR RESIDENTIAL.

RIGHT. SO THE SITE PLAN LISTING THERE WE NEED TO MAKE SURE THAT THOSE ARE.

WHAT CAN BE APPROVED. BECAUSE I'LL TELL YOU WHAT, IF I GOT A FOOD TRUCK FOR MY CHRISTMAS PARTY AND PUT IT IN, YOU KNOW, I DON'T KNOW WHERE IN THE WORLD I WAS GOING TO PUT A FOOD TRUCK.

I MEAN, GIVING OPTIONS LIKE THAT IS VERY CONCERNING.

WE'RE NOT WELL, FIRST OF ALL, AND IT MAY BE BENEFICIAL TO JUST HAVE THIS CRITERIA TABLE UNDERNEATH EACH SUBSECTION.

YES. THANK YOU. THAT'S WHAT I WAS GETTING TO CORRECT FROM A RESIDENTIAL.

SO. CORRECT. WELL THANK YOU DAVID.

WORK ON THAT. YES MA'AM.

THANK YOU. OKAY. ANYTHING ELSE ON THAT? YES. ALSO IN THAT SECTION IT'S IT'S LISTED AS NONPROFIT 501 C THREE.

I DO JUST WANT TO NOTE THAT WE ARE GOING TO REMOVE THE 501 C THREE.

AND IT WILL BE LISTED JUST AS NONPROFIT.

AND THIS IS JUST REQUIRING THAT THE ORGANIZER PROVIDE APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTATION TO QUALIFY FOR THE NONPROFIT STATUS.

SO IF THEY ARE HAVING AN EVENT ON IN A PUBLIC SPACE, THEY WOULD PAY THE NONPROFIT PARK RENTAL FEE AS OPPOSED TO THE FOR PROFIT RENTAL FEE.

PUBLIC SPACE. PUBLIC SPACE.

YES. CORRECT. THANK YOU.

YES. YES. SO JUST NONPROFIT.

OKAY. NO QUESTIONS SIR.

KEEP GOING. OKAY. SECTION 110.

PAYMENT AND FEES. WE HAVE THE HIGHLIGHTED SECTION.

A SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION MAY NOT BE SUBMITTED IF THE ORGANIZATION ORGANIZER AND OR EVENT HAS AN UNPAID INVOICE BALANCE FROM A PREVIOUS EVENT, ONCE THE INVOICE AND BALANCE HAS BEEN SATISFIED.

SATISFIED. A SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT APPLICATION WILL BE ACCEPTED AND THAT'S GOING TO BE IN DUPLICATE PLACES SO THEY DON'T HAVE TO LOOK.

OKAY. YES. UNDER SECTION 112 CITY SERVICES, I DO JUST WANT TO ADD THAT IN SECTION B, THE NAPLES FIRE RESCUE DEPARTMENT, WE ARE GOING TO BE ADDING IN SOME SPECIFIC SITE PLAN REQUIREMENTS THAT WILL BE ON THE REVISED DRAFT THAT WE BRING FORWARD NEXT TIME.

GOOD. AND THE TIMELINE IS NEEDS TO BE CLARIFIED BECAUSE IF YOU HAVE A WORKING SITE PLAN, IF IT'S A COUNCIL APPROVED AND THAT'S 120 DAYS, AND THEN YOU KEEP WORKING ON THE SITE PLAN AND THERE ARE CHANGES, IT'S NOT VERY CLEAR THAT YOU CAN CHANGE IT UP TO 30 DAYS.

WELL, YEAH. SO LET'S KIND OF GOING BACK TO A PREVIOUS CONVERSATION IN THIS WHEN WE LOOK AT THESE SITE PLANS, UNDERSTANDING THAT SOMEONE PLANNING A LARGE SCALE EVENT IS NOT GOING TO HAVE THEIR SITE PLAN 100% WHEN IT COMES BEFORE YOU ALL BECAUSE THEY DON'T ONE, THEY'RE NOT GOING TO SECURE ENTERTAINMENT UNTIL THEY KNOW THE EVENTS APPROVED.

THEY'RE NOT GOING TO GO AND GET COLLECT MONEY FROM VENDORS UNTIL THEY KNOW THEIR EVENTS APPROVED. THEY'RE NOT GOING TO GO THROUGH THAT PROCESS.

AND THAT'S JUST THE WAY IT WORKS WHEN IN THE EVENT WORLD.

SO THEY'VE GOT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE THEY CAN'T REGISTER PEOPLE, THEY CAN'T DO ANY OF THAT STUFF UNTIL IT'S APPROVED.

SO HAVING A SITE PLAN, KNOWING WHERE EVERYTHING'S GOING TO LAY OUT, THEY CAN HAVE A GENERAL IDEA.

THEY CAN SAY, WE'RE GOING TO PUT VENDORS HERE. WE'RE GOING TO PUT PORTA JOHNS HERE.

WE'RE GOING TO HAVE A BAND HERE.

WE DON'T KNOW WHAT BAND THAT'S GOING TO BE AT THIS POINT.

THAT'S WELL, THAT'S A DETAIL, BUT A SITE PLAN IS A SITE PLAN.

I MEAN, I AGREE, BUT THEY DON'T KNOW.

THEY CAN'T COME ON AND TELL YOU THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE.

SO IF THEY COME OVER AND SAY, I'M GOING TO HAVE 40 VENDORS AND THEY END UP HAVING 20 VENDORS BECAUSE THEY COULDN'T GET 40.

NOW IT'S IT'S NOT A WELL, I'M LOOKING AT IT FROM THE OPPOSITE SIDE WHERE THEY SAID THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE 20 AND THEY HAVE 40 AND NOBODY KNOWS ABOUT IT.

AND IT GOES TO 100. CORRECT.

AND THAT'S WHAT WE WORK THROUGH WITH WITH THE FIRE DEPARTMENT, BECAUSE THE FIRE DEPARTMENT HAS TO, FROM THE VENDOR SIDE, THEY HAVE TO INSPECT ALL OF THOSE.

SO WE, AFTER THIS EVENT IS APPROVED, THERE'S CONSTANT COMMUNICATION THAT EXISTS WITH THE ORGANIZERS SAYING, HOW MANY ARE YOU GOING TO HAVE?

[02:55:01]

BECAUSE WE HAVE TO KNOW THAT BECAUSE THE FIRE PREPARES FOR 60 VENDORS AND THEY SHOW UP IN THEIR 75. THAT'S THE PROBLEM THAT THEY HAVE.

AND WE DON'T WE DON'T I, I RUN A THOUSANDS OF EVENTS IN THIS CITY.

BELIEVE YOU ME, I WOULDN'T DO AN EVENT, NOT HAVE A SITE PLAN AND AT LEAST KNOW APPROXIMATELY WHO I'M GOING TO GO TO I HAVE A I MEAN, THERE SHOULDN'T BE A DRASTIC CHANGE IN A SITE PLAN.

I DON'T THINK THAT THERE'S A DRASTIC CHANGE USUALLY IF I DO EVER GET AN UPDATE, BUT I THINK IT'S IMPORTANT TO REMEMBER THAT A LOT OF OUR APPLICANTS DO SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS A YEAR IN ADVANCE.

AND AS CHAD MENTIONED, WE, WE ACTUALLY, IN OUR IN OUR CURRENT MANUAL, IT STATES THAT YOU'RE NOT ALLOWED TO PLAN OR PROMOTE THE EVENT UNTIL IT HAS BEEN APPROVED. SO THAT IS A STIPULATION THAT WE DO HAVE.

BUT WHEN I SPEAK TO THE APPLICANTS, I ALWAYS SAY, WHEN YOU'RE CREATING YOUR SITE PLAN, PREPARE FOR THE MOST.

SO IF YOU THINK YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE 50, WRITE DOWN 50 VENDORS.

AND IF YOU END UP HAVING 20, THEN THAT'S BETTER THAN THE ALTERNATIVE, WHICH COULD BE YOU WRITE DOWN 20 AND YOU HAVE 50.

THAT'S WHERE IT'S GOING TO BE AN ISSUE FOR THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. IF WE PLAN FOR MORE, IT'S BETTER THAN THEM SHOWING UP TO MORE.

BUT THAT THEN GOES TO THE SIZE OF EVENTS AND US UNDERSTANDING, OKAY, YOU APPROVED 50 BUT ENDED UP 20 WHERE YOU APPROVED 20 AND IT ENDS UP 50.

I MEAN, JUST SO THAT WE CAN HAVE A YOU YOU CAN HAVE SOME TYPE OF OF A A CUMULATIVE IMPACT THAT IT'S HAVING.

CAN I, COULD IT BE A SIMPLE FIX JUST TO SAY WHEN, IF NOT THE APPLICATION, WHETHER IT'S A VENDOR OR SOMETHING ELSE ALONG THOSE LINES THAT IT WOULD BE NOT MORE THAN SIMPLY, I THINK WE WILL KIND OF GET INTO THAT IN ONE OF THE SECTIONS WHERE WE DO DISCUSS, YOU KNOW, THE NUMBER OF VENDORS WITH THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE ATTENDING.

YEAH. AND YOU SHOULD KNOW BY NOW HOW MUCH YOU CAN PUT INTO CAMBIER PARK, HOW MUCH YOU CAN PUT INTO BAKER SO THAT IT'S SAFE.

I MEAN, I WOULD THINK WE'RE GOING TO WE'RE GOING TO HAVE THAT DISCUSSION.

I LIKE THE IDEA. AND THAT'S WHEN I TURN MY LIGHT ON A RECOMMENDATION OF NOT TO EXCEED.

AND THEN ALSO BECAUSE WE, WE ANALYZE BOTH THE EVENT AND THE EVENT BEFORE AND AFTER THE SITE PLAN.

ULTIMATELY, AS LONG AS IT DOESN'T EXCEED IT WOULD BE MINIMAL EFFECTS, MINIMAL CHANGES. IF IT EXCEEDS, THEN I THINK THAT SOMETHING SIMILAR WHERE WE SAY THAT IN STAFF RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFER BACK TO COUNCIL IN THE EVENT THAT IT, YOU KNOW, IT EXCEEDS A CERTAIN AMOUNT OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT. SO I THINK THAT WE CAN WRITE SOMETHING THAT SATISFIES YOU, BUT ALSO GIVES THEM THE ABILITY TO MOVE FORWARD, AS COACH WAS SAYING.

PERFECT. MOVING ON. NEXT SECTION.

WE ARE STILL UNDER THAT SAME SECTION UNDER CITY SERVICES.

WE HAVE ADDED IN SECTION F NATURAL RESOURCES BEACH EVENTS.

IT JUST STATES THAT SPECIAL EVENTS ON PUBLIC BEACHES ARE NOT PERMITTED UNDER THE CITY SPECIAL EVENTS PROGRAM.

EVENTS MAY BE PERMITTED ON PRIVATELY OWNED BEACHES, PROVIDED THE EVENT ORGANIZER HAS OBTAINED THE REQUIRED AUTHORIZATION FROM THE PROPERTY OWNER AND COMPLIES WITH ALL APPLICABLE CITY ORDINANCES, PERMITS, REGULATIONS, SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS. THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE ADDITIONAL PERMITS, APPROVALS OR CONDITIONS BASED ON THE NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION AND ANTICIPATED IMPACTS OF THE EVENT.

BEACH EVENTS ARE VERY POPULAR, ESPECIALLY NOW WITH THE FOUR SEASONS HERE.

THEY HAVE SOME ALONG WITH THE PORT ROYAL CLUB, THEY'RE STARTING TO SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS.

SO WE'VE BEEN WORKING WITH NATURAL RESOURCES AND SENDING THOSE APPLICATIONS AND GETTING THEIR APPROVAL. BUT SOME OF THOSE THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT REQUIRE A DIFFERENT APPROVAL PROCESS. IT HAS TO GO TO DEP FOR AN APPROVAL.

SO THEY'LL SUBMIT THE SPECIAL EVENT APPLICATION WITH ME.

AND THEN THEY'LL WORK WITH NATURAL RESOURCES, WHO WILL THEN WORK WITH THEM ON WHAT PERMITS ARE NEEDED FROM THERE, JUST LIKE WE DO WITH A PERMIT.

ONCE THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN APPROVED, THEY'LL THEN REACH OUT TO STREETS AND THEY'LL GET THE PERMIT THAT'S NEEDED.

SAME WITH OUR ALCOHOL PERMIT AS WELL.

THEY ARE ALLOWED TO HAVE LIKE A PUBLIC EVENT ON THE PUBLIC BEACH, ONLY ON PRIVATELY OWNED BEACHES, NOT ON PUBLIC BEACHES.

YEAH. WE SPECIFICALLY PUT THAT BECAUSE WE DIDN'T REALLY WANT TO OPEN THE DOOR TO PEOPLE APPLYING FOR EVENTS, FOR PUBLIC ACCESS AND SO ON OR ON THE BEACH.

AND SO THIS REALLY KIND OF IS GEARED TOWARDS LIKE, HERE'S AN EXAMPLE. YOU'VE GOT SOMEBODY THAT HAS AN EVENT ON THE BEACH THAT HAS PRIVATE PROPERTY, WHATEVER, WHATEVER CLUB IT MAY BE, DECIDES THEY WANT TO PUT AN INFLATABLE ON THE BEACH. WE CAN'T, WE DON'T PERMIT ANY OF THAT STUFF.

THAT'S THE YOU HAVE TO GO THROUGH FDP.

[03:00:02]

FDP HAS TO LOOK AT WHATEVER YOU'RE SUBMITTING AND THEY HAVE TO MAKE A DECISION TO DO A.

I CAN'T REMEMBER THE NAME OF IT IF I HAD HAD IT IN AN EMAIL, BUT IT'S A SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT THROUGH FTP THAT WILL ALLOW YOU TO DO THAT, BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO AGREE THAT THAT WILL NOT REMAIN ON THE BEACH OVERNIGHT AND IT HAS TO BE REMOVED. AND THERE'S THERE'S ALL THESE OTHER CAVEATS.

WHY ARE WE EVEN OPENING OURSELVES UP TO THIS? WELL, IT'S ALWAYS BEEN OPEN TO THAT UNLESS YOU WOULD.

I'M NOT I DON'T KNOW IF YOU CAN EVEN CONTROL IT FROM THAT STANDPOINT.

BUT YOU HAVE ACTIVITIES THAT WE ARE PERMITTED ON PRIVATE BEACH, BUT WE INSERT OUR NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT TO MAKE SURE THAT IF THEY GOT THE DEP PERMIT, THEY'RE IN COMPLIANCE WITH IT, AND WE MONITOR FOR THE SAME.

SO BY US REQUIRING A PERMIT APPLICATION, WE KNOW THAT THEY DID THE NECESSARY PERMIT.

AND FROM A NATURAL RESOURCE PERSPECTIVE, WE'RE MAKING SURE THEY'RE TREATING THE DUNES THE WAY THAT THEY'RE SUPPOSED TO BE, AS THEY'VE ARTICULATED IN THERE.

SO NOT HAVING ONE, I, I DON'T KNOW IF DEP IS ACTUALLY THE ONE PERMITTING IT AS TO WHETHER OR NOT WE CAN STOP IT.

I STOP LEGALLY THERE. BUT WHAT OUR PART IS, OUR ROLE IS MAKING SURE THAT THEY'RE IN COMPLIANCE. AND WE DO THE SAME THING ON PRIVATE BEACHES AS IT PERTAINS TO COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS OPERATIONS.

CASE IN POINT IS NAPLES BEACH CLUB AND THAT THEY HAVE TO GO THROUGH THE C.C.C..

L HOPE I PUT THOSE INITIALS IN THE RIGHT IN ORDER TO DEMONSTRATE AND TO TELL OPERATIONS THROUGH PLANNING DEPARTMENT, NATURAL RESOURCES REVIEW, EXACTLY HOW THEY'RE GOING TO STORE THE ITEMS. THEY'RE GOING TO TAKE OVER THE DUNE OR PUT ON THE BEACH.

SO ALL OF THESE WE DO ON A DAILY BASIS, EVEN IF IT'S NOT A SPECIAL EVENT AS IT PERTAINS TO OPERATIONS OF COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES, EVEN ON A PRIVATE BEACH.

SO ARE WE OPENING OURSELVES TO EVERY COMMERCIAL BUSINESS THAT WANTS TO HAVE A PARTY ON THE BEACH? THESE ARE ONLY PRIVATELY OWNED BEACHES.

WE'RE NOT DOING ANYTHING TO EXPAND A PUBLIC BEACH.

THIS IS SAYING APPLICATION ON A PUBLIC BEACH IS PROHIBITED AND WE OBVIOUSLY HAVE SITE PLANS FOR THAT. DIAGRAMS THAT WILL BE ON THE APPLICATION SO THAT IT'S CLEAR WHERE THEIR BEACH IS AND WHERE IT ISN'T.

YES, WE GOT A SITE PLAN FOR EVERY APPLICATION.

OKAY. QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS? AND WHILE WE'RE THERE, CAN I JUST WANT TO SIDEBAR ONE MOMENT OF THE CHANGES THAT WE'VE MADE THIS YEAR RELATED TO BEACH WEDDINGS.

SO WE, WE RAN INTO THERE WAS, THERE WAS, WAS IT A THAT'S THE BEACH WEDDING ACCESS. THAT'S CORRECT.

EIGHTH AVENUE SOUTH. AND WHAT WE RAN INTO WAS THAT PEOPLE.

IT WAS REALLY. IT WAS A LITTLE HAPHAZARD AND THERE WAS.

THEY WOULD RENT ONE BEACH ACCESS AND THEN THEY WOULD DO THE WEDDING AND THEN THEY WOULD BE. BECAUSE IT WAS A MAXIMUM OF THREE HOURS, INCLUDING SETUP AND TEARDOWN.

IS THAT WHAT IT WAS? YES.

THAT'S CORRECT. WELL, THEN THEY'D RENT AND BEACH ACCESS SOMEWHERE ELSE, AND THEN THE RECEPTION WOULD START OVER THERE AND YOU'VE ALL RECEIVED THE EMAILS OR WHATEVER. SO SO WE JUST CHANGED CHANGE THE POLICY HERE TO SAY YOU CAN'T RENT MORE THAN ONE BEACH ACCESS AND NEVER FOR A LONGER PERIOD THAN THREE HOURS.

SO THAT WE TRY TO CURTAIL THAT. I JUST WANTED YOU TO KNOW THAT WE'RE NOT ASKING FOR ANYTHING RELATED TO THAT, BUT WE DID MAKE THE CHANGE IN CASE SOMEBODY EVER SAYS, WELL, I DID IT BEFORE.

THAT WAS JUST A CHANGE WE MADE SO THAT WE WEREN'T HAVING HOPPING WEDDINGS ALONG BEACH ACCESS. WELL, WE'VE, I'VE HAD INTENSE DISCUSSIONS AND I DON'T KNOW WHERE THAT POLICY THAT YOU CAN RENT A BEACH END AND HAVE AN EVENT EVER CAME FROM, I THINK. SO LET ME CLARIFY.

LET ME. OH, THANKS. SO IT IS A IT'S CONSIDERED A WEDDING PERMIT.

IT'S BEEN HERE LONGER THAN I'VE BEEN HERE, BUT IT IS A WEDDING PERMIT AND IT'S ONLY MEANT TO. IF SOMEBODY WANTS TO GO OUT, SET UP A CEREMONY, HAVE A WEDDING RIGHT THERE ON THE BEACH, HAVE IT, AND THEN GET OFF. THE THREE HOURS IS MEANT FOR YOU.

WANT TO BRING OUT 15 CHAIRS, SET IT UP.

YOU SET IT UP. YOU HAVE THE WEDDING, YOU BREAK IT DOWN.

EVERYTHING WITHIN THE THREE HOURS.

WHAT IT MORPHED INTO OVER TIME WAS EXACTLY WHAT CITY MANAGER HAS STATED IS PEOPLE WERE GETTING A PERMIT, A WEDDING PERMIT AT EIGHTH AVENUE SOUTH TO DO THE, THE PERMIT TO DO THE WEDDING CEREMONY, WHICH WAS WHAT IT WAS INTENDED FOR.

THEN THEY'RE GETTING ANOTHER WEDDING PERMIT AT SIXTH AVENUE SOUTH.

I'M JUST THROWING IT OUT AND HAVING A RECEPTION AND USING THAT THREE HOURS FOR A RECEPTION. AND THAT WAS WHAT WE WERE FINDING OUT AND WHAT'S HAPPENING, AND I'LL JUST BE UP FRONT WITH YOU IS THERE'S COMPANIES THAT ARE BASICALLY RUNNING A BUSINESS FOR WEDDINGS AND UTILIZING ALL OF THIS, AND THAT'S WHERE IT HAS GONE WAY BEYOND WHAT IT WAS INTENDED.

[03:05:04]

AND THAT'S WHY I MADE.

AND I JUST SAID, IT STOPS AND YOU CAN'T.

I JUST PUT AN END TO I.

SO I'M NOT ASKING FOR ANYTHING. AND THAT WAS ADMINISTRATIVE POLICY. I JUST WANTED YOU TO KNOW THAT THAT CHANGED IT BECAUSE IT DID HAPPEN.

AND I'M SURE EVERY ONE OF US HAD SEEN EMAILS IN THE LAST YEAR, JUST AS LONG AS IT'S CLEAR THAT AND THESE THINGS.

YEAH. CAN I HAVE 200 PEOPLE AT A WEDDING ON THE BEACH RIGHT NOW? IT DOESN'T SPECIFY THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE ON ANY OF THAT.

SO OKAY. FUTURE CONVERSATION FOR SURE.

IF YOU IF YOU WANTED SOMETHING TO COME BACK, YOU CAN BRING IT UP MAYOR. AND WE WOULD BRING IT BACK. BUT AS OF RIGHT NOW, IT DOESN'T HAVE A LIMITATION, BUT DOES HAS HOURS AND IT LIMITS THE IT.

I'M SORRY I SAID THE THINGS THAT WENT ON PRIOR AND CURTAILED THAT TO WHAT IT WAS INTENDED TO BE USED FOR.

YEAH. SO THE ONLY QUESTION I HAVE IS DO WE NEED TO ADD IN THAT EXEMPTION TO F? BECAUSE I'M ASSUMING THESE WEDDINGS ARE HAVING ON HAPPENING ON PUBLIC BEACHES RIGHT NOW, WE'RE SAYING NO EVENTS AT ALL ON PUBLIC BEACHES YET WE ALLOW WEDDINGS ON PUBLIC BEACHES. YEAH, WE COULD WE COULD PUT SOMETHING IN THERE THAT SAYS BECAUSE A WEDDING IS CLEARLY A SPECIAL EVENT.

YEAH, WE SHOULD DO THAT.

YEAH, I AGREE. AND WHAT ABOUT MEMORIALIZE IT THERE ANYWAY? YEAH. WHAT ABOUT HOMEOWNERS ASSOCIATIONS THAT DECIDE THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE A SUNSET.

YOU HAVE TO GET A SPECIAL PERMIT FOR THAT AGAIN.

AND I'D BE CURIOUS ON PORT ROYAL AND FOUR SEASONS, BUT THERE'S EROSION CONTROL LINES BEHIND BOTH THOSE PROPERTIES. THOSE ARE PUBLIC BEACHES, SO I DON'T SEE WHY THEY'RE DOING ANYTHING PAST THE EROSION CONTROL LINE.

THAT'S A PUBLIC BEACH. SO I'M CONFUSED.

I MEAN, I'D BE HAPPY TO.

I DON'T THINK THAT'S WHAT THE MAYOR'S REFERRING TO. LIKE SOME NEIGHBORHOOD ASSOCIATION SAYS, HEY, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE COCKTAILS ON THE BEACH.

BRING YOUR FAVORITE COCKTAIL AND WE'LL WATCH SUNSET.

I MEAN. RIGHT. AND THAT THAT SEEMS LIKE A GATHERING, NOT JUST. OH, YEAH, THAT SEEMS LIKE A GATHERING.

I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S GROUPS THAT DO THAT. YEAH.

I MEAN, I DON'T I HAVE A FAMILY OF 50 AND I SHOW UP TO THE BEACH.

I MEAN, THAT'S NOT A SPECIAL EVENT. I DON'T THINK SO.

I MEAN, I WON'T SPEAK FOR YOU GUYS, BUT. NO.

IT'S OKAY. JUST CLARIFYING.

ALL RIGHT. THANK YOU. MOVING ON.

ALL RIGHT. THE NEXT SECTION IS SECTION 1.13.

NON CITY ORGANIZED EVENTS ON CITY MANAGED PROPERTY.

THIS SECTION IS BASICALLY JUST OUTLINING THE REQUEST TO HAVE BAKER PARK AND CAMBIER PARK AS THE ONLY SPECIAL EVENT VENUES AS OPPOSED TO ANTHONY PARK OR RIVER PARK.

ANY OF OUR OTHER PARKS THAT WOULD BE STRICTLY BAKER PARK AND CAMBIER PARK.

THOSE ARE THE TWO THAT I THINK WE BELIEVE ARE THE MOST WELL SUITED FOR SPECIAL EVENTS.

I THOUGHT WE STILL ALLOWED SMALL EVENTS AT FLEISCHMANN PARK, LIKE THE ART, SMALL ART SHOWS.

SOME OF THE FIVE K'S OR WALKS.

YEAH. SO WE'VE, WE'VE GOT SOME WHAT IT DOES FOR FLEISCHMANN PARK IS YOU'VE GOT SEVERAL LEAGUES THAT TAKE PLACE AT FLEISCHMANN PARK.

SO IF YOU OPEN UP THE SPECIAL EVENT, IT'S GOING TO IMPACT THOSE LEAGUES.

AND WE HAVE TO SHUT THOSE LEAGUES DOWN EVERY SINGLE TIME. THERE'S A SPECIAL EVENT THAT TAKES PLACE. NOW THERE IS AN ART SHOW THAT'S EXISTED THERE FOR 30 YEARS.

YEAH, LIKE ALMOST 30 YEARS.

THAT IS KIND OF STAYED IN THAT LOCATION.

THERE'S A FIVE K RUN THAT TAKES PLACE ON JULY 4TH, BUT THAT'S REALLY THE ONLY TWO THAT EXISTS.

SO I THINK THIS WAS MORE EFFORTS TO ELIMINATE OR TO KEEP ADDITIONAL ONES FROM GOING OVER TO FLEISCHMANN PARK TO TAKE OVER.

WHAT'S ESSENTIALLY OUR SPORTS COMPLEX IS WHAT IT IS BECAUSE IT DOES IMPACT THE PROGRAMING.

SO THAT WAS WHY THAT WAS PUT IN.

BUT CAMBIAR AND, AND BAKER ARE, ARE THE MAIN TWO LOCATIONS.

YOU DO HAVE OTHER OPEN SPACES.

SO THIS IS JUST MAINLY PARKS.

I DON'T KNOW, THERE'S A I MEAN, BAKER PARK, WHICH WAS SUPPOSED TO BE A PASSIVE PARK, HAS BECOME AN ENTERTAINMENT PARK AND IT'S FILLED WITH EVENTS ALL THE TIME. I CAN'T I HOPE YOU'RE GOING TO PROVIDE HOW MANY EVENTS ON EACH DAY THAT ARE HAPPENING. AND JUST BECAUSE I, AGAIN, I DON'T WANT TO GET IN THE SITUATION WHERE WE HAVE CAMBIER PARK BEING USED EVERY SINGLE WEEKEND AND WE NEVER GET TO ENJOY IT AS A PARK, AS IN BAKER PARK.

I DON'T DISAGREE WITH YOU, BUT YOU KNOW, AS EVENTS CONTINUE TO COME BEFORE US AND WE CONTINUE TO APPROVE EVENTS THEY'VE GOT TO HAVE A SPOT TO GO.

WELL, BUT THAT'S A PERFECT SEGUE TO WHAT THE MAYOR SAID TO THE NEXT PAGE.

CORRECT. WELL, YES. BUT YOU KNOW, WE HAVE TO BE RESPECTED.

I MEAN, THERE'S A BURDEN ON POLICE.

[03:10:02]

THERE'S A BURDEN ON FIRE.

THERE'S A BURDEN ON STAFF.

I MEAN, WE HAVE TO UNDERSTAND HOW MANY EVENTS, WHAT'S OUR CAPACITY TO BE ABLE TO DO.

SO ANYWAY. YES. NEXT PAGE.

WELL LET'S GET LET'S GET ON.

I GUESS WE NEED TO JUST GET FEEDBACK ON.

IF WE HAVE TWO REOCCURRING INFLATION, ARE WE.

IS THIS ADVOCATING TO CHANGE THEM SOMEWHERE ELSE OR.

I'M TRYING TO UNDERSTAND WHAT THIS. BECAUSE WE DON'T. IT SHOULD BE TOUCHED ON IF WE'RE GOING TO LET ANYTHING OCCUR THERE.

EVEN IF YOU SAY IT SHOULD BE THE VENUE OF LAST RESORT, IF YOU WANT THAT AS AN OPTION, THIS PRECLUDES IT COMPLETELY.

I GUESS I WOULD ASK THAT QUESTION A COUNCIL SO THAT I KNOW WHAT YOUR THINKING IS.

OR YOU COULD SAY SOMETHING LIKE CERTAIN EVENTS ARE GRANDFATHERED OR, YOU KNOW, WE COULD DO THAT OR ON A SPECIAL REQUEST BASIS AND IT CAN IMPACT.

SO IF THEY RECOMMEND OR THEY WANT TO HAVE AN EVENT AT FLEISCHMANN PARK, IF IT IMPACTS THE LEAGUES IN ANY WAY, THEN IT WOULD BE ADMINISTRATIVELY DENIED THAT THAT WOULD BE. SO LET'S JUST DO THIS.

IF WE HAVE CONSENSUS THAT INCLUDING FLEISCHMANN RATHER THAN EXCLUDING, IT WOULD BE BENEFICIAL TO SOME EXTENT.

AND WE'LL EXPLORE EXACTLY WHAT THAT LANGUAGE CAN LOOK LIKE.

YEAH, YEAH. BECAUSE I MEAN, YOU LOOK AT LIKE RIVER PARK, WE CAN'T THERE'S NO WAY TO DO ANYTHING AT RIVER PARK.

ANTHONY PARK IS NOT REALLY A SPOT.

WELL, DO WE NOT? ARE YOU SAYING WE CAN'T HAVE A POOL PARTY AT RIVER PARK? THAT'S DIFFERENT. THAT'S A RENTAL. IF YOU DO A POOL PARTY, THAT BECOMES THE. BUT NOT THE.

YOU COULDN'T RENT THE AREA FOR A BIRTHDAY PARTY.

THAT'S STILL SHELTER RENTAL OR YOU GOT THE POOL RENTAL.

IF YOU RENT A SHELTER, IT'S A SHELTER RENTAL.

BUT IF YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE A FULL BLOWN EVENT.

THEN THAT GOES. I GOT A DIFFERENT ROOM.

YEAH. WELL, WAIT A MINUTE. SO WHAT ABOUT WHEN THE CHURCH DOES THAT WHOLE THING THERE, THE BARBECUE AND EVERYTHING? IS THAT NOT GOING TO BE ALLOWED ANYMORE? THE.

ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT AT RIVER PARK? YES.

YEAH. THEY USE I THINK THEY USE THEIR AREA.

NO, THEY USED RIVER PARK SIDEWALK.

THEY USE WHOLE AREA. YEAH.

SO THAT'LL GO BACK INTO PUBLIC SPACES BECAUSE NOW YOU'RE IN THE RIGHT OF WAY.

THERE'S NOT REALLY ANY SPACE IN RIVER PARK THOUGH.

YOU'VE GOT THE ONE LITTLE LAWN AREA AND THAT'S PRETTY MUCH IT.

OKAY. RIVER PARK IS A COMMUNITY CENTER AND I THINK IT FALLS UNDER A DIFFERENT SECTION.

YEAH, THAT'S WHAT I RESERVE THE RIGHT TO TALK. THANK YOU.

SORRY. OKAY. ALL RIGHT, KEEP GOING.

OKAY. SO BASICALLY COMES DOWN TO THE FREQUENCY OF THE EVENTS AT EACH PARK.

SO ORIGINALLY WHAT WE HAD PROPOSED WAS TO ROTATE EACH WEEKEND.

I'M SORRY. EACH PARK. SO I THINK THE.

ORIGINALLY WHAT WAS SUBMITTED WAS BAKER PARK WOULD BE THE FIRST AND THE THIRD WEEKENDS WHERE THAT WOULD BE THE ONLY TIMES THAT AN EVENT WOULD BE PERMITTED AT BAKER PARK.

CAMBIER PARK WOULD BE THE SECOND AND THE FOURTH WEEKENDS.

THOSE WEEKENDS THAT THEY CAN CHANGE.

WE DON'T HAVE TO KEEP THAT. THAT'S JUST WHAT WAS PRESENTED TO GET THE IDEA OUT THERE.

BUT IT WAS DISCUSSED THAT IT FELT LIKE DURING SEASON IT WASN'T ENOUGH WEEKENDS FOR SPECIAL EVENTS. SO IF WE ADDED ONE MORE WEEKEND TO EACH PARK, THAT WOULD BE THREE OUT OF THE FOUR WEEKENDS IN A MONTH.

MY RECOMMENDATION THAT WOULD JUST BE DURING SEASON, THAT WOULD JUST BE DURING SEASON, WHICH IS WHEN WE IF THERE IS A NEED TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF EVENTS, THAT WOULD BE THE TIME TO LIMIT THE NUMBER OF EVENTS, NOT OUTSIDE OF SEASON.

YEAH, OUTSIDE OF SEASON, WE DON'T HAVE THAT MANY EVENTS.

SO IT WAS DISCUSSED THAT WE GO.

WE ADDED ANOTHER WEEKEND TO THAT WHICH TOOK IT TO THE THREE AND THEN OUTSIDE OF SEASON, THEN WE COULD GO TO THE TWO AND.

TWO AND OUTSIDE OF SEASON, IT DOESN'T REALLY MATTER BECAUSE WE DON'T.

WE HAVE. THE PARK OPERATES AS A PARK, SO IT'S REALLY.

DO WE WANT THE PARK TO OPERATE AS A PARK DURING SEASON AT ANY POINT? BECAUSE IF WE CONTINUE IN THIS THIS PATH, IT'S GOING TO BE YOU'LL HAVE SPECIAL EVENTS AT THE PARKS EVERY SINGLE DAY ON THE WEEKENDS AT LEAST.

SO YOU WOULD ONLY GET THE DAY LIKE MONDAY THROUGH THURSDAY, REALLY ROUGHLY TO HAVE A PARK OPERATE AS A PARK.

SO THAT WAS WHAT WE WERE.

WE TOOK THAT OUT. SO YOU SEE, IT SAYS IN RED FREQUENCY WITH A QUESTION MARK, DO YOU WANT IS THERE A FREQUENCY THAT YOU ALL WANT TO HAVE? AND IF SO, WHEN YOU SAID WE POP IT IN, YOU SAID THAT WE HAD SUGGESTED INCREASING TO THREE WEEKENDS DURING SEASON, WHICH MEANS THAT THERE WOULD BE A WEEKEND PER MONTH DURING SEASON, THAT IT WOULD OPERATE AS A PARK JUST RIGHT.

YEP. SO WE'RE NOT LIMITING ELIMINATING THAT ENTIRELY.

WE'RE THERE'S STILL ONE WEEKEND THAT IT WOULD OPERATE AS A PARK AND POTENTIALLY DOESN'T MEAN IT HAS TO BE, BUT POTENTIALLY IT COULD BE THREE WEEKENDS DURING THE MONTH DURING SEASON, BUT IT MAY NOT BE THREE.

[03:15:02]

YEAH. WHAT WILL HAPPEN IS YOU'LL HAVE ONE WEEKEND PER MONTH THAT YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE.

SOME OF THE SPECIAL EVENTS THAT TAKE PLACE ON A YEARLY BASIS ARE GOING TO GET.

THEY'RE GOING TO BE THE ONES IMPACTED. OKAY. THAT'S WHAT I WAS LOOKING FOR. CLARIFICATION.

OKAY. SO I'M WITH YOU. SO SO IT'S REALLY, WE'RE NOT HAVING A WEEKEND DURING SEASON THAT'S GOING TO BE AVAILABLE BECAUSE THAT WEEKEND IS GOING TO BE FILLED UP WITH RECURRING. CORRECT. OR THEY WOULD NOT BE ABLE TO HAVE THE EVENT IF WE LIMIT IT, WHICH NO, WE DON'T KNOW HOW THAT WILL FIT THE PURPOSE IF WE'RE IF WE'RE NOT ALLOWING THE ONES THAT ARE RECURRING TO, TO, TO OCCUR, IS THAT BECAUSE YOU HAVE TO SPEAK ENGLISH TO ME? IS THAT THE TRADITIONAL CONCERTS IN THE PARK THAT YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT. IT'S I DON'T KNOW WHICH ONES IT'LL BE AT THIS POINT.

SO WHEN WE'RE TALKING ABOUT THREE WEEKENDS, IF WE SAID WE'RE ONLY GOING TO ALLOW THREE WEEKENDS IN A MONTH AND CAMBIER PARK AND WE SELECT WHICH WEEKENDS, IF THAT'S GOING TO BE THE FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD WEEKEND, THEN WHOEVER'S ON THE FOURTH WEEKEND IS GOING TO BE IMPACTED.

YOU SEE, SO THERE'S ONE THING ABOUT THAT I DISAGREE WITH, AND THAT'S WHY I ASKED THIS SECTION.

JUST SAY THE WORD FREQUENCY.

I THINK THAT'S SAYING IT SHOULD BE THE FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD OR FIRST, THIRD AND FOURTH.

WE SHOULD WANT TO SAY WE SHOULD HAVE ONE, YOU KNOW, NO MORE THAN THREE WEEKENDS IN A GIVEN MONTH.

AND THAT SHOULD BE IT. THE MARKET SHOULD DICTATE WHERE THEY CAN COME OUT IN THE WASH, IN MY OPINION. THAT WAY THEN IT'S OPEN TO ON A FIRST COME FIRST SERVE BASIS AND THOSE NORMAL THINGS. AND YES, YOU'LL HAVE SOME REPEATS.

AND I KNOW WE HAVE ENOUGH FREQUENCY THAT IT'S 90% OF THEM, I GET THAT. MY ONLY POINT IS IF WE START DELINEATING AND SAY, WELL, BAKER, THE SECOND WEEK AND THE THIRD WEEK IS CAMBIER, THEN IF IT DOESN'T FIT DATES, IT JUST IT MAKES IT THAT YOU'RE HAVING ARBITRARY DISCUSSIONS FOR ARBITRARY REASONS INSTEAD OF IT BEING WHO'S TRYING TO GET IN WHAT DATE AND DID WE ALREADY HAVE THREE WEEKENDS BOOKED? SORRY, WE'VE SAID ONE WEEKEND A MONTH IS DEDICATED TO OUR CITIZENS.

THEREFORE, I CAN'T TAKE THE APPLICATION.

THAT'S THE WAY I THINK IT SHOULD WORK, NOT BE SET WEEKENDS WITHIN A GIVEN MONTH.

THAT'S MY ONLY. I AGREE WITH THAT WHOLEHEARTEDLY. IF WE WERE TO DO IT THAT WAY AND WERE TO SUGGEST DURING SEASON WE DIDN'T WANT MORE THAN THREE IN, IN A, IN A PARK, WHICH LEAVES THEORETICALLY LEAVES ONE WEEKEND OPEN TO OPERATE AS A PARK DOES DOES THAT GET IN THE WAY OF THE RECURRING EVENTS OR WILL BY BY ALLOWING THREE PER MONTH. DO WE. DOES IT GIVE ENOUGH FREQUENCY FOR THE RECURRING EVENTS? THERE'S ALMOST AN EVENT EVERY WEEKEND AT CAMBIER PARK IN SEASON, SO THEY'RE MORE THAN LIKELY THERE WILL BE ONE EVENT THAT WILL NOT BE ABLE TO TAKE PLACE.

I'LL JUST ADD THAT SOME OF THESE EVENTS, THEY'RE ON THE CALENDAR.

SO LIKE NAPLES ARTS, OUR LOCAL ART, THEY HAVE A ART SHOW IN THE BEGINNING OF JANUARY. THEY CAN'T MOVE THAT DATE BECAUSE THERE'S AN ART SHOW.

THEY'RE COMPETING AGAINST SARASOTA. THEY'RE COMPETING AGAINST OTHER ART SHOWS ON THE EAST COAST. IT IT'S LIKE GRANDFATHERED.

THAT'S THEIR THEIR TIME IN THE MANUAL OF ART SHOWS.

SO IF YOU MESS WITH THAT, IT TOTALLY DISRUPTS THE WHOLE PROCESS, YOU KNOW? SO THAT'S I THINK YOU NEED SOME FLEXIBILITY THERE.

LONG STANDING EVENTS HAVE A COUPLE OF QUESTIONS.

SO WHEN YOU SAY SEASON, CAN YOU DEFINE ARE YOU SAYING JANUARY THROUGH MARCH? I BELIEVE AT THE DISCUSSION WE WE DETERMINED THAT SEASON WOULD BE JANUARY THROUGH APRIL, BUT OUR EVENTS DO START REALLY PICKING UP IN NOVEMBER.

WHATEVER. I THINK WE NEED TO BE SPECIFIC AND NOT JUST SAY DURING SEASON.

I THINK WE NEED TO DECIDE WHICH MONTHS.

YES, WHEN I REFER TO SEASON IN THE MANUAL, I'M REFERRING TO JANUARY THROUGH APRIL.

OKAY. AND THEN I THINK BAKER PARK AND CAMBIER PARK SHOULD BE DEALT WITH SEPARATELY.

THE RULES LIKE BAKER PARK.

CAN YOU CAN YOU SAY NO SPECIAL EVENTS ON SUNDAYS AND ONLY ON SATURDAYS.

SO THAT WAY IT DOES ALLOW ONE DAY PER WEEKEND WHERE IT'S TRULY A PARK.

CONSECUTIVE DAYS ARE AN ISSUE.

AND CAMBIER, I UNDERSTAND IS WE CAN TALK ABOUT THAT SEPARATELY BECAUSE IT IS SO UTILIZED. BUT AT LEAST BAKER PARK, WE COULD TRY TO HAVE ONE DAY ON THE WEEK SUNDAYS THAT IT IS JUST A PASSIVE PARK.

OR DO WE HAVE A LOT OF SPECIAL EVENTS ON SUNDAYS IN BAKER PARK ALREADY? NO, ON SUNDAYS AT BAKER PARK.

IT'S NOT A COMMON DAY TO HAVE AN EVENT THERE.

IF ANYTHING, IT WOULD BE A SATURDAY.

AND SOME OF THE GROUPS WOULD START LOADING IN ON FRIDAY, SO THEY WOULD OCCUPY FRIDAY AND SATURDAY AT BAKER PARK.

AND WHAT'S HAPPENING WITH BAKER PARK IS BECAUSE CAMBIER PARK IS BOOKED, THE EVENTS THAT ARE COMING IN ARE STARTING TO SHIFT TO BAKER PARK, AND THAT'S WHERE NOW IT'S KIND OF LIKE IT'S OPEN BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE THE NUMBER OF

[03:20:03]

EVENTS IN BAKER PARK LIKE WE DO IN CAMBIER PARK.

SO WHEN YOU TALK ABOUT BAKER PARK OPERATING LIKE A PARK, YOU HAVE A BETTER SHOT OF GOING ON THE WEEKEND AND IT'S OPERATING LIKE A NORMAL PARK THAN YOU DO IN CAMBIER PARK IN SEASON.

YEAH. BUT MAYBE IF WE COULD, IF WE DECIDE AS A COLLECTIVELY TO SET ASIDE SUNDAYS AS ONE DAY AND DO THAT NOW BEFORE IT STARTS FILLING UP AND PEOPLE KNOW, I THINK THAT MR. YOUNG WILL WORK.

WE HAVE AN EXECUTIVE SESSION AT 1230, AND WE STILL HAVE SEVERAL ITEMS RELATED TO FEES. SO IF WE COULD JUST STOP THIS.

GO INTO EXECUTIVE SESSION, THEN COME BACK AND PICK THIS UP AFTER THAT WOULD BE GREAT. AND WHERE ARE YOU ON THIS? SO THAT WE WE'RE ON PAGE TEN.

YEAH. PAGE TEN. YEAH. PAGE TEN.

AND WE'VE STILL GOT FEES AND STUFF. OKAY.

ALL RIGHT. SO THANK YOU.

GREAT DISCUSSION. WE WILL MAYOR BEFORE I READ TO THAT POINT, I JUST WANT TO MAKE ONE IF THE IDEA, I GUESS FINAL THOUGHT, NO EVENT. ALL THESE PARKS REMAIN OPEN TO THE PUBLIC AND ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC PERIOD.

RIGHT? EVEN NO MATTER WHAT WEEKEND, THEY SHOULD ALL REMAIN OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FOR THE PUBLIC USE, NOT EXCLUSIVELY DEDICATED TO ANY EVENT.

AND IF THAT'S THE SENTIMENT OF COUNCIL, THEN TECHNICALLY THE PARK WILL ALWAYS REMAIN PASSIVE REGARDLESS OF THE EVENT, REGARDLESS OF THE WEEKEND IT'S USED.

SO BAKER'S A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT BECAUSE THERE'S NOT ENOUGH PARKING. SO YOU HAVE AN EVENT THERE. THAT'S TRUE.

PRACTICALLY, THE PUBLIC CAN'T.

THEY HAVE A HARD TIME GETTING TO IT. THAT'S TRUE. SO EXCEPT I WOULD SAY ACROSS THE STREET YOU CAN PARK ACROSS THE STREET AND WALK BECAUSE EVERYTHING IS CLOSED DURING THAT TIME ALL THE WAY DOWN TO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT.

SOME OF IT IS SOMETIMES PEOPLE CAN'T.

OKAY. YEAH. THAT'S TRUE.

AND SOME. SO WITH THAT, IF I MAY.

[13.G) Executive Session regarding Hottensen, Camile v. City of Naples, Case No. 23-CA-000670, 20th Judicial Circuit, in and for Collier County, Florida (12:30pm Time Certain).]

YES. WE ARE GOING TO PAUSE THIS ITEM AND MOVE TO EXECUTIVE SESSION.

THANK YOU. MAY I. YES.

OKAY. THANK YOU. AT THE SEPTEMBER 16TH, 2026 PUBLIC MEETING PURSUANT TO SECTION 286.011, SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT, FLORIDA STATUTE CITY ATTORNEY ANNOUNCED HIS REQUEST FOR AN EXECUTIVE SESSION IN CASTILE.

HUTCHINSON, CAMILLE VERSUS CITY OF NAPLES.

CASE NUMBER 23CA00670 IN AND FOR COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA CITY COUNCIL AGREED TO MEET IN EXECUTIVE SESSION DURING A CITY COUNCIL MEETING ON OCTOBER 7TH, 2026, WHICH IS TODAY AT APPROXIMATELY 1230 IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF CITY HALL, AND A PUBLIC NOTICE NOTICE WAS POSTED ON SEPTEMBER 19TH.

THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS EXPECTED TO LAST APPROXIMATELY ONE HOUR BUT MAY END SOONER.

NO ACTION WILL BE REQUESTED DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION.

ANY ACTION REQUIRED BY COUNCIL WILL HAPPEN EITHER WHEN WE RECONVENE OR AT A FUTURE PUBLIC HEARING. FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS WILL BE PRESENT DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION.

MAYOR TERESA HEITMANN, COUNCIL MEMBERS BILL KRAMER, BERNARD BARTON, TED BLANKENSHIP, JOHN KRULL, SCOTT SCHULTZ, CITY MANAGER GARY YOUNG, CITY ATTORNEY MATTHEW MCCONNELL, ATTORNEY JEFFREY HURCOMBE, AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM COURT REPORTING. WE'RE BACK FROM EXECUTIVE SESSION, MR. MCCONNELL.

YES. THANK YOU, MAYOR. NO ACTION IS REQUESTED AT COUNCIL FROM COUNCIL AT THIS TIME.

OKAY. THEN WE CAN CONTINUE ON WITH ITEM 13 D SPECIAL EVENTS.

ALL RIGHT. AGAIN, CHAD MERRITT, COMMUNITY SERVICES DIRECTOR.

SO WE I BELIEVE WE LEFT OFF WITH DISCUSSING THE FREQUENCY.

WE GOT TO A PLACE WHERE WE SAID BAKER PARK OR THE STATEMENT WAS MADE BAKER PARKS NO SUNDAY EVENTS. AND I THINK THAT'S MAYBE WHERE WE STOPPED.

SO IS THAT ACCURATE OR.

YEAH. I MEAN, IF THERE'S CONSENSUS FOR THAT.

AND THEN ALSO, DO WE AGREE THAT THE THREE DURING SEASON OR SPECIFICALLY FROM WHETHER IT'S YOU SAID JANUARY 1ST TO TO APRIL 30TH 30TH FOR THREE IN CAMBIER THEN THOSE WOULD BE IF WE HAVE CONSENSUS ON THAT, WE'D BRING IT FORWARD. IF THERE'S SOMETHING DIFFERENT, PLEASE. AND THEN ALSO THE SAME IF IF THE IDEA BEHIND BAKER'S NO SUNDAYS GIVING US CONSENSUS ON THAT, WE'LL ADD THAT TO IT AS WELL, OR AT LEAST ENOUGH HEAD NODS THAT WE THINK WE'RE COMING BACK WITH WHAT YOU WANT.

I THINK THAT WOULD INCLUDE THOSE.

BUT THEN WE TALK THEN THEN WE WOULD MOVE ON TO SIZE OF EVENTS AS WHICH IS THE NEXT COLUMN, I BELIEVE, TO BE DISCUSSED.

OKAY. KRAMER, I HAVE JUST A COUPLE CLARIFICATIONS, AND MY FRAME OF REFERENCE IS SWAMP BUGGY.

WHEN WE HAD THE BOSE EVENT AND A RUN, I BELIEVE, PLUS THE PARADE. THAT WAS UNTENABLE.

IS IT CAN WE SAY THAT THE PARADE AND I THINK THE OTHER PARADES, MAYBE ALL OF THEM USE CAMBIER PARK, SO YOU CAN'T.

THAT'S PART OF THE PARADE EVENT, I BELIEVE IF I'M RIGHT FOR STAGING OR ENDING IT OR. NO, IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT.

SO YEAH, I JUST WANT TO AVOID HAVING ALL THREE OF THOSE THINGS HAPPENING

[03:25:03]

SIMULTANEOUSLY. AND I'M NOT SURE HOW.

AND MAYBE I'M JUST ONE PERSON.

YEAH. AND YOU HEARD WHAT HE SAID SIMULTANEOUSLY.

YEAH. IF THEY'RE STAGGERED THROUGHOUT THE DAY, I DON'T THINK IT MATTERS. BUT THIS, THAT THING HAPPENED. IT COULD HAVE BEEN YEAR BEFORE LAST.

I CAN'T EVEN REMEMBER NOW BECAUSE IT WAS 25.

YEAH, IT WAS YEAR BEFORE LAST. RIGHT. AND SO WE FIXED THAT.

I JUST, I JUST DON'T WANT THAT TO HAPPEN AGAIN. SO I THINK WE HANDLED THAT JUST WITH GENERAL STATEMENT THAT THESE ARE SUPPOSED TO BE THE MAXIMUM AND THAT NO COMBINATION OF EVENTS OR CAN BE DENIED ON THE BASIS UPON WHICH A COMBINATION OF OF APPROVED EVENTS ALREADY. HOW DO I SAY THIS? THAT IT ALREADY CAUSES RESOURCE OR SOMETHING CONFLICTS.

IN OTHER WORDS, YOU'VE DONE THAT ON THE DAY AS IF WE WRITE THAT INTO A SENTENCE.

YOU DID THAT WHEN WE HAD THE TWO ITEMS AND WE TALKED ABOUT THE NASH TO NAPLES AND THE OTHER EVENTS. AND SO I THINK IF WE WRITE A GENERAL STATEMENT THAT SAYS, PROVIDED THEY'RE NOT APPROVED, EVENTS THAT CAUSE DIRECT CONFLICTS DOESN'T MEAN YOU HAVE TO AUTHORIZE THREE.

IT JUST PROVIDED THAT IT DOESN'T BE A CONSIDERATION.

I THINK THAT'S WHAT YOU WERE ALLUDING TO. OKAY, OKAY.

AND AND THERE'S NO PROBLEM, CHAD, WITH BOTH PARKS BEING USED SIMULTANEOUSLY. OTHER THAN THAT, IF THERE WASN'T A PARADE, IT WOULDN'T HAVE BEEN A BIG DEAL. OR IS THAT NOT FAIR? IT DEPENDS ON THE SIZE.

SO IF YOU'VE GOT EXCUSE ME, IF YOU HAVE A LARGE SCALE EVENT IN BAKER AND A LARGE SCALE EVENT IN CAMBIER, THEN YOU'RE MOST LIKELY GOING TO BE PULLING RESOURCES FROM THE CITY.

AND IT'S GOING TO BE REALLY DIFFICULT FOR POLICE DEPARTMENT, FIRE DEPARTMENT TO BE ABLE TO MANAGE BOTH EVENTS AT THE SAME TIME.

ALSO ADDING THE FACT THAT THEY HAVE SOME ROADS THAT ARE GOING TO BE LINKED PRETTY CLOSE TOGETHER. SO 41 IS GOING TO BE IMPACTED.

GOOD. IT'S GOING TO BE IMPACTED ALL OF THOSE.

SO I THINK WE WOULDN'T WANT TO DO THAT.

WELL, ALLUDING TO WHAT GARY SAID, CAN THERE BE SOME VERBIAGE ADDED THAT GIVES YOU THE FLEXIBILITY TO MAKE THAT DECISION? I THINK I THINK THAT'S IMPORTANT.

YEAH. AND DANIEL PIVOTAL.

OKAY. AND I'LL JUST THROW THIS OUT THERE FOR A POINT OF INFORMATION.

JANUARY DURING THAT. IF YOU GO FROM THE NOVEMBER TILL APRIL OR HOWEVER YOU DO IT, IF IT'S JANUARY, JANUARY IS THE ONLY MONTH ON THE CALENDAR THAT GIVES YOU FIVE WEEKENDS.

AND I WOULD I'D LIKE TO JUST.

I THINK IF IT'S GOING TO BE. THREE WE WE KEEP IT.

THREE BECAUSE IF YOU GO THE OPPOSITE WAY AND SAY, WELL, THERE'S ONLY ONE OPEN WEEKEND ALL THE OTHER MONTHS, SO JANUARY SHOULD ONLY HAVE ONE OPEN WEEKEND. I DON'T WANT TO DO IT THAT WAY. IF WE GET IF WE GET A BONUS WEEKEND IN JANUARY, I'D LIKE TO KEEP IT EVENT FREE, IS WHAT I'M TRYING TO SAY. WE ACTUALLY NOT.

IF WE DO GET A BONUS WEEKEND IN JANUARY.

SO I'M JUST THROWING IT OUT THERE FOR.

GUYS CAN AGREE OR NOT AGREE, BUT THAT'S MY THOUGHT.

NO OPPOSITION. OKAY. SO.

I THINK WE'VE DOCUMENTED THAT WE'VE GOT I THINK THAT'S IT FOR FREQUENCY FOR NOW.

SO WE CAN MOVE TO THE CAPACITY AND I'LL KIND OF.

WELL SHE'S WRITING SO CAPACITY, IF YOU REMEMBER, WE THREW OUT SOME CAPACITY NUMBERS AND WE MADE THE STATEMENT BASED ON THE LAYOUT, THE EVENTS LAYOUT. AND THEN THE QUESTION WAS, WELL, HOW DO YOU FIGURE THAT? SO NOW WHAT WE TRY TO DO IS PUT IT ON A PIECE OF PAPER.

AND THIS IS CONFIGURED ON A PER SQUARE FOOT PER PERSON.

SO WHEN YOU START ADDING VENDORS INTO AN EVENT SPACE, THEY TAKE UP SPACE, HENCE LESS SPACE FOR PEOPLE TO BE ABLE TO BE.

SO THAT WOULD MEAN THAT YOUR CAPACITY REDUCES.

SO IF YOU LOOK IN HERE, STARTING AT BAKER PARK, THIS IS AGAIN JUST RECOMMENDATION.

WE PUT 2500 TO 3500 CONTINGENT ON THE CONFIGURATION.

SO 3500 WOULD BE 0 TO 50 VENDORS, 3000 CAPACITY WOULD BE 51 TO 75 VENDORS, 2500 WOULD BE 76 TO 100 VENDORS.

SO IF YOU HAVE SEVEN MORE THAN 75 VENDORS, THEN YOU'RE LIMITED TO 2500 FOR CAPACITY AND 100 VENDORS IS AS MUCH AS WE WOULD ALLOW AT ANY GIVEN TIME, WE WOULD NOT EXCEED 100 VENDORS.

WE CAN CHANGE THAT NUMBER, BUT THAT'S JUST TRYING TO THROW SOMETHING ON PAPER, HAVE A CONVERSATION.

YOU LOOK AT BAKER PARK, YOU SEE BAKER PARK COMPARED TO CAMBIER PARK, WHERE WE HAVE 1000 TO 3000.

BECAUSE IF YOU LOOK AT BAKER, BAKER HAS MORE SPACE.

SO SAFELY, YOU WOULD HAVE YOU COULD HAVE MORE PEOPLE IN BAKER THAN YOU CAN IN CAMBIER PARK.

AND THEN YOU LOOK AT THAT WHERE IF YOU HAVE 25 VENDORS, 0 TO 25, YOU HAVE 3000 CAPACITY, 26 TO 52,500 CAPACITY, 40 OR 50 1 TO 75 VENDORS, 2000 CAPACITY AND 76 TO 100 VENDORS,

[03:30:03]

1500. AND AGAIN, WE SET A MAXIMUM.

BUT THIS IS ALL FOR CONVERSATION PURPOSES.

HOW MANY EVENTS IN THE LAST YEAR EXCEEDED THESE NUMBERS? WE'VE HAD, WE'VE HAD QUITE A BIT.

NOT QUITE A BIT. I'D SAY A HANDFUL.

SORRY. THERE'S, THERE'S THREE ART SHOWS ALONE IN SEASON THAT EXCEED THOSE NUMBERS.

THERE'S ONE IN JANUARY, FEBRUARY AND MARCH, AND THAT IS THE NAPLES ART INSTITUTE. AND ARE THESE NUMBERS TOTAL FOR THE DAY OR AT A POINT IN TIME? THIS IS FOR PEAK. YEAH. SO IF YOU LOOK IN RED, WE WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT'S PEAK BECAUSE THROUGHOUT THE DAY YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE DIFFERENT AMOUNT OF PEOPLE AT DIFFERENT TIMES.

SO THAT'S AT ANY GIVEN TIME AND THAT'S IN THE PARK.

SO WHEN YOU START GOING INTO EVENTS THAT ARE OUTSIDE OF THE PARK OR EXPAND WITHIN THAT FOOTPRINT, THEN WE START GOING INTO A WHOLE DIFFERENT REALM.

BUT WE'RE JUST LOOKING AT WHEN I LOOK AT CAMBIER PARK, PUTTING THAT MANY PEOPLE IN THE SPACE RIGHT IN FRONT OF THE BANDSHELL AND IN THAT MULCH AREA, AND HOW COULD IT BE MANAGED? LIKE IF THEY SAY, OKAY, WE CAN LIVE WITHIN THAT LIMIT.

WE WANT TO, WE STILL WANT TO HAVE OUR EVENT, BUT THEN MORE PEOPLE SHOW UP THAN THEY EXPECTED. DO THEY DO THEY TURN PEOPLE AWAY? DO THE POLICE TURN PEOPLE AWAY? WHAT WAS THAT ENVISIONED? IF WE GET TO A CAPACITY WHERE WE'RE ACTUALLY SAYING YOU'RE GOING TO BE HELD TO A CAPACITY, THEY WOULD HAVE TO CONTROL THEIR CAPACITY.

THAT MEANING THEY WOULD HAVE TO HAVE SOMEBODY THERE THAT SAYS ALMOST, I DON'T KNOW, CALL IT ONE IN, ONE OUT, BUT YOU'RE YOU'RE CLOCKING IT.

WHETHER THEY'VE GOT TICKETS. I DON'T, I DON'T KNOW, WHATEVER THEY DO, WHATEVER THEY NEED TO DO TO MANAGE THAT.

WE WOULD HAVE, AND WE'RE TRYING TO MOVE TOWARDS A LITTLE BIT BETTER STAFFING WHEN IT COMES TO OUR SIDE SO THAT WE CAN HAVE SOMEBODY THAT'S THERE THAT KIND OF HOLDS THEM ACCOUNTABLE FOR SOME OF THOSE THINGS AS WELL.

BUT WE MOVE TO THIS. WE'LL HAVE TO COME IN FROM INTERNALLY TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY'RE HELD. AND THERE IS A SOFTWARE THAT WE'VE LOOKED AT THAT IF WE DECIDE TO GO DOWN THAT PATH, THAT WILL ACTUALLY, IN REAL TIME, PING HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE IN A GIVEN SPOT AT ONE TIME BASED ON THESE GUYS? NOW, IF YOU GOT A FAMILY AND THERE'S TWO KIDS AND THEY DON'T HAVE A CELL PHONE, IT'S NOT GOING TO COUNT FOR THEM.

BUT YOU KNOW, IT'S GOING TO GIVE YOU A PRETTY CLOSE NUMBER.

SURE. AND IF IF THEY STILL EXCEED THE NUMBERS, EVEN THOUGH THEY AGREED TO ABIDE BY THEM, THEN THEY WOULD BE AT RISK OF NOT BEING ABLE TO HAVE THEIR EVENT THE NEXT YEAR.

THEY WOULD GO TO 1.16, WHICH WE'LL TALK ABOUT HERE SHORTLY.

OKAY. I'M SORRY JOHN. JOHN.

ONE THING ABOUT LIKE THE ART SHOW, FOR EXAMPLE, YOU HAVE, IT'S A FLOW EVENT, SO PEOPLE DON'T LIKE.

I MAY WALK THROUGH THERE AND BE THERE FOR A HALF HOUR AND OUT, YOU KNOW, AND THAT'S SO THAT'S WHERE THESE CAPACITY NUMBERS GET A LITTLE DIFFERENT, WHERE, WHERE YOU HAVE EVENTS WHERE PEOPLE ARE GOING TO SIT THERE FOR HOURS, YOU KNOW AND DRINK AND WHATEVER. SO THESE ART SHOWS ARE MORE FLUID AND YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE HIGHER NUMBERS, BUT THEY'RE NOT GOING TO BE PEOPLE.

IT'S GOING TO BE PEOPLE FLOWING THROUGH. SO THAT'S, THAT'S WHY I BRING THAT POINT. IT'S A LITTLE DIFFERENT TO ASSESS THAN SOME OTHER TRADITIONAL EVENTS. WELL, WHEN IT COMES TO CAPACITIES AND WE MOVE IN THAT DIRECTION. YOU'RE 100% CORRECT.

THINGS ARE DIFFERENT AND DIFFERENT EVENTS.

BUT FROM OUR SIDE, WHAT IS CAPTURED WITHIN THIS MANUAL WE'RE CONSISTENT ON.

SO WE DON'T SAY, WELL, THIS ONE.

YEAH, THIS ONE'S OKAY.

THIS ONE'S NOT. WE WILL WE WILL ENFORCE THAT NUMBER CONSISTENTLY.

SO IT'S A VALID. I APOLOGIZE, DAVID.

THANK YOU. BUT TO BE CLEAR, YOUR STATEMENT WAS CONSISTENT WITH MR. CROWELL AND THE OTHER, WHICH IS PEAK ATTENDANCE IN ATTENDANCE AT ANY GIVEN POINT. AND MR. CROWELL WAS JUST, I THINK, REITERATING THE POINT THAT THAT'S A FLOW OF PEOPLE THAT WOULDN'T HAVE A CAPACITY THAT WOULDN'T LIKELY HIT THAT CAPACITY.

SO I THINK WE'RE COVERED THAT WAY BY VIRTUE OF IT BEING AT ANY GIVEN POINT, NOT NECESSARILY HOW MANY ARE RECEIVED AND PASS THROUGH THE EVENT.

WHEN WE TALK CAPACITY, IT'S AT ANY GIVEN.

YEAH. VERSUS EVENT THAT THERE'S A SIT DOWN EVENT AND THEY'RE THERE FOR 3 OR 4 HOURS, YOU KNOW, WATCHING SOMETHING HAPPEN.

SO AND THE GOOD POINT IS, IS WE HAVE THE ABILITY TO APPLY IT UNIFORMLY, EVEN THOUGH ONE'S HAS DIFFERENT NUMBERS MAY HAVE 10,000, BUT NO MORE THAN 3500, AS LONG AS NEITHER ONE OF THEM EXCEEDED THE 3500 AT THAT POINT, THEY STILL WERE IN COMPLIANCE AND BE NO ISSUE.

SO IT'S COMMON SENSE MANAGING OF THAT, THOSE DIFFERENT EVENTS IN THAT CAPACITY.

[03:35:05]

AND IF YOU'RE LOOKING AT 2000 PEOPLE IN THAT AREA WITH ALL OF THE VENDORS THAT ARE WITHIN THAT ART SHOW, IT'S A LOT LIKE YOU CAN BARELY WALK.

AND I DON'T FEEL LIKE WHEN I'VE SEEN THE ART SHOWS, I DON'T THINK I'VE SEEN IT TO THE POINT WHERE I DON'T FEEL LIKE I COULD WALK THROUGH THERE.

THERE WAS A HEFTY AMOUNT OF PEOPLE, BUT I DON'T KNOW THAT I'VE SEEN IT WHERE YOU CAN'T ACTUALLY GO THROUGH THE PARK WITHOUT HAVING GO SHOULDER TO SHOULDER.

SO I'M JUST GOING TO I'VE HAD ALL THE CONCERNS THE VICE MAYOR DID.

AND. YOU AND I HAVE TALKED ABOUT THIS FOR A COUPLE OF YEARS NOW.

THOSE NUMBERS JUST SEEM TOO HIGH TO ME.

I'M GOING TO LEAN ON YOU GUYS.

AND THEN THE POLICING PART OF IT, I HAVE TO LEAN ON YOU ON THAT TOO, BECAUSE IT JUST SEEMS AS IF YOU DON'T HAVE A PROBLEM TILL YOU HAVE A PROBLEM, AND A WHOLE BUNCH OF PEOPLE SHOW UP AND ALL OF A SUDDEN THERE'S A PROBLEM.

PEOPLE THAT WERE UNINVITED OR THAT WERE UNANTICIPATED, I CAN SEE WHERE THAT COULD CREATE PROBLEMS FOR FOR US.

BUT AGAIN, THE WORLD WE LIVE IN, AND I'M GONNA HAVE TO TRUST YOU GUYS WITH THE WITH YOUR EXPERTISE. THIS IS GOING TO BE JUST A THEORETICAL STATEMENT.

SHY OF REDUCING IT DOWN.

WE DON'T HAVE QUANTITIES NOW THAT WE'RE LIMITING.

SO AT LEAST WE'VE INTRODUCED THEM.

AND IF IT'S SLIGHTLY HIGHER AND IT PROVES TO, TO NEED REDUCED, IT DOESN'T PRECLUDE US FROM SAYING, OKAY, WELL THAT THAT SHOT A LITTLE TOO HIGH GIVEN WHAT THE EVENTS WE'VE SEEN.

IF YOU DO THE OPPOSITE, THEN.

SO I'M NOT I'M NOT STAKING MY GROUND ON IT.

I'M ONLY SAYING THAT THAT YOU HAVE ROOM.

YOU CAN STILL COME FURTHER DOWN FROM WHERE IF YOU GO TOO FAR THIS WAY, THEN YOU'RE DOING A GIVE BACK SITUATION.

SO I DEFER TO WHATEVER THE DAIS WANTS.

BUT I ALSO IT'S NOT A SET IT AND FORGET IT.

I THINK WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO EVALUATE AFTER ONE YEAR ANYWAY AND SAY, NOW THAT WE'VE PUT THIS IN PLACE, WHAT DOES THAT LOOK LIKE? THAT'S A GOOD POINT. SO TRYING TO UNDERSTAND.

SO LIKE IN THE OCCASION OF AN ART SHOW, DOES EACH EXHIBITOR COUNT AS A VENDOR OR VENDORS? DO THEY TYPICALLY HAVE AT ONE OF THE BIG ART SHOWS, THE ART INSTITUTE, THEY HAVE UP TO 250.

AND ARE WE SAYING THEY CAN'T HAVE MORE THAN 100? THAT'S WHAT THIS WOULD DETERMINE. YES.

WHY? THAT WOULD BE THE CAPACITY. WE CAN SET IT WHATEVER WE WANT. THIS AGAIN, LET ME REITERATE. THIS IS JUST PUTTING SOMETHING ON PAPER.

HAVE A CONVERSATION. IF WE WANT TO GO HIGHER, IF WE WANT TO SAY UPWARDS OF THAT.

BUT YOU DO START TO KIND OF REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF SPACE THAT YOU GOT WHEN YOU HAVE THAT MANY PEOPLE. YEAH, IT'S KIND OF TRICKY. I MEAN, I CAN SEE GOING HIGHER WITH LIKE ART EXHIBITORS, BUT NOT LIKE FOOD TRUCKS OR, YOU KNOW, SOMETHING THAT'S MORE, MORE OF AN INTENSIVE USE.

I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU MANAGE THAT.

WELL, I THINK THE CATEGORY IS, IS DEFINED.

AND OUR ART SHOWS, I MEAN, THEY ARE, THEY'RE, WE, IT'S NOT CITY SPONSORED.

I HAVE TO GET THIS DEFINITION, BUT YOU KNOW, THEY, WE DO SUPPORT THEM.

WE HAVE A BOARD MEMBER ON THEM.

WE, IT'S LOCAL ARTISTS.

SO THEIR FOOTPRINT IS A LITTLE DIFFERENT TOO.

SO KEEP IN MIND THEY'RE NOT JUST IN THE PARK, THEY GO INTO PARK STREET.

SO YOU START TALKING ABOUT A LITTLE BIT MORE CAPACITY FOR THEM AS WELL.

SO WHEN WE TALK ABOUT CAMBIER PARK, THAT'S NOT INCLUDING PARK STREET.

WHEN YOU CLOSE PARK STREET, YOU ENTER INTO A WHOLE DIFFERENT REALM AS FAR AS THE CAPACITY THAT YOU CAN HAVE.

JUST TO CLARIFY THAT. SO IN THIS SCENARIO, SOMEBODY DOESN'T GO AND CHANGE AND YOU'VE GOT 100 VENDOR MAXIMUM. THAT 100 VENDOR MAXIMUM WOULD APPLY SPECIFICALLY TO CAMBIAR.

THEORETICALLY, THAT AN ART BANK THAT ALSO USES PARK STREET, THEY WOULD ALSO HAVE VENDORS ON THE STREET.

THAT WOULD NOT BE A PART OF THAT 100.

CORRECT. OKAY. I THINK YOU NEED SOME LENIENCY ON THAT VENDOR THING, DEPENDING ON THE TYPE OF EVENT.

SO, I MEAN, YOU KNOW, THE SPACE FOR VENDOR MAY BE LIKE A LITTLE TINY SPACE LIKE THAT. YEAH.

WELL, AND I THINK THIS IS WHERE WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT EVENTS THAT COME BEFORE CITY COUNCIL, THIS WOULD BE AN EVENT THAT WOULD COME BEFORE CITY COUNCIL.

WE WOULD ACKNOWLEDGE UNDERSTAND THIS EVENT HAS X NUMBER OF VENDORS PROJECTING X NUMBER OF VENDORS AND THIS MANY PEOPLE.

[03:40:01]

AND IT WOULD HAVE TO BE DISCUSSED WITHIN YOU ALL ON WHETHER OR NOT YOU WANT TO APPROVE THAT OR NOT. SO YOU COULD ADD A PHRASE SOMETHING LIKE EXCEPTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL. YEAH.

I MEAN, IT WOULD COME TO YOU ALL ANYWAY IF IF THE COUNCIL AT THAT TIME WANTED TO APPROVE MORE VENDORS FOR AN ART SHOW, THEY COULD.

YEAH, I. I THINK THE DIFFICULTY THERE IS, IS I DON'T WANT TO PUT CITY COUNCIL IN A POSITION OF PICKING WINNERS AND LOSERS ON THE ON, ON A BASIS OTHER THAN SQUARE FOOTAGE AND THE OTHER.

SO I THINK LEAVING IT A NUMBER.

EVEN IF YOU DECIDED TO GO 150.

NOW I'M JUST SAYING THIS AS A MATTER OF PRUDENCE OR WHATEVER THE NUMBER YOU AGREE TO, THAT POPULATION HAS TO GO DOWN.

DID YOU HAVE A SLIDING SCALE AND HOW MANY CAN PASS THROUGH AT THE SAME TIME? THE MORE SQUARE FOOTAGE YOU'RE TAKING BY MAKING A MOVABLE.

BUT IT'S A IT'S A FORMULA BASED MOVEMENT.

AND RECOGNIZING THAT NOW YOU'VE CREEPED OUTSIDE OF CAMBIER.

SO HOW MUCH CAN YOU HAVE BASED ON THAT SQUARE FOOTAGE? MEANING IF THERE'S EVENTS THAT ARE ALREADY TAKING UP A BIGGER FOOTPRINT, THEY HAVE THAT SAME CONSIDERATION IN THE FORMULA.

AT LEAST YOU'RE GIVING AN INSTRUMENT TO HAPPEN, NOT TRYING TO PUT COUNCIL IN A SITUATION WHERE THEY'RE ANALYZING WHAT THE EVENT IS, BUT MORE SO WHAT FOOTPRINT IT'S TAKING ON IN THE SQUARE FOOTAGE AVAILABLE FOR THOSE VARIABLES. AS LONG AS WE DID IT THAT WAY, I THINK IT'S A PRUDENT WAY TO PRESENT IT TO, TO, TO COUNCIL IS THE ONLY THING I WOULD SAY SO, AND BECAUSE WE'RE DOING THIS FOR THE FIRST TIME, I THINK THAT AGAIN, I'LL REPEAT THE SAME THING THAT I SAID A MINUTE AGO, ONLY FROM THE STANDPOINT IS YOU CAN HAVE A SLIDING SCALE.

THAT POPULATION GOES DOWN, THE OTHER GOES UP IN TERMS OF VENDORS AND THE FOOTPRINT. THERE'S DYNAMICS ENOUGH IN THERE TO CAN GET YOU TO AN EVENT AND SAY, WELL, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE IT AND WE'RE GOING TO SEE HOW IT IT WENT ON, BUT IT'S WITHIN THE PARAMETERS THAT YOU'VE DEFINED THERE. SO ALL I'M SAYING IS I JUST DON'T LIKE IT TO BE JUST BECAUSE IT HITS THIS THRESHOLD, IT AUTOMATICALLY COMES BACK.

AND THEN IT'S A DISCUSSION OF THE EVENT.

I THINK THERE SHOULD BE A FORMULA THAT KEEPS YOU AWAY FROM THAT PART OF IT.

I MEAN, DO YOU SEE ANY NEGATIVES TO SAY, OKAY, 250 IS THE VENDOR LIMIT.

I MEAN, MORE REALISTIC FOR TO ACCOMMODATE SHOWS THAT HAVE MORE TRANSIENT TRAFFIC? YEAH. I MEAN, AGAIN, YOU'RE LOOKING AT A DIFFERENT FOOTPRINT THAN SOMEBODY JUST USING THE I CALL IT THE MULCH AREA.

THE MULCH AREA IS REALLY WHAT WE BASE THE CAPACITY AND THE NUMBER OF VENDORS.

SO WHEN YOU GET SOMETHING THAT HAS A DIFFERENT FOOTPRINT THAT'S APPROVED, THEN YOU HAVE MORE LENIENCY, AS CITY MANAGER STATED, TO BE ABLE TO MAKE A MORE OF AN EXCEPTION, AND YOU JUST JUSTIFY THAT AND SAY YOU'RE ADDING X NUMBER OF SPACE TO THE EVENT.

SO WE RECOMMEND THAT IT COULD HAVE UP TO THIS NUMBER OF VENDORS.

MADAM MAYOR, WHAT I'D LIKE TO DO ON THIS ONE, TO BE HONEST WITH YOU, IS DO WE AGREE THAT A CAPACITY AND VENDOR COMBINATION IS APPROPRIATE AND THAT WE'RE IN A REASONABLE BALLPARK FOR THE QUANTITIES? AND THE REASON I SAY THAT IS I THINK I'D LIKE TO PULL SOME OF OUR EVENTS, LOOK AT THE FOOTPRINT ON SOME OF THESE.

AND THE REASON I SAY THAT IS BECAUSE WE'RE ALL TALKING AS IF THEY ARE ALL OCCUR UNIFORMLY IN THE SAME BOUNDARY.

AND I WANT TO JUST I WANT TO BE ABLE TO HAVE A DISCUSSION OF THE EVENT VENUE AREA, WHICH IS WHAT WE HAVE HERE.

AND I'D RATHER JUST HAVE A LITTLE BIT MORE TIME TO RESEARCH THAT WITH IT AND COME UP WITH A FORMULA AS I SPOKE ABOUT, THAT WOULD GIVE IT SOME CREDENCE FOR THE DISCUSSION AS WELL. GOOD IDEA SCHULTZ.

THE QUESTION WHAT IS THE ARE THESE REVENUE GENERATORS FOR THE CITY? THE EVENTS LIKE THE ART SHOW AT AT FLEISCHMANN, WHICH WE HAVE ATTENDED MANY TIMES, NOT NOT FOR US, YOU KNOW, FOR US. WE'RE JUST TRYING TO COVER OUR COST.

SO THE PROMOTER MAKES MORE THAN.

YES. SO USUALLY THE ORGANIZERS, THE BENEFICIARY OF THAT OR WHOEVER THERE.

SO THERE'S NO IMPACT TO THE CITY'S POCKETBOOK.

CORRECT. THANK YOU. CAN I ADD SOMETHING TO THAT THOUGH? YES. THERE IS A MAJOR IMPACT BECAUSE THE THREE ART SHOWS NAPLES ARTS DOES.

THAT'S 80% OF THEIR FUNDING TO STAY IN EXISTENCE.

AND BECAUSE THEY'RE THERE, THEY PROVIDE ART SCHOOL TO ALL THE CHILDREN IN OUR COMMUNITY. THEY PROVIDE EXHIBITS, WHICH I'LL MENTION IN COMMENTS.

WE HAVE A BIG ONE COMING UP.

THEY DO A LOT OF ADDED VALUE TO THE COMMUNITY, ACCESS TO ART, ACCESS TO SCHOOL, ACCESS TO A LOT OF GREAT THINGS.

AND THAT'S THAT'S THE ADDED VALUE TO THE COMMUNITY.

NOW, IF THERE'S AN ART SHOW COMING IN THAT IS NOT IN OUR COMMUNITY,

[03:45:04]

YOU COULD QUESTION THAT, THAT IF THAT'S AN ISSUE.

BUT BECAUSE THERE'S VERY LITTLE GRANTS, LITTLE FEDERAL FUNDING, STATE FUNDING HAS DRIED UP FOR THE ARTS.

I MEAN, IT'S REALLY, IT'S REALLY A CHALLENGE FOR THEM TO STAY IN EXISTENCE.

AND NAPLES ARTS FINANCIALLY HAS COME A LONG WAY.

THEY WERE HAVING A REALLY ROUGH TIME, YOU KNOW, NOT TOO LONG AGO. AND NOW THEY'RE THEY'RE FINANCIALLY SECURE.

AND THAT'S WHY IF WE TAKE THIS AWAY, IT WOULD BE A DETRIMENTAL IMPACT TO THE COMMUNITY. I THINK I HAD A CONSENSUS HEAD NODDING ABOUT THE CAPACITIES, WORKING ON THE COMBINATIONS OF THEM AND PROVIDING A SLIDING SCALE.

SO IF THE FOOTPRINT EXPANDS THAT YOU HAVE CORRESPONDING EXPANSION OF ABILITIES THERE.

I THINK LET'S JUST LET US WORK ON THAT AND WE'LL BRING THAT BACK.

I'M NOT GOING TO BRING IT BACK PROBABLY FOR A DISCUSSION.

AGAIN, I WOULD PROBABLY MOVE ON TO THE RESOLUTION, BUT I THINK YOU KNOW, WE'LL, WE'LL DO THE NECESSARY DUE DILIGENCE AND PASS IT, YOU KNOW, PASS IT THROUGH THE CITY ATTORNEY AS WELL FOR LEGAL COMPLIANCE. AND I THINK WE HAVE ENOUGH TO WORK FROM BASED ON ALL THE COMMENTS AND THAT SECTION, IF THAT'S OKAY.

YES. YOU GOT IT. ALL RIGHT.

I THINK WE'VE GOTTEN THROUGH THAT SECTION.

SO YEAH. OKAY. THE NEXT SECTION IS SECTION 116 VIOLATIONS OF SPECIAL EVENT PERMITS.

AT OUR LAST DISCUSSION, WE WERE TRYING TO DETERMINE WHO IS HOLDING THE ORGANIZERS ACCOUNTABLE FOR THE VIOLATIONS.

WE HAVE ALSO INCLUDED THAT THE EVENT ORGANIZERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO APPEAL AGAINST A VIOLATION, WITH THE FIRST AND SECOND APPEALS REVIEWED BY THE CITY MANAGER AND THE THIRD APPEAL REVIEWED BY CITY COUNCIL.

DO YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS OR THOUGHTS ON THAT? SAY THAT AGAIN.

THE VIOLATIONS OF SPECIAL EVENT PERMIT.

SO THE RECOMMENDATION FROM THE LAST MEETING WAS TO DETERMINE WHO IS HOLDING THE ORGANIZERS ACCOUNTABLE FOR THE VIOLATIONS.

WE ALSO INCLUDED THAT THE EVENT ORGANIZERS HAVE THE RIGHT TO APPEAL AGAINST A VIOLATION, WITH THE FIRST AND SECOND APPEALS REVIEWED BY THE CITY MANAGER AND A THIRD APPEAL REVIEWED BY CITY COUNCIL. WELL, YES, I MEAN, AGAIN, VIOLATIONS ARE YOU KNOW, THAT THAT'S A VERY BROAD.

YEAH, I THINK WE WOULD. WE'LL BRING YOU A SPECIFIC EXAMPLES OF WHAT THOSE WOULD BE.

I HAVE A QUESTION ON THAT. IF SOMEONE'S OWED, DIDN'T PAY THEIR PAST FEE.

YOU KNOW, WE'VE ALREADY ADDRESSED.

I KNOW THEY CAN'T, YOU KNOW, HAVE ANOTHER EVENT, BUT WHAT ABOUT IS THERE ANY OTHER WAY OF FORCING GETTING PAID? I MEAN, IS THERE ANY OTHER OPTIONS WE HAVE OTHER THAN JUST COLLECTIONS AND ALL TO THE FULL EXTENT YOU'RE ALLOWED TO COLLECT ON? ARE WE DOING THAT THOUGH, TRADITIONALLY? THAT'S ONE OF THOSE OPERATIONAL THINGS, RIGHT? WE'VE BEEN VERY GRACIOUS TO OUR APPLICANTS, AND I'LL LEAVE IT AT THAT, KEEPING IN MIND THAT EVEN THE THE DISCUSSION, WHICH WAS REINFORCED TODAY OF NOT LETTING ANYBODY EVEN SUBMIT A PERMIT WASN'T THERE BEFORE. SO I THINK THIS WILL REIGN THAT IN AND IT'LL MINIMIZE HOW FREQUENTLY THE FREQUENCY OF THAT. AND THEN IT'S ONE AND DONE IF THEY DON'T PAY THEIR BILL.

SO AT SOME POINT YOU SAY IS THE JUICE WORTH THE SQUEEZE? WHAT'S THE AMOUNT? AND YOU YOU HAVE TO, YOU KNOW, THE CONVERSATIONS, RIGHT? AT SOME POINT, YOU HAVE TO MAKE AN ADMINISTRATIVE DECISION. IS IT WORTH IT TO DO IT? BUT YOU HANDLE THAT ON THE FRONT SIDE BY NOT LETTING IT PERPETUATE ITSELF.

AND NO APPLICATION SHOULD BE ACCEPTED UNLESS YOU PAY THE BILL, THAT WILL TAKE CARE OF ITSELF AND CURTAIL IT.

SO RATHER THAN GET INTO WHAT WE HAVE DONE HISTORICALLY, I THINK IT JUST PUTS YOU IN A BETTER POSITION TO COLLECT IT ON REAL TIME AND TO MAKE YOUR DECISIONS PREDICATED ON THAT COLLECTIONS.

BUT IS THERE SOMETHING LEGALLY WE SHOULD REVIEW IN OUR AGREEMENTS? LIKE, I DON'T THINK IT'S NECESSARY. IT ALWAYS IS AN INSTRUMENT WE HAVE AT OUR DISPOSAL, AND ANYTHING THAT IS AN OBLIGATION OUT THERE THAT'S STILL GREAT ENOUGH.

WE ALWAYS WE NEVER RELINQUISH THAT RIGHT TO DO.

BUT IT WOULDN'T BE SOMETHING THAT I THINK WE ACTUALLY HAVE A WE'VE CURTAILED BY BY OUR STEPS TAKEN IN THESE DISCUSSIONS TO, TO LIMIT THE FREQUENCY OR THE SIZE OF THAT POTENTIAL. SO AND BASED ON THE ANYTHING THAT'S OUTSTANDING AS OF NOW WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO, TO TAKE AND DO WHATEVER WE CAN TO THE FULL EXTENT OF THE LAW TO COLLECT THE DEBT. WHAT ABOUT EVENT INSURANCE? JUST KIDDING. INSURANCE IS SIMPLE.

IF YOU DON'T PAY THE PREMIUM, IF YOU DON'T PAY THE PREMIUM, YOU DON'T GET THE POLICY. SO IT'S A LITTLE DIFFERENT. THEY CAN'T PAY THAT UPFRONT.

YEAH. AND JUST TO KIND OF GIVE YOU A FLAVOR FOR WHEN WE TALKED ABOUT EXAMPLES, YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT AN EVENT THAT SAYS THEY'RE NOT HAVING AMPLIFIED SOUND, BUT THEN THEY HAVE AMPLIFIED SOUND.

THAT'S A, THAT IS A CONCRETE VIOLATION OF THE PERMIT,

[03:50:02]

OR THEY'RE NOT SHUTTING ROADS DOWN AND THEY SHUT A ROAD DOWN.

THAT'S A VIOLATION. THOSE ARE THE TYPES OF THINGS THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT.

HOW DO YOU SHUT A ROAD DOWN IF YOU CAN'T DON'T HAVE PERMISSION.

WHERE THERE'S A WILL, THERE'S A WAY.

WELL, I'M GLAD YOU'RE GOING TO HAVE SOMEONE ON SITE CHECKING THOSE THINGS BECAUSE THAT'S WE'VE ALL. YEAH, THAT'LL SOLVE THAT.

YEAH, YEAH. AND RIGHT NOW THERE'S NO THEY LOSE THEIR DEPOSIT.

SO THEY LEAVE IT. THEY LEAVE TRASH EVERYWHERE.

THEY LOSE A $500 DEPOSIT AND OUR STAFF CLEANS IT ALL UP.

THAT'S KIND OF HOW IT GOES, RIGHT? AND, WELL, THAT'S A DETAIL I DON'T GET INTO.

AND I THINK THAT GOES TO THE REASON WHEN WE WROTE THIS UP THIS WAY.

IT GOES TO THE RATIONALE AS TO THE EXTENT TO WHICH IF YOU HAVE TO CLEAN UP A LITTLE BIT, YOU KNOW WHAT I MEAN? THOSE THINGS ARE IT SHOULD BE A BIT OF COMMON SENSE IN THE APPLICATION NEEDS TO APPLY.

AND I THINK THAT'S WHY WE PUT THE STEPS IN.

AND WE ALSO DON'T WANT IT THAT EVERY TIME SOMEBODY SAYS, WELL, I DON'T THINK THAT'S RIGHT. COMING BACK TO CITY COUNCIL, THEY HAVE THE RIGHT, JUST LIKE EVERY OTHER THING, TO APPEAL TO THE CITY MANAGER.

I'D MAKE A DECISION. THEY CAN STILL HAVE AN APPEAL RIGHT BEYOND ME, BUT CERTAINLY IT SETS IT UP THAT IT'S THE FREQUENCY OF WHICH IT WOULD COME COULD BE COMING TO YOU. THAT'S WHY IT'S DESIGNED THAT WAY.

OKAY. MOVING ALONG. I THINK THAT'S ALL THAT WE HAVE HIGHLIGHTED. IS THERE ANY AREAS THAT WE DID NOT TOUCH ON THAT OUTSIDE? WE HAVEN'T GOTTEN TO THE FEES, BUT ANY AREAS WITHIN THIS DOCUMENT THAT WE MAY NOT HAVE TOUCHED ON THAT YOU WANT TO DISCUSS? OH, WELL YES, I WANT TO UNDERSTAND THE DEFINED TERMS. OKAY. WHICH ONES WOULD WE LIKE TO GET THE CITY ORGANIZED EVENTS.

YES. SO THAT IS AN EVENT THAT IS ORGANIZED BY THE CITY.

AND YEAH, I CAN READ, I CAN READ BUDGET.

BUT WHAT WHAT IS THAT INTERPRETATION MEAN? I DON'T KNOW HOW ELSE TO EXPLAIN IF WE'VE NEVER HAD CITY ORGANIZED EVENTS, UNLESS IT'S A PARADE OR WE HAVE SO WE HAVE A FIVE K RACE, RIGHT? YEAH, WE HAVE A FIVE K BUT WE'VE NEVER HAD THAT.

IT JUST EVOLVED. SO I'M WONDERING WHERE ALL THIS CLASSIFICATION COMES FROM AND HOW WE'RE GOING TO CLASSIFY IT. SO WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE PARADE SO CHRISTMAS PARADE WE'LL USE THAT.

THAT'S THE LARGEST ONE THAT WE HAVE.

WELL THAT IN JULY 4TH THAT IS A CITY STAFF ORGANIZED THAT IT IS FUNDED FROM THE CITY'S BUDGET. THAT IS A CITY ORGANIZED EVENT.

THAT'S ABOUT AS WE'VE NEVER HAD FIVE KS WHERE THE CITY HAS SPONSORED THEM.

AND SO DID YOU JUST SAY WE HAVE THOSE? THEY'RE NOT SPONSORED. THEY ARE ORGANIZED BY THE CITY. SO WE DO HAVE A FIVE K.

WE HAVE AN EASTER EGG HUNT THAT IS ORGANIZED BY THE CITY.

I'M AWARE OF THAT. AND WE HAVE THOSE.

WE DO NATIONAL NIGHT OUT WHICH IS LAST NIGHT.

IS THAT NOW A CITY SPONSORED EVENT.

CITY ORGANIZED. SO WHEN YOU SAY CITY SPONSORED CITY SPONSORED IS WE'RE NOT GOING TO ORGANIZE IT. CITY STAFF'S NOT ORGANIZING IT.

SOMEBODY ELSE IS ORGANIZING IT.

AND WE'RE SAYING WE'RE GOING TO SPONSOR YOU. COULD YOU JUST GIVE US A LIST OF THOSE ITEMS? CAN I WHEN. AND I THINK WE I THINK WE GAVE YOU.

IS IT POSSIBLE THE ONES WE ORGANIZED WERE THE ONES FILLING OUT THE APPLICATION? CORRECT. SO THAT'D BE A PRETTY GOOD DEFINITION.

YEAH. WELL, I WANT TO KNOW WHO THEY ARE.

AND. YEAH, AND CITY ARE LIKE THE MLK PARADE.

I BELIEVE WE BECAME A SPONSOR OF THAT IS A CITY SPONSOR.

THAT'S CORRECT. WE DO NOT ORGANIZE THAT. THEY THEY ORGANIZE THAT.

SO THAT. BUT AGAIN, MAYOR NEEDS A LIST.

THE LIST WOULDN'T BE HARD TO GENERATE. SO YEAH, WE GOT THAT ABOUT A MONTH AGO.

WE DISSEMINATED THE LIST AFTER THAT REQUEST AND WE WILL DO IT AGAIN.

BUT IN THE SAME TOKEN, I JUST WANTED TO DELINEATE JUST REALLY BRIEFLY, IT ISN'T JUST LIMITED TO PARADES AND THE OTHER, LIKE THEY TALKED ABOUT THE NIGHT OUT, THEY TALK ABOUT THE HALLOWEEN NIGHT. WE TALK ABOUT MORE RECENTLY IT'S BEEN THE WALK OR RUN INSIDE THE BAKER PARK IS AN EXCLUSIVE WITHIN THE CITY, SO WE'LL DELINEATE THOSE FOR YOU.

MAYOR. YEAH, BECAUSE FROM A COST POINT OF VIEW, THAT'S WHAT I WANT TO KNOW.

YEAH. SO WE'RE HAVING TWO HALLOWEEN EVENTS.

IS THAT NECESSARY THAT IT'S CITY ORGANIZED.

SO YOU'VE GOT A I'D LIKE TO JUST HAVE A DISCUSSION ABOUT IT.

YEAH. SO YOU HAVE A FIVE K.

THAT'S NOT ALL HALLOWEEN.

YOU HAVE A HALLOWEEN EVENT THAT'S ON HALLOWEEN.

SO IT'S THERE ARE TWO DIFFERENT DATES AND TWO DIFFERENT EVENTS.

I'D ALSO LIKE TO INCLUDE THAT THE FIVE K.

THERE IS A COST ASSOCIATED WITH THAT TO ATTEND IT.

[03:55:01]

THE FLESHMAN PARK. HALLOWEEN, THERE IS NO COST ASSOCIATED WITH THAT.

BUT THERE'S ALSO AN OUTSIDE VENDOR THAT'S ASSOCIATED WITH THAT FIVE K THERE'S YES, WE HAVE SPONSORS FOR THAT TO HELP COVER COSTS.

SO WE'LL COME BACK WITH SOMETHING MAYOR THAT WHAT I THINK IS, I THINK WHAT YOU'RE GETTING AT IS, IS WE'RE HAVING ORGANIZED BECAUSE IN THE CASE OF THE FIVE K UNDER NO, IT DOESN'T COME BACK TO COUNCIL OR DOES IT COME TO COUNCIL EITHER WAY, IT COMES TO COUNCIL.

SO THAT ONE WOULD HAVE BEEN APPROVED. SO IF YOU HAVE INITIATIVES AS A COMMUNITY SERVICES, WHICH PARK, RECREATION, OTHER FACILITIES AND YOU DETERMINED TO HAVE A WALK SLASH RUN AND WE COME TO YOU JUST BECAUSE EVEN THOUGH IT'S FUNDED, BECAUSE WE'RE PUTTING IT THROUGH. MY ONLY POINT IS, IS IF IT OCCURS IN PUBLIC SPACE, WE CAN MAKE THE PLEDGE THAT WE WOULD COME BACK TO YOU REGARDLESS TO GET A PERMIT.

BUT IN TERMS OF IS THERE A TRUE COST OR NOT, THAT'S A DIFFERENT QUESTION.

BECAUSE WHEN YOU'RE TRYING TO DO, YOU'RE TRYING TO BE ENGAGING WITHIN YOUR PARKS AT THE SAME TIME, YOU'RE TRYING TO DO IT. NOW THE FREQUENCY OF THAT COMES INTO QUESTION AND WHEN ARE YOU CHOOSING IT AND WHY ARE YOU CHOOSING IT? SO I THINK WE SHOULD, WE SHOULD JUST BAKE THAT OUT A LITTLE BIT MORE FOR YOU, GIVE YOU THE LIST OF WHAT'S ALREADY DONE AND THEN COME UP WITH AN ACCEPTABLE LIST. AND I THINK THAT'S OUTSIDE OF THIS.

THIS IS TO SAY A SEPARATE WHAT DO WE WANT TO DO AS AN ORGANIZATION AND WHAT ARE WE SPONSORING? AND THEN YOU'RE DONE WITH THAT, AS OPPOSED TO IT BEING A COMMINGLED IN THIS CONVERSATION, BECAUSE THEN YOU SAY, YES, I'M HAVING THE THREE PARADES.

YES, WE ARE CONTINUING TO SPONSOR THE MARTIN LUTHER KING, WHICH WAS A SEPARATE RESOLUTION. SO ALL OF THESE APPEARED, I WANT TO SAY ALL OF THEM. THEY APPEARED AT VARIOUS TIMES OVER HISTORY, AND THEN THEY MAINTAIN A LEGACY.

RIGHT. AND WE ALL KNOW HOW THAT WORKS.

AND THEN AS A NEW ONE COMES IN, HOW DID IT GET THERE? BUT IT DOESN'T MEAN IT DIDN'T COME BEFORE YOU. IT JUST DIDN'T COME BEFORE YOU IN A WAY THAT YOU SAID, OH, WELL, I DIDN'T REALIZE THAT'S WHAT THAT WAS SAYING.

AND SO I THINK LET'S JUST LEVEL SET WHERE WE ARE AND THEN TALK ABOUT HOW WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THEY COME BEFORE YOU IN THE FUTURE. AND I REALLY, I THINK THERE NEEDS TO BE A DISCUSSION ON OUR CITY PARKS AND REC MANAGEMENT HAVING TO GO AND FIND SPONSORS FOR THESE EVENTS WHEN WE ALREADY HAVE ORGANIZATIONS THAT HAVE THEIR OWN EVENTS THAT GET SPONSORS.

SO THAT RIGHT THERE, THAT DETAIL IS PART OF IT.

UNDERSTAND. AND I ALSO THINK THAT I THINK PART OF IT TOO, MAYOR IS, IS WHEN, IF IN WHEN YOU CAN CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, IF AN EMAIL IS OUT THERE IN THE PUBLIC TRYING TO SOLICIT SPONSORSHIP AND YOU DON'T EVEN KNOW THAT THAT IS OCCURRING.

AND I THINK ANYTHING THAT ELICITS A SPONSORSHIP SHOULD BE NOTIFIED TO COUNCIL THAT THIS EVENT IS, IS STARTING TO BE PLANNED.

WE INTEND TO COME TO YOU AND JUST FORESHADOW THAT.

THAT WAY YOU'VE HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO AT LEAST KNOW IT.

AND SOMEONE WHO HAS DONE EVENTS THROUGHOUT THE COMMUNITY FOR THE LAST 40 YEARS OF LIVING HERE, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE, YOU HAVE ALL THESE NONPROFITS GOING TO ALL OF THESE RESTAURANTS AND RETAILERS GETTING ITEMS FOR THEIR EVENTS.

SO, YOU KNOW, IS IT NECESSARY? AND THE JUSTIFICATION? I THINK IT'S A FAIR STATEMENT.

EVEN WHEN WE WENT AND FOR EXAMPLE, THE ESSAY CONTEST WE DID FOR 250 CELEBRATION, WE KNEW WE WERE GOING TO GO OUT INSTEAD OF SPENDING A LOT OF CITY FUNDS SAY, DOES ANYBODY WANT TO PARTICIPATE? WE GOT DONATIONS. SO JUST BRINGING THAT KNOWLEDGE TO TO MEMBERS OF COUNCIL, HERE'S WHAT WE'RE THINKING ABOUT DOING.

I THINK THAT IT'S A IT'S A FAIR REQUEST.

AND THAT'S AN EXAMPLE OF ONE WHERE WE DID IT, BUT AT LEAST I THINK MANY OF US KNEW THAT THAT WAS OCCURRING.

YEAH. AND TRADITIONALLY, WHEN WE DO PROGRAMS AND EVENTS IN OUR FIELD AND IT'S ACTUALLY EVEN DATING BACK TO COLLEGE, THIS WAS PARKS AND RECREATION.

ONE ON ONE IS YOU'RE TAUGHT TO PUT TOGETHER ON PAPER, WHICH IS WHAT OUR STAFF IS REQUIRED TO DO, WHAT THE PROGRAM IS, WHAT THE EXPENSES ARE GOING TO BE.

AND THE SPONSORSHIPS ARE MEANT TO COVER THE COSTS BECAUSE WE DON'T WANT TO HAVE.

WE DO. PARTICIPATION FEES.

ET CETERA. BUT THAT'S WHAT THEY'RE.

THEY'RE REALLY KIND OF GEARED TOWARDS WHEN THEY HAVE THESE THINGS, WE'RE TELLING THEM THAT THEY'VE GOT TO GO OUT AND GET THE SPONSORSHIPS.

SO WE DON'T WANT IF WE DON'T WANT TO LOOK AT THAT IN THE FUTURE, BECAUSE, I MEAN, WE ARE TECHNICALLY AS PARKS AND REC PROFESSIONALS, THAT'S TYPICALLY THE ONES THAT OPERATE EVENTS WITHIN YOUR PARKS.

SO I'M GLAD THAT'S THE WAY IT'S BEEN FOR YOU.

IT'S NOT BEEN THAT HERE.

AND IF WE WANT TO CHANGE THAT PHILOSOPHY, I THEN THAT'S FINE.

I'M JUST IT'S NEW. IT'S NOT SOMETHING THAT'S BEEN.

SO IT'S JUST US BEING AWARE OF IT AND KNOWING THE POLICIES THAT WE HAVE.

[04:00:05]

THAT'S ALL. YEAH, ABSOLUTELY.

AND EVERY ONE OF THEM WE WE TRY WE BRING TO YOU ALL FOR THE APPROVAL.

OKAY. MOVING ON.

THANK YOU. SORRY. THANK YOU.

WE'VE MOVED ON FROM THE MANUAL, AND THE NEXT DISCUSSION IS THE SPECIAL EVENT FEES, WHICH ARE ATTACHED.

I JUST WANT TO PULL THEM UP.

SO THEY ARE BROKEN DOWN BY THE COMMUNITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE SOLID WASTE DIVISION AND THE NAPLES FIRE DEPARTMENT.

THE ONES THAT ARE IN RED ARE THE PROPOSED FEES.

AND THEN YOU CAN SEE THE CURRENT FEES NEXT TO THEM.

YEAH. SO WE'LL KIND OF START APPLICATION FEE.

WE LOOKED AT WE'VE GOT THREE DIFFERENT APPLICATIONS.

WE FELT THAT IT WAS PROBABLY WE FELT LIKE IT WAS MORE FAIR TO, TO REALLY DISTINGUISH BETWEEN.

SO INSTEAD OF HAVING THE SAME APPLICATION FEE FOR SOMEBODY WHO'S TRYING TO HAVE SOME, A PARTY AT THEIR HOUSE, WHICH NOW WE'VE KIND OF MOVED INTO A WHOLE NOTHER PROCESS. SO WE'LL MAKE THOSE ADJUSTMENTS.

BUT THE APPLICATION FEE WAS SOMETHING THAT WE FELT NEEDED TO BE ADJUSTED AT THIS TIME.

SAME THING GOES FOR WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE DEPOSIT WHERE I TALKED ABOUT THE DEPOSIT.

AND YOU HAVE A LARGE SCALE EVENT RIGHT NOW, $500 IS WHAT THEY GIVE IN A DEPOSIT.

AND IF YOU'VE GOT AN EVENT WITH A LARGE SCALE EVENT, THEY DO A TON OF DAMAGE.

YOU KNOW, WE'RE TRYING TO COLLECT THAT, BUT AT THE SAME TIME, $500 WHEN THEY'VE DAMAGED MY SIDEWALK AND THEY'VE DAMAGED OUR, YOU KNOW, PARK OR THE PLAYGROUND OR THE STAGE OR WHATEVER IT MAY BE, $500 ISN'T GOING TO COVER MUCH.

SO WE FELT THAT WE NEEDED TO INCREASE THAT DEPOSIT.

SO THAT'S REFLECTED THERE.

THE PARK RENTAL, THIS IS A, I MEAN, THE VENUE ITSELF, WHEN YOU LOOK AT WHAT WE WERE CHARGING AT 900, IF YOU WANT TO KNOW WHY WE HAVE SO MANY APPLICATIONS, IT'S BECAUSE IT IS A VERY, VERY CHEAP VENUE FOR YOU TO DO AN EVENT AND WALK AWAY WITH WHATEVER MONEY THAT YOU'RE BRINGING IN.

SO THAT WAS ONE OF THE REASONS WHY WE MADE THAT ADJUSTMENT.

AND WE TRIED TO MAKE IT A THE ADJUSTMENT BASED ON IF YOU GO AND YOU RENT A SHELTER AND YOU GO AND YOU RENT THE THE BAND SHELL, YOU GO AND RENT ANOTHER AREA, YOU'VE BASICALLY EXCLUSIVELY USED THE ENTIRE PARK.

SO TRYING TO PUT A VALUE ON THAT, AGAIN, NOT TO GO BACK TO WEDDINGS, BUT YOU LOOK AT A WEDDING VENUE, YOU GO RENT A WEDDING VENUE, YOU'RE NOT GOING TO RENT A WEDDING VENUE FOR $900 FOR THE DAY.

SO SOMEBODY'S GETTING THE ENTIRE PARK FOR $900 OR 1016.

EXCUSE ME. SO WE FELT THAT WE NEEDED TO MAKE SOME KIND OF ADJUSTMENT THAT HELPS WITH THAT WEAR AND TEAR THAT I DISCUSSED EARLIER ON THE PARK.

THE SIPS THAT WE DO TRYING TO, YOU KNOW, MAKE IMPROVEMENTS.

YOU KNOW, WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE'RE RECOVERING SOME OF THAT COST ASSOCIATED WITH THAT. WE ALSO PUT IN HERE SOME STAFF FEES.

RIGHT NOW WE'RE AT $25 AN HOUR.

SO IF I PUT A STAFF MEMBER OVER, THAT'S NOT COVERING THE COST OF THAT STAFF MEMBER. SO WE HAD TO MAKE THAT ADJUSTMENT.

AND THEN WE'VE GOT THE BARRICADES AND THE DEPLOYMENT TEAM.

AND WHAT IT COSTS FOR THE DEPLOYMENT OR WHAT WE'RE ANTICIPATING THE COST TO BE FOR THAT, BECAUSE YOU'RE LOOKING AT EMPLOYEES WORKING OVERTIME IN ORDER TO DEPLOY THESE BARRICADES.

SAME THING WITH THE FRENCH BARRICADES.

WE'VE GOT A FEE PER BARRICADE, AND WE'VE GOT A FEE PER ARCHER.

AND TO GIVE YOU AN IDEA WHEN WE DEPLOYED THE BARRICADES FOR THE JULY 4TH, IT COST THE CITY AND STAFFING ABOUT $5,000 IS WHAT IT COST FOR THE ENTIRE AREA OF THAT PARADE. IF WE RENTED THOSE BARRICADES, IT WAS GOING TO COST US WHEN WE GOT THE QUOTE, JUST OVER $20,000 TO RENT THEM AND HAVE SOMEBODY ELSE DEPLOY THEM.

SO WE PURCHASED THE BARRICADES.

WE WE HAVE AUTOMATICALLY, YOU KNOW, OVER TIME, THAT'S WE'RE GOING TO RECOVER SOME OF THOSE COSTS.

BUT YOU KNOW, THAT WAS WHY WE CAME UP.

WE WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT THIS WAS SOMETHING THAT WAS WITHIN REASON, BUT ALSO UNDERSTANDING THAT THESE BARRICADES DON'T LAST FOREVER.

WE'RE GOING TO HAVE TO REPLACE THEM.

IT'S GOING TO OVER TIME, THEY'RE GOING TO GET WORN OUT, ESPECIALLY WITH THE FREQUENT USAGE.

SO WE WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT WE HAD SOMETHING THAT WE COULD SAY, HEY, WE'VE BEEN ABLE TO COLLECT, YOU KNOW, X AMOUNT OF REVENUE OVER SUCH AND

[04:05:03]

SUCH NUMBER OF YEARS ON BARRICADES TO HELP KIND OF LIGHTEN THAT A LITTLE BIT WHERE WE CAN SAY WE HAVE BROUGHT IN THOSE THAT REVENUE.

SO, SO AND JUST A COUPLE OF THINGS.

THESE ARE THESE ARE JUMPING OFF PART CONVERSATION.

THEY HAVEN'T BEEN ADJUSTED FOR A WHILE. AND THE BARRICADES AND THE ARCHERS ARE NEW EXPENDITURES THAT WE, WE JUST ACQUIRED THE ITEMS THIS LAST YEAR FROM THE STANDPOINT OF.

AND CHAD ALREADY ALLUDED TO FOR OUR PARADE.

IT WOULD GO FROM US RENTING IT FROM 20,000.

I THINK IT WAS 175 LAST YEAR AND 5000.

SO EVEN AT 12. FIVE TIMES THREE THAT'S 3750.

SO THERE'S 37,500. WE SPENT 153.

SO IN FIVE YEARS YOUR RETURN ON YOUR INVESTMENT AS YOU'VE MADE THAT.

SO YOU'RE SO YOU'VE HAD THAT BY OUR THREE PARADES AND OUR BARRICADES, WHICH WAS WHAT WE PURCHASED THEM FROM.

THE ARCHERS, ON THE OTHER HAND, REMEMBER, WAS A PURCHASE OF THE ARCHERS TO GO AROUND CAMBIER AND TO ACCOMMODATE THE EQUIVALENT OF, OF THE FARMER'S MARKET ON THIRD WHILE WE AND YOU'RE GOING TO GET THE BOLLARD DISCUSSION HERE BEFORE WE LEAVE THIS ITEM IS TO WHEN WE KNOW WE WANT PERMANENT PLANTINGS IN BOLLARDS AROUND CAMBIER. BUT IN THE MEANTIME, AS CHAD INDICATED, WE HAVE DEPLOYMENT COSTS.

AND EVEN IF WE TURN AROUND AND SAY, WELL, IT'S DEPLOYMENT AND WE MAKE A MARGINAL AMOUNT, YOU KNOW, YOU'RE NEVER GOING TO RECOVER THE MILLION TWO ON THE ARCHERS, BUT YOU'RE AT LEAST COVERING YOUR DEPLOYMENT COSTS.

THEN YOU'RE IN A SITUATION WHERE YOU'RE STILL REDUCING SOMEBODY'S COSTS FROM MAYBE 5000 OR 7000 IN SOME CASES TO LIKE 1250.

SO IT'S PUTTING THEM OUT, NOT TAKING THE FULL BURDEN OF IT.

NOW, IF YOU SAY, BECAUSE AT THE SAME BREATH WE'VE HEARD FROM THE DAIS TO SAY, ARE WE COVERING OUR COSTS? WELL, WE JUST ADDED THIS COST SO WE CAN EITHER RECOVER IT OR WE CAN PUT THEM OUT.

BUT TO SAY THAT, ARE WE COVERING OUR COSTS.

BUT NO, PUT THEM OUT FOR FREE.

WE CAN'T TALK OUT OF BOTH SIDES EITHER.

SO WHATEVER THE NUMBERS ARE, ANYTHING THAT'S MARGINALLY OFFSETTING IT.

I JUST HAVE TO OPEN WITH THE ACKNOWLEDGMENT THERE ARE COSTS WE'RE INCURRING TO PUT THESE THINGS OUT. AND SO AND TO PUT THEM NOT ONLY PUT THEM OUT, BUT TO HAVE EVENTS. SO WHATEVER NUMBER YOU LAND ON, WE SUPPORT THAT. WE WE SUPPORT YOUR DECISIONS.

I JUST WANTED YOU TO KNOW THE FACTORS THAT WENT INTO OUR ANALYSIS TO COME UP WITH, WITH VARIABLES TO GET YOU CLOSE TO THOSE AREAS.

SO. OKAY. BLANKENSHIP THANK YOU.

I APPRECIATE THE ANALYSIS AND THE INFORMATION AND CERTAINLY SUPPORT INCREASING THE FEES TO COVER MORE ACCURATELY COVER THE COST.

THE QUESTION WILL BE HOW MUCH? RIGHT. AND IF WE'RE TRULY COVERING OUR COSTS, IF WE'RE TRYING TO COVER A MARKUP OR SOMETHING ELSE IN THE BUDGET, I DON'T KNOW. I'M SPECIFICALLY CONCERNED ABOUT THE IMPACT ON NONPROFITS WHO ARE DOING THESE AS FUNDRAISERS. AND SOME OF THEIR FEES, LIKE AN APPLICATION FEE AND PARK RENTAL FEE FOR A NOT FOR PROFIT, LIKE EMPTY BOWLS, YOU KNOW, SOMEBODY RAISING MONEY FOR TO FEED THE HUNGRY. I MEAN, I JUST HATE TAKING TOO MUCH AWAY FROM THEIR FUNDRAISING EFFORTS.

BUT I UNDERSTAND RECOVERING THE COST THAT THE CITY HAS TO PUT ON THAT EVENT.

I WONDER WE'VE GOT PARK RENTAL FEES ON A PER DAY BASIS.

MAYBE WE SHOULD DO IT ON A PER HALF DAY, LIKE SOMEBODY WHO'S JUST GOING TO USE IT FOR FOUR HOURS. MAYBE THEY PAY HALF THAT.

A MAJORITY OF THE GROUPS WILL USE HALF THE DAY TO SET UP, AND THEN THEY'LL USE THE REMAINDER OF IT FOR THEIR ACTUAL EVENT.

SO MORE THAN LIKELY THEY'RE GOING TO UTILIZE THE ENTIRE DAY ANYWAY.

OKAY. WELL MAYBE WE JUST REVISIT WHAT WE'RE CHARGING IN MY, IN MY OPINION, THE NONPROFITS WHO ARE DOING THIS IS FUNDRAISING FOR GOOD CAUSES FOR THE COMMUNITY. SO I JUST WANT TO TRY AND MAKE IT A LITTLE MORE AFFORDABLE ON THE APPLICATION.

AND THE PARK RENTAL BUSINESSES IS A DIFFERENT STORY.

BECAUSE PRESUMABLY THEY'RE MAKING MONEY.

THEY HAVE A PROFIT INCENTIVE.

THE BARRICADES, I DO BELIEVE WE SHOULD RECOVER THE COST OVER WHATEVER THEIR LIFE IS, WHETHER IT'S SEVEN YEARS OR TEN YEARS TO AMORTIZE THAT OVER THAT TIME PERIOD, I THINK MAKES TOTAL SENSE.

THE DEPLOYMENT COST DOES IT.

ARE WE REALLY PAYING PEOPLE $75 AN HOUR TO PUT THOSE UP AND TAKE THEM DOWN? SO WHEN IS THAT TIME AND A HALF? IT WAS WHEN I DID A CALCULATION ON OUR STAFF.

THEY ONLY DO IT ON OVERTIME.

THEY DON'T DO IT DURING REGULAR HOURS. NO, BECAUSE MOST OF THESE EVENTS ARE OVERTIME.

SO IF WE PULL STAFF FROM OUR DEPARTMENT, IF I PULL STAFF TO JUST DEPLOY BARRICADES, I LOSE THEM FOR MULTIPLE DAYS DURING THE WEEK.

SO THEY'RE HAVING TO COME IN EITHER AFTER HOURS OR COVER LIKE ON A SATURDAY.

[04:10:04]

SO SATURDAY, IF WE HAVE AN EVENT, THEY'RE DEPLOYING THEM SATURDAY MORNING EARLY. THEY'RE HAVING TO KIND OF HANG AROUND OR COME BACK TO TAKE AND REMOVE THEM OFF OF THE STREET. SO YOU CAN'T JUST LEAVE THEM THERE.

AND THAT IS OUTSIDE OF THEIR WORK DAY.

SO EITHER WE HAVE TO TAKE HOURS AWAY FROM THE WORK WEEK AND THEN DO IT.

AND THAT'S MAYBE THERE'S A SPECIAL EVENTS CREW.

I MEAN, ME AND ME AND CHAD HAVE TALKED ABOUT THIS BECAUSE THE PROBLEM IS WE'RE RUNNING AN OUTSIDE CONVENTION CENTER.

AND WHERE I COME FROM, WE ACTUALLY HAD A CONVENTION CENTER, AND IT WOULD FLIP FROM HIGH SCHOOL BASKETBALL TO SOCCER LEAGUE, YOU KNOW, SEMI-PRO SOCCER.

AND YOU HAD A NEGOTIATED PART TIME CREW THAT WAS ON AN ALL CALL BASIS.

WE MAY GET TO THAT POINT BECAUSE WITH THE NUMBER OF EVENTS WE HAVE, I THINK IT'S TIME TO HAVE THAT AS A CONVERSATION.

BUT WE WILL ALSO HAVE TO.

IT WOULD BE PART OF, I THINK A NEGOTIATED ITEM BECAUSE OF THE LABOR FORCE THAT ARE HAVE BEEN HISTORICALLY ON OVERTIME.

AND NOW YOU TAKE THAT AWAY.

SO I, I DON'T WANT TO GET TOO DEEP INTO THE WEEDS, BUT TO YOUR POINT, MAYOR, A SPECIAL EVENT EMPLOYMENT GROUP THAT CAN EITHER RAMP UP OR RAMP DOWN ON A PART TIME BASIS IS, IS A WAY TO, TO THINK ABOUT THAT.

I THINK IT'S GREAT TO LOOK AT OTHER OPTIONS.

AND WHAT IF THERE'S AN ORGANIZATION LIKE A NEAPOLITAN WHO HAS THEIR OWN PEOPLE, WHO COULD INSTALL THEM FOR THEIR EVENTS UNDER SOMEBODY'S SUPERVISION FROM THE CITY? YEAH. DO THEY HAVE TO PAY THE FULL PRICE OR CAN THEY PAY A REDUCED PRICE? SO SO YEAH, THERE'S WAYS TO DO THAT.

BUT, BUT I THINK THAT THE RISK YOU RUN HERE IS REMEMBER THE REASON FOR THIS IS THE.

WE CAN HAVE ONE PERSON MANAGING IT, BUT I WOULD STILL RATHER HAVE THEM CITY EMPLOYEES INSTEAD OF MANAGING A GROUP BECAUSE THE LIABILITY RESTS IN OUR ARCHERS BEING DEPLOYED. AND I'D RATHER HAVE IT BE WITH THOSE THOSE EMPLOYEES THAT WE DEPLOY ON THAT BEHALF. I WOULD JUST BE AGAINST THAT.

AS FAR AS COULD WE HAVE A TEMPORARY WORKFORCE THAT CAN REDUCE SOME COSTS, BUT HAVE A FULL TIME PERSON WHO IS IS USED TO DOING THEM? I WOULDN'T WANT IT JUST TO BE THE PART TIME STAFF WITHOUT A SOMEBODY THAT'S LEADING THEM, BUT I'D STILL WANT THEM TO BE CITY EMPLOYEES. THAT'S JUST MY OPINION AND I CAN APPRECIATE THAT. I JUST WOULD LOOK FOR A WAY TO REDUCE THE OVERTIME ELEMENT.

YEAH. SO JUST KEEP IN MIND THE ARCHERS, THEY REQUIRE TRAINING TO DEPLOY THOSE BECAUSE THEY WEIGH ABOUT 850 POUNDS APIECE.

THEY WILL ACTUALLY CATAPULT YOU IF YOU GO TO LET THEM DOWN.

WHEN YOU USE THAT, IT'S LIKE A LITTLE TROLLEY TYPE THING THAT LIFTS THEM UP IF YOU GO TO LOWER THEM, IT WILL. IT WILL ACTUALLY PULL YOU AND IT CAN HURT YOU.

SO WE DO HAVE TO HAVE THAT.

NOW, WHEN IT COMES TO THE FRENCH BARRICADES, A LITTLE EASIER TO DEPLOY.

AS FAR AS MR. BLANKENSHIP, I WOULD LIKE TO ADDRESS ONE OTHER ITEM.

WE HAVE MEANS AND METHODS FOR US TO DETERMINE IF THERE IS AN EVENT THAT WE BELIEVE IS A PUBLIC FACING AND SERVICING EVENT TO SHARE IN THOSE RESPONSIBILITIES BY JUST COSPONSORING AN EVENT OR DOING SOMETHING LIKE THAT AND OR WORKING OUT A GRANT.

I'LL REMIND YOU OF THE FARMER'S MARKET IN COMMUNITIES WHERE, AND I SAID THIS LAST YEAR WHEN WE GAVE A GRANT TO THEM BECAUSE WE HAD WANTED ENHANCED SECURITY, BUT WE SAID, LOOK, WHERE I CAME FROM.

FARMERS MARKETS WERE COORDINATED BY THE CITY BECAUSE YOU WANTED TO HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY IN YOUR DOWNTOWN. SO US HAVING A REASONABLE OFFSET TO CLOSE THE STREETS FOR THEM TO ASSIST IN THEM FACILITATING IT, THOSE CAN BE WORKED OUT EITHER BY AGREEMENT AND OR BY GRANT, WHICH AS WE DID LAST YEAR.

SO BUT JUST NOT ACKNOWLEDGING THE TRUE COST OF DISSEMINATING THOSE ARCHERS WOULD DO A DISSERVICE FOR WHEN THAT IS WHAT IT REALLY TAKES TO TO PUT THEM OUT.

SO I HOPE THAT'S A FAIR STATEMENT.

IF I MIGHT, THOUGH, I DON'T WANT TO BE PUT IN A PREDICAMENT WHERE PEOPLE THINK THEY CAN COME TO US AND ASK FOR THOSE FEES TO BE WAIVED.

THAT'S A VERY AWKWARD SITUATION.

WE DIDN'T I DIDN'T ASK, NOT LAST YEAR.

YOU DIDN'T WAIVE ANY FEES FOR ANYBODY OR ANYTHING ELSE.

I JUST DON'T. BEING ASKED IS JUST TROUBLE WAITING TO HAPPEN.

WELL, I THINK TO JUST GOING BACK TO VICE MAYOR, WHEN YOU TALKED ABOUT NONPROFITS AND DOING EVENTS, THE UNDERSTANDING THAT, YOU KNOW, THEY HAVE A CAUSE AND IT'S A LOT OF THEM HAVE GREAT CALLS, BUT MOST OF OUR EVENTS ARE NONPROFIT OR BENEFITING A NONPROFIT.

SO AT SOME POINT, WE EITHER HAVE TO MAKE THE DECISION ON WHETHER WE'RE GOING TO ABSORB COST ASSOCIATED WITH THEM IN ORDER TO RAISE MONEY FOR WHATEVER THEIR CHARITY IS.

IF THAT'S THE DIRECTION WE GO, THEN THAT'S THE DIRECTION WE GO.

BUT I THINK WE'RE TRYING TO AT LEAST COVER OUR COSTS AS A GOVERNMENT.

[04:15:02]

I HEAR YOU, BUT TO ME, THERE'S A LITTLE BIT OF A BALANCE THAT OUR RESIDENTS LOVE SPECIAL EVENTS AND THE SNOWBIRDS WHO COME AND PAY, YOU KNOW, YEAR ROUND TAXES AND YEAR ROUND FEES ARE HERE FOR THE SEASON, AND THEY LOVE SPECIAL EVENTS.

SO TO A CERTAIN EXTENT, THEY FEEL LIKE THEIR TAXES PAY SOME OF THE BASE COST TO OPERATE THE PARKS AND STUFF.

BUT THEN THE INCREMENTAL COST AN ORGANIZER SHOULD PAY.

SO IT'S A BALANCING ACT.

ABSOLUTELY. ABSOLUTELY. AND THEN THE DEPOSITS PROBABLY SHOULD BE HIGHER, YOU KNOW, FOR DAMAGE BASED ON WHAT YOU SAID, THE BIG EVENTS THAT CAUSE A LOT OF DAMAGE TO THE TURF AND TREES AND STUFF LIKE THAT, MAYBE THOSE SHOULD BE HIGHER TO INCENTIVIZE PEOPLE TO TAKE BETTER CARE OF THE OF THE PARKS AND NOT DAMAGE THEM.

I THINK THIS ALL IS A GREAT START.

I'M JUST GIVING YOU SOME THOUGHTS TO, TO THINK THROUGH FOR THE NEXT VERSION.

WELL, THERE'S A COUPLE.

CAN I ASK JUST ONE QUESTION BECAUSE I THINK WE WILL NEED TO GO DOWN THE LIST AND SAY DO WE WANT TO CHANGE IT FROM.

BECAUSE OTHERWISE WE'LL BE.

WE COULD BE HERE WITH A WRITTEN ORDINANCE AND NOT.

AND SO, FOR EXAMPLE, AND I JUST WANT TO.

THE SPECIAL EVENT PARK RENTAL GOING FROM 900 TO 2000.

YOU KNOW, THAT'S OVER A, YOU KNOW, A 100% INCREASE.

AND YOU KNOW WHAT I'M SAYING? SO, SO DO WE HAVE A BENCHMARK NUMBER? SAY, LOOK, I DON'T WANT NO NUMBERS SHOULD GO UP MORE THAN A CERTAIN PERCENTAGE.

BRING THAT BACK TO US WHAT IT WOULD LOOK LIKE.

AND SEE, I'M TRYING TO GET TO A DELIVERABLE WITHOUT HAVING TO DO IT COMPLETE.

YOU SEE WHAT I'M GETTING AT HERE, SIR? AND BECAUSE I THINK OTHERWISE, WE'RE JUST GOING TO BRING IT BACK AND WE'LL NEVER GET AN ORDINANCE DONE. WE'LL JUST KEEP GOING BACK AND FORTH. AND SO I'M TRYING TO GET THE SAUSAGE MADE.

NOW TO MAKE THE OTHER EASIER IS WHAT I'M TRYING TO DO.

YEAH. I MEAN, I'VE BEEN THINKING ABOUT THAT NUMBER, QUITE HONESTLY. I THE WAY I FEEL ABOUT THOSE TWO NUMBERS, NONPROFIT VERSUS PROFIT.

I THINK THE NONPROFIT SHOULD BE 1000 PER DAY AND THE FOR PROFIT SHOULD BE 5000 A DAY.

THAT'S, THAT'S MY FEELING ON IT.

I JUST, YOU KNOW, I LOOK AT LIKE THE BUTTERFLY RELEASE EVENT, YOU KNOW, THEY COULDN'T AFFORD TO DO IT HERE ANYMORE IN CAMBIER.

THINGS LIKE THAT, THAT ARE, YOU KNOW, THAT'S FROM A HOSPICE TO BRING BACK STUFF LIKE THAT. PEOPLE LIKE GOING TO THAT.

BUT THAT'S WHY I THINK THE NONPROFIT FEE SHOULD BE KEPT, KEPT MODEST AND THE FOR PROFIT, WHICH I DON'T THINK REALLY PEOPLE SHOULD BE MAKING PROFIT OFF PUBLIC LAND.

PERSONALLY, I HAVE AN ISSUE WITH THAT TO SOME DEGREE.

I DON'T LIKE IT, BUT I THINK THAT SHOULD BE AT LEAST 5000 PER DAY AND MAYBE HAVE A LITTLE MORE CONVERSATION AROUND THAT ISSUE. THAT'S MY PERSONAL VIEW.

SO I WANT TO I WANT TO JUST UNDERSTANDING THAT WHEN YOU SET THOSE TYPES OF BOUNDARIES, WHICH WE STILL HAVE IT NOW, WHAT ENDS UP HAPPENING IS THOSE PRIVATE EVENTS END UP PARTNERING WITH A NONPROFIT.

AND NOW EVERY EVENT WILL BECOME A NONPROFIT.

SO I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE WE UNDERSTAND WE HAVE WE CREATE LOOPHOLES WHEN WE DO, ESPECIALLY THAT DRASTIC.

WELL, IF IF IF IT'S THE EVENT IS, YOU KNOW, A CAR SHOW AND THEY'RE SAYING THEY'RE GOING WITH NOT I MEAN, IT'S AT SOME POINT WE GOT TO PUT THE TRUTH SERUM IN THEM TOO. I MEAN, I, YEAH, I DON'T KNOW WHETHER I.

SO IF I CAN, I ASK A COUPLE QUESTIONS TO CLARIFY.

YES. I'M GOING TO HAVING BEEN A DIRECTOR OF A NONPROFIT IN THE COUNTY.

THE IDEA THAT NOBODY'S MAKING ALL THE MONEY IS GOING TO THE CHARITY IS ASPIRATIONAL.

I MEAN, YOU'RE GETTING PAID, YOU'RE DOING A JOB, YOU GET PAID TO DO THE JOB. THEN YOU HAVE THE ADMINISTRATIVE FEE, WHICH WHEN I WORK FOR IS 14%. WE WERE THE HIGHEST RATED IN THE COUNTRY OF ANY NATIONAL.

SO TRUST ME, WHEN I. THERE'S A COST OF DOING BUSINESS IN.

EVERY NONPROFIT KNOWS IT. I'M JUST GOING TO SAY THAT I'M NOT SAYING WE SHOULDN'T GIVE THEM A BREAK, BUT WE SHOULD UNDERSTAND. WE'RE GIVING THEM A BREAK. I'M ALL FOR WE SHOULD BREAK EVEN HERE IN THE CITY. WE DON'T NEED TO SUBSIDIZE ANYBODY'S EVENTS, PROFIT, NONPROFIT, WHATEVER.

ESPECIALLY IN THE CITY OF NAPLES.

YOU KNOW, DECADE OLD DATA OF 5000 OF THE 20,000 CITIZENS AT THE TIME THAT WERE WORTH MORE THAN $500 MILLION.

SO I SAY THAT TO SAY, WHICH IS WHY WE DO SUCH SO WELL IN THE NONPROFIT EYE. EVERYBODY NEEDS TO PAY THEIR FREIGHT.

AND ONCE. AND IF YOU START GOING DOWN THAT ROAD, IT'S A VERY SLIPPERY SLOPE.

AND SO THERE ARE EXPECTATIONS NOW.

HAVING SAID THAT, I, I BALKED WHEN I SAW THAT'S FIVE BUCKS PER FRENCH BARRICADE.

[04:20:07]

YES. I MEAN, SO HOW MANY.

WOULD I DEPLOY. TYPICALLY 100, 200.

I KNOW IT DEPENDS ON THE EVENT, BUT WHAT'S A.

SO THE JULY 4TH. CHRIS OR CHRISTMAS.

JULY 4TH. CHRISTMAS PARADE.

THE JULY 4TH PARADE, WE DEPLOYED 800.

SO 800 TIMES FIVE IS WHAT YOU WOULD.

LET'S TAKE PARADES OUT OF THE EQUATION BECAUSE WE, WE SPONSOR ALL THOSE OR HAVE OR, OR SOMEHOW SOMEHOW CONNECTED.

RIGHT? GIVE ME GIVE ME A AN ART SHOW.

WE HAVEN'T GOTTEN WE HAVEN'T GOTTEN TO ONE OF THOSE YET.

SO I'M JUST THINKING THAT I'M NOT AS CONCERNED ABOUT ANYTHING THAT WE ARE CONNECTED TO. I'M THINKING ABOUT OTHERS BECAUSE THAT COULD, THAT SEEMS LIKE THAT COULD GET REALLY EXPENSIVE IN A HURRY. AND IT'S FIVE BUCKS A BARRICADE. I MEAN, YOU COULD.

YEAH. WELL, I THINK 4000 IS GOING TO BE AS MUCH AS YOU'RE GOING TO PROBABLY GET IN THE COST FROM OUR SIDE. AGAIN WHERE YOU LOOK AT WE DEPLOYED 800.

THAT'S ONE OF THE LARGEST FOOTPRINTS THAT WE'RE GOING TO HAVE IN THE MOST THAT YOU'RE GOING TO GET. SO YOU'VE GOT STAFF AND YOU'VE GOT THE BARRICADES.

THAT WAS $4,000 WORTH OF BARRICADES.

AND THEN THE STAFF WAS AN ADDITIONAL COST THAT WE HAD TO GO.

SO YOU WERE PROBABLY 10,000 OR 8000, ROUGHLY EIGHT, $10,000. AND THEN YOU LOOK AT THE THE RENTAL COST.

AND AS WE STATED, THE RENTAL COST WAS 22, $24,000 TO RENT THEM.

SO YOU'RE STILL, YOU'RE COMING OUT $14,000 THAT YOU'RE SAVING.

WELL, THAT I WAS GOING TO SAY THAT WHATEVER OUR FEES ARE GOING TO BE WAY BETTER THAN WHAT THEY WERE GOING TO GET ELSEWHERE.

LIKE I, THAT'S FOR SURE.

AND AGAIN, I, I THINK I WANT TO BE COST NEUTRAL HERE IS ALL I'M SAYING.

I, I DON'T WANT TO GO EITHER WAY WITH IT.

I'M NOT TRYING TO MAKE MONEY OFF PEOPLE, BUT I ALSO WANT TO BE ABSOLUTELY WANT TO BE COST NEUTRAL. AND I WANTED TO SAY THAT TO RENT AN ENTIRE PARK FOR 2 OR $3000 A DAY IS AN ABSOLUTE STEAL. YOU GET THE WHOLE PARK.

SO TO ME, THAT'S, I, I DON'T WELL, YOU DON'T YOU DON'T GET THE WHOLE PART.

YOU DON'T GET THE WHOLE PART. THAT HAS TO BE CLARIFIED IF THAT'S TRUE.

YEAH. REMEMBER WHAT I SAID RIGHT BEFORE WE WENT TO EXECUTIVE SESSION. THERE'S STILL PUBLIC. NO THERE'S GOING TO BE LANGUAGE. YOU CANNOT RESTRICT ITS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC PERIOD ALWAYS. SO IF AT LEAST FROM MY POINT OF VIEW, WHEN THIS IS FINALIZED, IF SOMEONE COMES IN AND SAYS, I AM GOING TO CHARGE PEOPLE TO GO TO THE PARK, THE ANSWER IS NO, YOU'RE NOT. THAT'S RIGHT. OKAY.

WELL, SECTIONS OF THE PARK.

SO RESPECTFULLY, IT'S A PARK.

OKAY. SO WHAT I'M PROPOSING IS IT'S OPEN TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC ALL THE TIME, UNLESS OUR CODE SAYS IT'S CLOSED. YOU KNOW, DAWN TO DUSK, WHATEVER. IT'S OPEN TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC. SO IF YOU WANT TO RENT, USE IT AS AN EVENT SPACE AND JUST UNDERSTAND IT'S STILL A PASSIVE PARK OPEN TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC.

AND AND SO QUESTION SO WE CURRENTLY HAVE EVENTS THAT HAPPEN, SAY IN CAVIAR THAT YOU HAVE TO PAY TO GET INTO THE CORDONED OFF AREA.

IS THAT STILL GOING TO BE PERMISSIBLE OR IS THAT NOT POSSIBLE? ULTIMATELY, COUNCIL HAS TO WE HAVE TO FINALIZE THIS AND APPROVE THIS.

BUT THE LANGUAGE I'M SUGGESTING.

WOULD BE REMAINS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC.

CANNOT RESTRICT ACCESS TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC AT A PUBLIC PARK OR OR PICK A DIFFERENT VENUE. YEAH. WAIT A MINUTE.

WE NEED TO CLARIFY SOMETHING, BECAUSE YOU HAVE A PARK THAT YOU CAN USE, BUT WE ARE GOING TO RENT OUT A SECTION OF THE PARK.

I MEAN, THE REST OF THE PARK IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC.

IF THEY'RE MAKING MONEY ON PEOPLE COMING TO A CONCERT.

I, I DON'T KNOW. WE HAVE A CONCERT, WE CHARGE PEOPLE MONEY.

SO I DON'T UNDERSTAND THAT IT'S THAT NEEDS TO BE WORKED OUT.

YEAH. THIS IS ULTIMATELY YOUR DECISION.

IT WAS JUST A SUGGESTION. OKAY, GOOD.

OKAY. BUT IF YOU GOT IF YOU WANT TO ALLOW RENTALS TO ACTUALLY CLOSE OFF PORTIONS OF THE PARK, THEN WELL, DON'T WE ALREADY DO THAT WITH PAVILIONS AND SHELTERS? AND, YOU KNOW, I MEAN, I DON'T KNOW, PEOPLE ARE RENTING A PARK.

SO LIKE A PAVILION. YEAH.

SO WE HAVE STILL SO WE HAVE SOME EVENTS THAT WHAT REALLY INITIATES IT IS WHEN YOU HAVE ALCOHOL AT AN EVENT AND THEY WANT TO HAVE A CONTROLLED AREA.

SO THAT'S WHERE THE BARRICADES COME IN.

AND THAT'S NOT A REQUIREMENT.

WELL, I GUESS IT IS A REQUIREMENT. I DON'T WANT TO SPEAK ON BEHALF OF PD AND THEY CAN CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, BUT THEY HAVE THEM CONTROL THE AREA BECAUSE

[04:25:01]

YOU DON'T WANT TO HAVE PEOPLE MIGRATING OFF OF THE PARK PROPERTY WITH ALCOHOL INTO THE STREETS, ONTO THE SIDEWALKS.

SO THEY'RE REQUIRED TO DO THAT AND CONTROL THAT SPACE.

AND IN TURN, WHAT IT HAS TURNED INTO OVER THE YEARS IS THERE'S SOME EVENTS THAT DO CHARGE TO COME INTO THAT SPACE.

AND WHETHER THEY'RE DOING IT FOR THEIR NONPROFIT OR WHATEVER, THAT'S THAT HAS HAPPENED.

SO IF WE GO DOWN THAT PATH.

THEN IT'S GOING TO BE A LITTLE BIT HARDER TO CONTROL THE, THE ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION WITHIN THE, THE PARK.

MY, MY TAKE ON IT IS THAT THE WAY WE HAVE IT CURRENTLY STRUCTURED AND WHAT I JUST HEARD FROM YOU, CHAD, I'M WRONG.

WE DO HAVE EVENTS WHERE THE A PORTION OF THE PARK IS CORDONED OFF WITH BARRICADES, AND THAT EVENT ORGANIZER CHARGES PEOPLE TO GET INTO THAT CORDONED OFF SPACE.

THAT'S CORRECT. OKAY. AND I'M FINE WITH THAT, BY THE WAY. SO I DON'T, I DON'T I'M OKAY.

KEEPING IN MIND WITH WHAT I JUST SAID, THERE ARE ALSO SECTIONS OF THE PARK THAT ARE STILL OPEN TO THE PUBLIC, BY THE WAY.

SO THE ENTIRE PARK IS NOT WE'RE NOT RENTING OUT THE ENTIRE PARK AND STATEMENT.

WE'RE, WE'RE RENTING OUT A PORTION OF THE PARK SO THEY CAN HAVE AN EVENT IN A SECTION OF THE PARK. AND I THINK THAT WE SHOULD CONTINUE TO OPERATE UNDER THAT UNDERSTANDING MOVING FORWARD. I'M NOT SAYING WE SHOULDN'T, BUT I THINK IT SHOULD BE VERY SPECIFIC.

LIKE THIS IS THE DESIGNATED AREA FOR WHATEVER EVENT.

AND SO THAT WE MAXIMIZE IT.

I MEAN, FOR EVERY EVENT, IF YOU'RE GETTING BAKER, YOU GET THIS, WHATEVER, WHATEVER THAT HAPPENS TO BE.

AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT THAT NEEDS TO BE. BUT I THINK AGAIN, THAT WE'RE GOING TO GET IN TROUBLE IF WE START. SO THEY SAY, I DON'T WANT THE TWO GRAND VERSION. I WANT THE $400 VERSION.

SO I DON'T WANT THIS SPACE.

I JUST WANT THIS SPACE.

I DON'T THINK WE CAN GET INTO THAT NEGOTIATING, THAT SORT OF THING. AND I ON THIS BECAUSE EVERYONE'S CONTRIBUTED TO YOUR TO THIS QUESTION. AND I APPRECIATE THAT BECAUSE THAT'S WHERE WE'RE GOING.

BUT I THINK YOU HAVE TO DO SOME COST ANALYSIS ON, ON THESE EVENTS AND HOW MUCH WE'RE REQUIRING FOR SECURITY.

SO WE UNDERSTAND THE IMPACT THAT WE'RE ABOUT TO IMPOSE ON PEOPLE, BECAUSE IF NOT, THEY'RE GOING TO BE LINED UP THE DOOR GOING, WHAT ARE YOU DOING? AND THEN IF WE'RE READY FOR THAT, THAT'S FINE.

BUT I NEED TO UNDERSTAND THE COST AND I JUST, I PAYING PEOPLE OVER TIME TO, TO DO IT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE TO ME.

AND I'M GLAD YOU'RE GOING TO LOOK AT AN ALTERNATIVE BECAUSE WE WANT TO, WE WANT IT TO BE A CITY EMPLOYEE, BUT IT, WE DON'T WANT TO TAKE THEM AWAY FROM THEIR REGULAR JOBS. SO I'VE GOT A QUESTION IN REFERENCE TO THE COST.

MAY I MAYOR, PLEASE. AND I DON'T NEED A A SPECIFIC NUMBER.

I NEED A I'M LOOKING FOR A GENERAL STATEMENT HERE.

FIRST AND FOREMOST, WE, WE CAUGHT A LOT OF GRIEF FROM THE PUBLIC BECAUSE WE HAD THIS MASSIVE INCREASE IN EXPENSES THAT NEEDED TO BE COVERED BY EVENT ORGANIZERS. RIGHT. THAT, THAT, THAT HAPPENED OVER THE LAST 2 OR 3 YEARS. AND WHEN I JUST HEARD FROM YOU A SECOND AGO WAS IF WE WERE TO MAXIMIZE THE RENTAL OF OUR BARRICADES, NOW THAT WE OWN THEM IS A SIGNIFICANTLY LESS COST INVOLVED WITH THAT PROCESS THAN IT WAS PRIOR TO US OWNING OUR OWN BARRICADES.

AND THE EVENT ORGANIZER HAD TO RENT THEM FROM A THIRD PARTY VENDOR.

CORRECT. SO. THIS IS THE GENERAL STATEMENT I'M LOOKING FOR RIGHT NOW BECAUSE OF THE PURCHASE OF THOSE BARRICADES.

ARE WE IN A POSITION WHERE WE ARE ALREADY IN A SIGNIFICANT COST SAVINGS ENVIRONMENT THAN WE WERE PRIOR TO THE PURCHASE OF THOSE BARRICADES? YEAH. FOR US, I MEAN, EVEN WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE PARADES, THE TWO PARADES THAT WE HAVE, WE'RE GOING TO SAVE QUITE A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT PER OCCURRENCE.

AND AND YOU HEARD MR. YOUNG.

HE'S THE, THE NUMBER GUY.

AND HE THAT'S KIND OF WHAT I GLANCED AT AT OUR AT OUR CITY MANAGER AS I WAS ASKING THAT QUESTION TO SEE IF YOU HAD SOME.

YEAH. AND THAT WAS ONE, YOU KNOW, IF WE JUST LOOK AND, YOU KNOW, JUSTIN'S HERE, AND I DON'T REALLY WANT TO PUT HIM ON THE SPOT, BUT I COULD HAVE SWORE THAT THE.

FARMER'S MARKET WAS ANYWHERE FROM 55 TO 7000 FOR A WEEKEND.

AND I THINK AT OUR WORST CASE, AT $50, IF WE REDUCED IT.

I'M JUST THROWING OUT A NUMBER. IF YOU SAID IT WAS 40 AND IT'S 40, 40 ARCHERS AT 1600. SO I JUST WANT TO PICK YOUR BRAIN JUST.

DO YOU RECALL? PURR PURR PURR PURR EVENT.

WHAT THAT WAS. STATE YOUR NAME AND TURN ON THE MIC TO THE RIGHT.

JUSTIN COLLINS, NEAPOLITAN ENTERPRISES AND ON THE BOARD OF THE THIRD STREET MERCHANTS ASSOCIATION. LAST YEAR IT WAS A DIFFERENT STYLE OF BARRICADE.

[04:30:05]

IT WAS THEY SORT OF STRETCHED IT OUT.

SO I COULDN'T GIVE YOU A NUMBER TO NUMBER AN APPLES TO APPLES COMPARISON.

LOOKING AT THE NUMBERS THEY PROPOSED TODAY, IT LOOKS TO BE ABOUT EVEN IT DEPENDS ON THE STAFFING LEVEL. IF THAT STAFF DEPLOYS THEM, STAYS THERE AND I PAY FOR IT WHILE THEY'RE STAYING THERE, AND THEN THEY LEAVE. OR IF THEY SET THEM UP, GO HAVE LUNCH, DO WHAT THEY'RE GOING TO DO AND COME BACK. SO IT'S HARD TO DO AN APPLES TO APPLES COMPARISON UNTIL I KNOW HOW MANY THEY WANT ME TO, HOW MANY ARCHERS THEY WANT ME TO DEPLOY. BUT AT FIRST GLANCE, IT LOOKS TO BE MAYBE A 25% SAVINGS OVER THE THIRD PARTY BARRICADE GUY.

OKAY. I'D LIKE TO REVIEW THOSE NUMBERS BECAUSE I THINK IT SHOULD BE SUBSTANTIALLY LESS. OKAY. THANK YOU.

WHAT I WOULD SAY JUST BECAUSE I THOUGHT I WAS GOING TO BE ABLE TO GIVE YOU ONE EXAMPLE, BUT I'D RATHER SINCE THAT DIDN'T HAPPEN AND I DIDN'T GET AN ACTUAL.

AND THAT'S NOTHING. I JUST WANT TO DO IT RIGHT.

SO WHAT I'D LIKE TO DO IS JUST GET BACK TO YOU WITH MORE INFORMATION ON THAT.

MAYBE THE ONLY REASON I EVEN EVEN BROUGHT IT UP AND WAS LOOKING FOR A GENERAL COMMENT FROM, FROM STAFF WAS THAT, YOU KNOW, WE'RE SITTING HERE TALKING ABOUT AN INCREASE IN, IN FEES, RIGHT? BUT WE ALSO ARE IN A SCENARIO WHERE WE ARE ALREADY DRASTICALLY REDUCING FEES WITH THE STEPS THAT WE'VE MADE BY OWNING OUR OWN BARRICADES.

THAT'S THAT'S THAT'S THERE'S AN OFFSET THERE THAT I'M TALKING ABOUT.

AND, AND I KNOW THAT WE'RE ALL HUNG UP LIKE, OH, YOU KNOW, JEEZ, WE'RE INCREASING FEES HERE, BUT ARE WE REALLY INCREASING FEES? BECAUSE WHAT WE'VE GOT IS BECAUSE OF THE BARRICADES THAT WE NOW OWN, WE'VE GOT A SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION IN FEES.

AND MY GUESS IS EVEN WITH AN INCREASE IN THESE FEES THAT WE'RE LOOKING AT HERE, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE AN OVERALL SAVINGS TO THE PEOPLE THAT ARE ORGANIZING THESE EVENTS, BECAUSE WE'VE GOT A COST SAVING MEASURE IN PURCHASING OUR BARRICADES.

YEAH. LET ME LET ME SAY THIS.

WHAT I WILL SAY TO YOU IS THAT IS THAT IS MY WAS MY INTENT OF THE CALCULATION.

AND SO WHAT I WANT TO DO IS TO ASSURE YOU THAT WHAT WE'RE GOING TO BRING BACK TO YOU IS GOING TO DO JUST THAT.

BECAUSE REMEMBER, AND WE'RE GOING TO WRAP IT UP HERE IN JUST A MOMENT.

SO WE'RE NOT DONE. THIS WAS STEP TWO OF THAT EQUATION.

SO IF WE CAN LEAVE THE THE BARRICADES AND ARCHERS ALONE FOR A MOMENT AND ASSUME THAT I'LL BRING IT BACK TO YOU THAT I CAN DO THE CALCULATION, IT'S A NET DECREASE BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT I WAS LOOKING FOR. HERE WAS A DEMONSTRATIVE WIN TO SHOW YOU THAT BECAUSE OF YOUR PURCHASE, YOU'VE REDUCED THEIR COSTS.

I HAVE NO PROBLEM COMMITTING TO THAT FOR YOU.

BUT THE OTHER PART OF IT IS JUST IF WE COULD ADDRESS THE TOP FOUR, I THINK THE BOTTOM PAGE WITH A CHANGE FROM 292 TO 306, I DON'T THINK ANY OF THOSE MATTER, BUT I DO BELIEVE THE APPLICATION FEE AND THE, THE, THE PARK RENTAL PART, IF WE CAN GET THROUGH THOSE, THEN I THINK I HAVE ENOUGH TO COME BRING BACK TO YOU ON AN ORDINANCE THAT THAT'S THE PIVOTAL ONES FOR ME. SO GOING TO THE APPLICATION FEE, DOES THAT MEAN THAT IF YOU ARE ABLE TO DO REOCCURRING EVENTS, YOU HAVE TO PAY. YOU JUST PAY ONE APPLICATION FEE.

YOU DON'T HAVE TO PAY FOR EACH EVENT.

SO THE WAY IT'S GOT IT'S SET UP RIGHT NOW IS IT WOULD BE YOU PAY THE APPLICATION FEE AND THEN YOU PAY $25 PER EACH ADDITIONAL DAY.

SO IF YOU HAVE AN EVENT THAT I'M JUST THROWING A NUMBER AT FOUR DAY EVENT, YOU'RE GOING TO PAY YOUR YOUR APPLICATION FEE AND THEN YOU'LL PAY $75 EXTRA BECAUSE YOU GOT THREE ADDITIONAL DAYS.

SO WE DIDN'T USUALLY HAVE, WE ALWAYS HAD A REOCCURRING EVENT CHARGE.

YES. CORRECT. YES. THAT'S CORRECT.

OKAY. I GUESS AGAIN, IT'S THE WHOLE THE BIGGER PICTURE WHEN YOU COMBINE IT.

THEY DIDN'T HAVE SECURITY LIKE WE HAVE NOW.

SO THAT'S AN ADDITION.

WE'RE GOING TO RAISE THE FEES.

WE WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WE COVER OUR COSTS.

BUT THAT WHOLE AND BIG PICTURE IS WHAT COULD BE CONCERNING.

I THINK I HEAR COUNSEL SAYING, BUT AGAIN, AS FAR AS DIRECTION COUNSEL. I CAN MAKE A SUGGESTION.

YES. THAT'S WHAT HE'S WANTING.

YEAH. LOOK, IF YOU SAID TO ME, OKAY, IT'S 150, IT'S 200 ACROSS THE BOARD AND THAT'S THE ONLY CHANGE YOU WANTED TO MAKE. LOOK, WE'RE FINE WITH IT. WE WE TRIED TO GIVE IT A TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION LAST FEW LAST TIMES YOU'VE INCREASED IT BE GIVE YOU SOME EXAMPLES AS TO HOW YOU COULD DO IT.

IF YOU DON'T AGREE WITH THAT AND YOU JUST WANT TO SAY I WANT A 10% INCREASE.

[04:35:02]

WE'RE OKAY. WE'RE GOING TO BE FINE EITHER WAY.

JUST TELL US WHAT YOU WANT IS ALL WE WANT TO COVER THE COST.

I'LL TELL YOU. TELL ME WHEN THE LAST I CAN'T REMEMBER WHAT WAS IT 20 YEARS AGO WE DID THIS? YEAH, I HAVEN'T SEEN IT.

I TRIED TO GO AND LOOK BACK, AND MR. YOUNG WANTED ME TO PUT THE LAST FEE INCREASE OR LAST TIME THEY WERE ADJUSTED AND I COULDN'T FIND ANYWHERE.

SO I DON'T KNOW. I'D HAVE TO PROBABLY GET SOME HELP FROM OUR WONDERFUL CITY CLERK TEAM.

SO AT LEAST 20 YEARS AGO.

IS THAT FAIR? IT HASN'T BEEN SINCE I, TO MY KNOWLEDGE, SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE. AND YOU'VE BEEN HERE HOW LONG? JUST, I CAN'T REMEMBER.

TEN. OKAY, SO A DECADE.

I THINK I THINK THE PROPOSED FEES ARE FINE.

I JUST I WANT TO DEFINE WHAT WE'RE RENTING IN THE SPECIAL EVENT PARK RENTAL FOR, FOR THE TWO PARKS, WHEN IT'S 2000 AND $3,000 PER DAY.

WHAT EXACTLY DOES THAT MEAN AND HOW MUCH DO YOU GET TO CORDON OFF, ASSUMING THAT'S WHY YOU'RE RENTING IT, SO THAT YOU CAN HAVE ALCOHOL IN CORDONED AREA? I THINK IT'S REALLY IMPORTANT TO BE SPECIFIC. AND I, I LIKE, I THINK IT WAS THE VICE MAYOR WHO SAID I, I COMPLETELY AGREE THAT $500 FOR A.

I MEAN, I'M TRYING TO THINK THAT THAT WOULD BE.

THAT WOULD STICK IN MY CRAW IF I HAD TO.

GIVE YOU 5000 AS A DEPOSIT.

YEAH. WELL, AND AND THE ASSESSMENT ALSO, YOU KNOW, WHEN IS THE ASSESSMENT DONE.

HOW IS THAT ASSESSMENT DONE.

BUT YES, HERE'S MY SUGGESTION.

APPLICATION FEE THE FIRST TWO.

152 50. OKAY. THE 500 FOR CITY PROPERTY EVENT, I'D SAY. 250 IF IT'S A NOT FOR PROFIT, 500 IF IT'S A FOR PROFIT.

THAT'S, THAT'S FAIR FOR CITY PROPERTY EVENT.

250 IF IT'S A NONPROFIT 500 IF IT'S FOR PROFIT THE REFUNDABLE DAMAGE DEPOSITS, I WOULD DOUBLE EACH ONE OF THOSE 1000, 2000, 3000. AND AGAIN, IT'S REFUNDABLE.

SO IF THEY TAKE CARE OF THE PART, THEY GET IT BACK.

THE SPECIAL EVENT PARK RENTALS FOR NON-PROFITS.

I WOULD SAY A THOUSAND PER HALF DAY.

AND THAT WAY, IF THEY NEED IT FOR A WHOLE DAY, THEY PAY THE 2000. BUT IF THEY ONLY NEED IT FOR HALF A DAY, THEY DON'T HAVE TO PAY THE WHOLE AMOUNT.

AND I WOULD LEAVE THE FOR PROFIT AS 3000.

IF WE DO MAKE IT TOO MUCH OF A DIFFERENTIAL, PEOPLE WILL TRY TO PLAY GAMES WITH IT AND FIND A LOOPHOLE AROUND IT.

AND THEN THE ARCHERS, I THINK YOU'RE GOING TO WORK ON WHAT MAKES SENSE THERE. SO AND FIGURING OUT A WAY TO TRY TO MINIMIZE THE IMPACT OF OVERTIME ON DEPLOYMENT. AND I WOULD FINALLY SAY, ALLUDING TO WHAT THE MAYOR SAID, I JUST WANT TO BE ABLE, I WANT THE BULLETS IN MY GUN SO THAT I CAN.

WHAT I'M LOOKING FOR IS TO BE ABLE TO TELL THE PUBLIC THIS IS COST NEUTRAL.

WE'RE NOT MAKING ANY MONEY.

OUR CITY MANAGER OR HIS DESIGNEE HAS RUN THE NUMBERS.

AND THIS IS WHAT WE NEED TO NOT SUBSIDIZE EVENTS.

AS LONG AS I CAN TELL THEM THAT, I CAN FEEL REALLY GOOD ABOUT IT.

ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THIS OR ANY OTHER GUIDANCE YOU NEED? MR.. YOUNG YES. MR. CURL.

I WOULD JUST ECHO, I THINK IT'S A GREAT IDEA.

WITH THE APPLICATION FEE DIVIDING IT OUT, NONPROFIT PROFIT ON THAT 502 50.

I'D AGREE WITH THAT. AND THE DEPOSITS YOU KNOW, ALTHOUGH THEY'RE ON THE LOW SIDE, I AGREE WITH MAYBE RATCHETING THEM OR MAINTAINING THEM CLOSE OR CLOSE TO WHERE THEY ARE. BUT, BUT I'M OPEN TO RATCHETING.

I AM FOR THE 1000 FOR THE DAY FOR THE NONPROFITS.

BECAUSE SOME NONPROFITS ARE REALLY, AND I THINK I PUT IT TOWARDS THE THE FOR PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS, I'D RAISE THAT THE 1000 OR 2000 EVEN MAKE IT FIVE. NOW, EVEN IF THEY BROUGHT IN A NONPROFIT, THEY'RE GONNA HAVE TO PAY THAT NONPROFIT SOMETHING. THEY'RE GONNA PROBABLY PAY THAT NONPROFIT 5 OR 10,000 TO, TO WORK THROUGH THEM.

SO I THINK THAT THAT'S NOT GOING TO BE ABUSED AS MUCH AS YOU THINK.

AND I'M FINE WITH ALL THE OTHER NUMBERS REALLY. AND THEN THE CONCERN IS IF OR POLICY CLARIFICATION, IF OUR BARRICADES ARE NOT AVAILABLE, CAN THEY RENT FROM SOMEBODY ELSE? AND THEN IF THEY FIND THAT THEY'RE LESS EXPENSIVE AND PEOPLE START.

YEAH. WE WOULD NEVER IMPOSE THEM UTILIZING OURS.

THEY WOULD ALWAYS BE FREE TO GO OUT AND GET THEM AT THEIR WILL.

IT'S NOT, IT'S NOT AN EXCLUSIVE, RIGHT.

THAT WE'RE TRYING TO DO.

WE WANT TO HAVE THEM AVAILABLE FOR REQUIRING THEM.

THE FAIRNESS THING HERE IS, IF YOU RECALL, IS WE REQUIRE THEM TO BE THERE. AND THEN IT WAS NEW COSTS THAT THEY WERE BEARING.

WE SPENT THE MONEY TO SAY, IF WE'RE GOING TO HAVE WE BELIEVE THIS IS A SAFETY MEASURE. WE'RE GOING TO MAKE SURE WE BUY THEM AND MAKE THEM AVAILABLE AS COST EFFECTIVELY AS WE CAN.

I THINK THIS IS A CONTINUATION OF THAT, AND THAT'S WHY I WANT TO MAKE SURE TO

[04:40:03]

REASSURE YOU THAT THAT'S THAT IS THAT WAS THE INTENT.

THAT WAS WHY WE WERE DOING IT IN STEPS AND THAT CERTAIN COSTS WOULD BE TEMPORARY, AND THEN OTHER COSTS WOULD GO AWAY PERMANENTLY AS LONG AS WE KEPT WITH OUR PLAN.

TO, TO DEVELOP AND DO THE WITHIN THE PARK, BUT WE WEREN'T JUST ISOLATING IT THERE.

WE TALKED ABOUT WHEN WE BOUGHT ENOUGH, IT WAS FOR TWO VENUES, BUT WE ALSO KNEW AS SOON AS WE PUT THE BOLLARDS IN CAMBIER, WE HAD ENOUGH FOR FIFTH AS WELL.

THIS WAS STRATEGICALLY DONE AND THESE ARE JUST STEPS.

I'M SORRY WE CAN'T GET THEM ALL DONE IN THE SAME EXACT DAY, BUT WE ARE MOVING IN THAT DIRECTION AND I THINK THIS IS WHEN YOU'RE DONE, YOU'LL BE SATISFIED. IT'S AN INCREMENTAL GOOD STEP FOR THOSE INDIVIDUALS THAT HAD TO RENT IT LAST TIME. MAYOR, IF I MAY, MR. YOUNG, I JUST WANT TO I'M SURE THIS IS YOU GUYS DO THIS, BUT IF THEY'RE GOING TO USE AN OUTSIDE VENDOR, I WANT TO EMPHASIZE WITH THEM, THEY'RE GOING TO HAVE TO DEPLOY THEM IN THE SAME TIME FRAME THAT WE WOULD HAVE, BECAUSE A LOT OF TIMES WITH THE OUTSIDE VENDORS, THEY'RE SAYING, WELL, WE CAN'T DO IT AT THIS TIME. WE HAVE TO. AND THEIR PEOPLE ARE HAVING TO WALK HALF A MILE TO THEIR CAR A MILE OR WHATEVER IT IS.

THEY CAN'T GET THROUGH TO WHEREVER. SO JUST YOU HAVE TO DO IT WITHIN THE TIME FRAME THAT WE WOULD DO IT IN. IF I UNDERSTAND THAT, AND WHAT YOU'RE BASICALLY, IF I INTERPRET CORRECTLY, IS, IS YEAH, DON'T TELL ME YOU'RE LEAVING THEM FOR THE WEEKEND BECAUSE THAT'S RIGHT.

IN A WAY THAT IS, IS, IS EFFECTIVE, WHICH HAS HAPPENED IN THE PAST IS IT COULD BE SO. AND THEN I ALSO WANTED TO SAY, BUT TO THE VICE MAYOR'S POINT, I CAN PROMISE YOU THIS, THE MORE WE CHARGE FOR THAT DAMAGE DEPOSIT FEE, THE MORE CAREFUL EVERYBODY'S GOING TO BE. THEY'LL GET REAL SERIOUS ABOUT, HEY, HEY, HEY, YOU CAN'T DON'T PARK ON THAT GRASS.

IF IF IT BECOMES MEANINGFUL, IF IT IF IT'S PAINFUL FOR THEM TO LOSE IT YET CRITERIA PRE WHAT IT LOOKED LIKE BEFORE, YOU KNOW, THAT'LL BE A MAKING SURE THAT THERE'S JUST LIKE WHEN YOU GET A RENTAL CAR, THIS IS WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE.

THIS IS WHAT IT LOOKED LIKE AFTERWARDS.

WE DON'T WANT ANY TYPE OF.

NO. I WAS JUST GOING TO SAY SO. FROM MY STANDPOINT, I THINK WE'RE CLOSE ENOUGH THAT I BELIEVE I HAVE ENOUGH.

I WATCHED HEADS NODDING TO BRING BACK SOMETHING.

I DO INTEND TO PROBABLY BRING IT BACK.

I'M GOING TO DISSEMINATE SOME INFORMATION AS IT RELATES TO INQUIRIES ON ON THE ARCHERS AND THE BARRICADES, ETC., TO GIVE YOU SOME COMFORT.

IT'S WHAT'S COMING BACK TO YOU, BUT DO BRING IT BACK IN A RESOLUTION RESOLUTION FORM OR AND OR ORDNANCE FORM SO THAT WE CAN CONTINUE TO GET IT MOVING.

MEANING IT WILL BE A RESOLUTION FOR THE MANUAL AND THE FEES WOULD BE A SEPARATE.

AND THEN IN THE MEANTIME, I'LL REPEAT WHAT I HAD SAID IS WE'LL CONTINUE TO DEPLOY THEM AT NO COST UNTIL SUCH TIME AS ANY COST WOULD BE ADOPTED.

AND I HAD MADE THAT STATEMENT WHEN WE STARTED THIS.

AND THEN LASTLY UNLESS THERE'S SOMETHING ELSE JUST TO FORESHADOW, WE INTEND TO HAVE THE BARRICADE AND BOLLARD DESIGN ON THE CONSENT AGENDA.

APPROXIMATELY 140,000 FOR THE DESIGN OF THE PLANTERS AND BOLLARDS TO DO CAMBIER PARK.

THAT'S A ROUGH ESTIMATE, BUT YOU CAN YOU CAN EXPECT IT ON 1021.

SO WE'RE MOVING FORWARD WITH THAT AS WELL.

SO THAT'S ALL I HAVE. CHAD.

I DON'T KNOW IF YOU HAD ANYTHING OR MR. MCCONNELL. NO I'M GOOD.

I JUST I GUESS A STATEMENT GREAT DISCUSSION, GREAT COMMENTS.

BUT I MEAN, SOME OF THESE SUGGESTIONS RELATED TO FEES JUST GIVE ME LEGAL PAUSE BECAUSE IF THE APPLICATIONS ARE THE SAME, THEN I DON'T KNOW WHY WE'RE CHARGING ANY DIFFERENT FOR ANY APPLICATION THAT COMES FORWARD.

I MEAN, IT'S THE SAME TWO PAGE DOCUMENT THAT ANYONE HAS TO FILL OUT. SO WE ALSO CAN'T TREAT FEES KIND OF AS A DETERRENT IN CERTAIN SITUATIONS.

SO I JUST WANTED TO KIND OF PLANT THAT SEED BECAUSE AS I WORK THROUGH THIS THE SUGGESTIONS THAT LEGAL HAS WHEN WE WORK AS STAFF MAY JUST LOOK A LITTLE DIFFERENT THAN WHAT WAS SUGGESTED TODAY.

SO THAT WAS ALL PERFECT.

OKAY. THANK YOU. THAT'S A LOT OF WORK.

A LOT OF UPDATES. WE APPRECIATE STAFF.

MR. YOUNG AND WE APPRECIATE THAT YOU'RE MOVING QUICKLY.

IT REALLY BEHIND THE SCENES PEOPLE MIGHT NOT REALIZE IT, BUT ADDRESSING THE ISSUES THAT WE HAD WITH SECURITY AND SIZE OF EVENTS.

WE REALLY APPRECIATE YOU.

SO THANK YOU. AND WITH THAT, WE'RE GOING TO TAKE A FIVE MINUTE BREAK.

OKAY. WE'RE BACK FROM OUR SHORT BREAK AND WE'RE CONTINUING ON WITH ITEM 13 E,

[13.E) Discussion Related to Review of Development Standards Within the D-Downtown Zoning District.]

MR. YOUNG. THANK YOU MAYOR.

THIS ITEM IS STEMS FROM THE PRIORITIES DISCUSSION AND THE FACT WE HAVE NEW COUNCIL MEMBERS. SO WHAT YOU'VE RECEIVED TO DATE IS AND WHAT WAS UPLOADED IS REALLY A LOT.

IT'S AN HISTORICAL ANALYSIS OF EVERYTHING THAT HAS GONE ON IN THE DISTRICT.

AND THEN ALSO, YOU KNOW, WE WE BELIEVE THAT IT IT'S AT A PIVOTAL

[04:45:01]

POINT. AND CASE IN POINT IS, YOU KNOW, THE CRA HAS THE FIRST, 10TH AND 12TH PROJECTS.

IT STARTED AS A STREETSCAPE.

IT'S GOING TO HAS EVOLVED INTO THE STORMWATER AND TOTAL WATER AND SANITARY SEWER.

AND THAT'S GOING TO BE COMING BACK TO YOU SOON FOR THE 90%.

SO THERE'S SOME ELEMENTS OF THAT THAT ARE GOING TO CHANGE THE STREETSCAPE OF THAT NEIGHBORHOOD. THE NEIGHBORHOOD ITSELF, IF YOU'VE DRIVEN IT LATELY, HAS ALREADY CHANGING. AND SO IT'S REALLY A TIME TO REVISIT IT AND SAY, HERE'S HOW IT HAS EVOLVED.

HERE'S WHAT'S PRESENTLY IN PLACE.

WHAT SHOULD WE BE LOOKING AT BEFORE WE BEFORE IT GROWS UP? AND WE HAVEN'T MADE A PLAN FOR HOW IT SHOULD GROW UP, FOR LACK OF A BETTER EXPRESSION.

AND SO I UNDERSTOOD WHY IT WAS ON THE AGENDA IN TERMS OF A PRIORITY.

BUT I THINK THAT'S THE WAY TO TRANSITION THIS CONVERSATION.

LET MISS MARTIN GO THROUGH.

OBVIOUSLY, IF SHE HAS ANY ISSUES THAT SHE WOULD LIKE TO TO SEE OR HAS A RECOMMENDATION ON SOMETHING. BUT ULTIMATELY IT COMES DOWN TO WHAT HAVE YOU BEEN SEEING IN THE DISTRICT, AND IS THERE ANY CHANGES THAT YOU WOULD LIKE US TO BEGIN? AND AGAIN, THIS IS DISCUSSION AND THERE'LL BE PLENTY MORE, BUT IT IS JUST THE OPENING SALVO AS TO WHAT DO WE WANT THIS DISTRICT TO LOOK LIKE AS IT GROWS. SO WITH THAT, I'LL TURN IT OVER TO MISS MARTIN.

SO THANK YOU. GOOD AFTERNOON, MAYOR AND COUNCIL ERIC MARTIN, PLANNING DIRECTOR. THIS IS A DISCUSSION ITEM THAT WE HAVE FOR YOU TODAY.

THIS WAS ONE OF THE ITEMS IDENTIFIED ON COUNCIL'S PRIORITIES FOR DISCUSSION.

SO I DID PROVIDE A VERY LENGTHY STAFF REPORT.

I APOLOGIZE AND LOTS OF BACKUP DOCUMENT.

BUT I DID THAT JUST BY WAY OF PROVIDING THE HISTORY OF THE DOWNTOWN.

IT IS ACTUALLY ONE OF OUR NEWER, MOST, YOU KNOW, ONE OF THE NEWER ZONING DISTRICTS IN THE CITY.

SO I PROVIDED, YOU KNOW, THE DOCUMENTATION OF HOW IT WAS CREATED AND WHERE THIS CAME ABOUT.

JUST TO GIVE YOU THE CONTEXT OF OF WHAT THIS DISTRICT WAS INTENDED TO, WHAT WAS INTENDED FOR THIS DISTRICT AND HOW WE GOT HERE.

SO I ALSO PROVIDED, I THINK COMING OUT OF BOTH THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN DISCUSSIONS AND A LOT OF THE DISCUSSIONS WE'VE HAD AT COUNCIL OVER THE PAST FEW YEARS, THERE HAVE BEEN SOME QUESTIONS AND CONCERNS RAISED ABOUT THE DOWNTOWN AND REDEVELOPMENT.

IT IS ONE OF THE AREAS OF THE CITY THAT HAS SEEN A LOT OF THE REDEVELOPMENT RECENTLY THE COMMERCIAL REDEVELOPMENT. THIS IS NOT A RESIDENTIAL NEIGHBORHOOD.

THIS IS A COMMERCIAL AND MIXED USE DISTRICT.

SO SOME OF THE CONCERNS THAT HAVE COME UP, I WOULD POINT OUT SOME OF THE RESOLUTIONS AND ORDINANCES THAT WERE INCLUDED IN YOUR BACKUP MATERIAL.

THERE HAVE BEEN A NUMBER OF CHANGES THAT WE'VE MADE SINCE ABOUT 2021, 2022, TIME TO THIS DISTRICT TO ADDRESS THOSE CONCERNS, YOU WILL SEE THAT ONE OF THE MAJOR CONCERNS WAS RELATED TO PARKING IN THIS DISTRICT.

SO THIS IS THE INTERESTING PARKING DYNAMIC IN THE DISTRICT.

THAT IS IT'S THREE PER THOUSAND.

SO PARKING IS NOT BY USE IN THIS DISTRICT.

IT'S BY DISTRICT. SO COMMERCIAL USES ARE THREE PER THOUSAND. THAT'S WHETHER IT'S RETAIL OFFICE RESTAURANT IT'S THREE PER THOUSAND.

THERE'S ALSO A IT'S NOT A SHARED PARKING PROVISION, BUT THERE IS A YOU'RE NOT ALLOWED TO RESTRICT COMMERCIAL PARKING.

SO YOU CANNOT IT'S IT'S INTENDED TO BE SHARED PARKING, MEANING THAT IF YOU BUILD A NEW BUILDING AND YOU PROVIDE PARKING TO ACCOMMODATE THE COMMERCIAL USES ON YOUR PROPERTY, YOU CANNOT PUT SIGNS UP THAT SAY PARKING RESTRICTED FOR, YOU KNOW, MARTIN BUILDING.

THAT IS INTENDED TO BE A PARK ONCE WALK.

AND SHARE THAT. BUT WHAT WE DID DO WAS THERE ARE TWO PROVISIONS IN THE DOWNTOWN THAT ARE SPECIFIC TO THIS DISTRICT WITH RESPECT TO PARKING. ONE IS ON STREET PARKING.

SO IN THE DOWNTOWN, YOU HAVE THE ABILITY TO ALLOCATE ON STREET PARKING SPACES TO ACCOMMODATE THE REQUIRED PARKING FOR YOUR DEVELOPMENT.

WE DID. THERE'S AN ORDINANCE IN HERE.

WE DID PASS OR SORRY, IT'S A RESOLUTION BECAUSE IT'S AN APPENDIX A, BUT WE DID PASS A CHANGE TO THAT THAT'S REVISED THE SIZE OF THE PROPERTY THAT THAT WAS APPLICABLE TO YOU USED TO BE ABLE TO HAVE THAT WAS AFFORDED TO ALL PROPERTIES BASED ON THE SIZE OF THE PROPERTY, THE PERCENTAGE THAT YOU COULD ALLOCATE THAT THAT WAS REVISED TO BE MORE RESTRICTIVE.

AND THEN ALSO WE DID INCREASE THE FEE FOR THAT.

I WILL SAY THERE IS A, THERE'S A POOL OF PARKING THAT HAS BEEN CALCULATED THAT IS SPLIT INTO PARKING THAT'S AVAILABLE ON STREET PARKING THAT'S AVAILABLE NORTH OF CENTRAL AND ON STREET PARKING THAT'S AVAILABLE SOUTH OF CENTRAL. SO THE IDEA IS THAT ONCE THOSE POOLS ARE DEPLETED, THAT'S IT.

THAT PROVISION IS IS GONE.

I THINK WE PROBABLY IN THE NEAR FUTURE NEED TO TRUE UP THAT POOL.

WE'LL, WE'LL GET TO THAT.

BUT THEN ALSO THE OTHER THING THAT WE DID WAS WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PARKING GARAGE OVER HERE BY NAPLES SQUARE, THE CITY'S PARKING GARAGE, WE DID ASSESS A FEE FOR. THAT IS WHAT WE CALL THE PAYMENT IN LIEU OF PROVISION.

THAT'S IN THE CODE. SO IF ON STREET PARKING IS NOT AVAILABLE TO YOU AND YOU CANNOT ACCOMMODATE THE PARKING ON YOUR SITE, YOU HAVE THE OPTION TO PAY AND ESSENTIALLY ALLOCATE SPACES OUT OF THAT PARKING GARAGE. SO WE ASSESSED A FEE FOR THOSE SPACES THAT

[04:50:04]

WAS BASED ON THE COST OF CONSTRUCTION.

SO THOSE TWO ORDINANCES WERE INCLUDED IN YOUR PACKET. THE OTHER MAJOR CHANGE THAT WAS MADE, AND I THINK THIS IS PROBABLY THE BIGGEST CHANGE, IS THERE WAS A PROVISION PREVIOUSLY IN THE CODE THAT WAS THE OPEN SPACE FEE OR OPEN SPACE FUND.

SO ESSENTIALLY, OR WE CALLED IT THE THE DENSITY BONUS PROVISION.

WHAT THAT SAID IS THAT WHILE THERE WAS THERE IS A CAP OF 12 UNITS PER ACRE, YOU HAD THE OPTION TO INCREASE YOUR RESIDENTIAL DENSITY UP TO 30 UNITS PER ACRE THROUGH TWO OPTIONS. YOU COULD EITHER PAY, YOU COULD PURCHASE THOSE UNITS.

WELL, YOU YOU'D PAY INTO A FUND OR THROUGH THE PROVISION OF OPEN SPACE.

SO A CERTAIN SQUARE FOOTAGE OF OPEN SPACE PER RESIDENTIAL UNIT THAT WE ELIMINATED THAT OPTION. SO THAT IS NO LONGER AVAILABLE.

AND I THINK THE REASON I BRING THIS TO YOUR ATTENTION IS THROUGH THE RECENT DISCUSSIONS WE'VE HAD JUST ABOUT REDEVELOPMENT AND DEVELOPMENT IN THIS AREA.

I THINK A LOT OF PEOPLE, SOME OF THE CONCERN IS, YOU KNOW, THE BUILDINGS THAT WE'RE SEEING IN THE DOWNTOWN ARE TOO TALL, TOO DENSE, TOO BIG, AND LIMITING THAT OPEN SPACE OR LIMITING THAT DENSITY BONUS SOLVES THAT PROBLEM. I WOULD ALSO SAY I HEAR THAT, BUT I THINK A LOT OF TIMES WHEN YOU DRILL DOWN ON THAT CONCERN, THEY'RE LOOKING AT 1111 CENTRAL AND NAPLES SQUARE. AND THOSE BUILDINGS, THOSE ARE PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS.

SO THOSE, THOSE DEVELOPMENTS WERE NOT BUILT TO THE DOWNTOWN STANDARDS.

SO THE STANDARDS THAT ARE IN YOUR DOWNTOWN WOULD NOT BY RIGHT ALLOW THOSE BUILDINGS.

THOSE ARE PLANNED DEVELOPMENTS WHICH ARE, AS YOU KNOW, WHERE YOU ESSENTIALLY CREATE YOUR OWN ZONING DISTRICT.

SO THE HEIGHT IN DOWNTOWN IS 42FT, THREE STORIES SUBJECT TO YOUR CHARTER.

THERE ARE SETBACKS IN DOWNTOWN.

THERE ARE DENSITY PROVISIONS IN DOWNTOWN.

SO I DO WANT TO SAY THAT I WANT TO SAY WHILE THEY ARE GEOGRAPHICALLY LOCATED IN THE DOWNTOWN AREA, THOSE DEVELOPMENTS WERE NOT BUILT TO DOWNTOWN ZONING.

SO AS YOU KNOW, WE ALSO PASSED A RESOLUTION ADDRESSING THE CHARTER TO CLARIFY THAT RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS IN A PLANNED DEVELOPMENT ARE STILL PLANNED IN A PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AND ARE STILL SUBJECT TO THE CHARTER. SO YOU WILL NO LONGER SEE ANY BUILDINGS, WHETHER IN A PLANNED DEVELOPMENT OR SUBJECT TO DOWNTOWN, THAT EXCEED THE 42FT IN THREE STORIES.

SO AND I SAY ALL OF THIS BY WAY OF WE HAVE DONE A LOT, REALLY, WHEN YOU THINK ABOUT IT, ALL OF THOSE CHANGES SINCE 2022.

THOSE ARE A LOT OF THINGS THAT HAVE CHANGED TO ADDRESS THE CONCERNS OF OVERDEVELOPMENT AND TOO BIG OF DEVELOPMENT.

AND THEN AND THEN THE PARKING CONCERNS AS WELL.

SO ALL OF THOSE ARE PROVIDED AS BACKUP FOR YOU TO, TO READ SHOULD YOU DESIRE.

AND I DID PROVIDE IN HERE SOME VERY SPECIFIC PARKING INFORMATION JUST BECAUSE I THINK THAT HAS BEEN A CONSISTENT CONCERN IS PARKING IN THE DOWNTOWN.

SO I PROVIDED, I, YOU KNOW, WITH A LITTLE BIT MORE DETAIL AND SPECIFICITY, I PROVIDED INFORMATION RELATED TO THE PARKING PROVISIONS IN THE DOWNTOWN AND THAT, YOU KNOW, THAT YOU CAN'T RESTRICT COMMERCIAL PARKING AND ALL THAT.

SO I, I, YOU KNOW, I'M HERE WITH ALL THE INFORMATION FOR YOU.

WELL, HOPEFULLY I ALSO HAVE THE CODE IF THERE'S ANYTHING I HAVEN'T PROVIDED IN HERE, BUT JUST TO SAY, YOU KNOW, THROUGH CONVERSATION, IS THERE ARE THERE ISSUES THAT YOU IDENTIFY IN THE DOWNTOWN? IF SO, WHAT ARE THOSE ISSUES AND HOW CAN WE FIX THEM? OKAY. I'LL START. THIS WAS A LOT.

I KNOW, I'M SORRY. AND I TOLD YOU THAT LIKE, WOW, ALL THE READING JUST FOR THIS ITEM.

SO OTHER, JUST TO BE CLEAR, ONCE THAT WAS, WAS THE OPEN SPACE OR PAYMENT IN LIEU OF. THAT, THAT DENSITY BONUS, THAT LOOP THAT IS THAT HAS ENDED, THAT HAS ENDED. AND THE FINAL STEP IN THE FINAL NAIL IN THAT COFFIN, IF YOU WILL, WILL BE WHEN WE AMEND THE COMP PLAN, THAT IS ONE OF THE. TO TAKE THAT OUT BECAUSE THAT IT IS STILL MENTIONED IN THE COMP PLAN.

THERE'S NO CODE THAT ALLOWS YOU TO DO THAT, BUT IT IS STILL IN THE COMP PLAN. SO THROUGH THE AMENDMENT THAT WILL BE ELIMINATED ENTIRELY FROM ALL OF YOUR REGULATORY.

AND IS THERE ANY MORE DENSITY BONUS BESIDES THAT THAT'S AVAILABLE? NO. OKAY. JUST TO BE CLEAR ABOUT THAT.

AND I THINK I'VE HAD THE SAME CONVERSATIONS WHERE PEOPLE ARE LIKE TALKING ABOUT THAT AREA AND, BUT IT'S ALWAYS NAPLES SQUARE IN THAT AREA.

AND IT'S LIKE, THAT'S DIFFERENT. IT'S A PD.

BEFORE WE GO TOO MUCH FURTHER HERE, I JUST WANT TO BE CAREFUL ABOUT WHEN YOU START CHANGING ZONING, WHAT THAT LOOKS LIKE.

[04:55:07]

WHEN YOU HAVE WHAT, HOW MANY OTHER PROPERTIES ALL OF A SUDDEN ARE NONCONFORMING? YES. THERE IS THE ISSUE OF NONCONFORMITY.

THAT'S A VERY VALID CONCERN THERE.

IF YOU DEPENDING ON THE CHANGES THAT YOU MAKE WHEN YOU CHANGE, YOU KNOW, DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS AND OTHER DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IN YOUR ZONING CODE, YOU DO RUN THE RISK OF MAKING OF RENDERING EXISTING DEVELOPMENT NON CONFORMING TO THOSE STANDARDS. AND THEN THERE ARE LIMITATIONS ON WHAT WHAT CAN BE DONE WITH THOSE PROPERTIES.

AND YOU DID GIVE A LOT IN ABOUT PARKING IN HERE AND IN THE BACKUP DOCUMENTS.

I THOUGHT IT WAS FUNNY THAT EVEN IN 2020, THERE WERE HAND DRAWINGS STILL.

I WAS LIKE, WOW, THAT'S IT WAS 2020.

LIKE WE HAD TOOLS. BUT ANYWAY CAN YOU GIVE JUST A QUICK.

SNAPSHOT OF HOW WE TIGHTENED UP THE PARKING AS WELL? YEP. ASSESSED A HIGHER FEE FOR PARKING SPACES TO BE ALLOCATED OUT OF THE GARAGE BECAUSE THE GARAGE IS COMPLETE. NOW, WE AMENDED THE ON STREET PARKING ALLOCATION OPTIONS TO WHERE IT IS NO LONGER OF THE ON STREET ALLOCATION IS ONLY AVAILABLE TO SMALLER PROPERTIES. IF YOU ARE REDEVELOPING A VERY LARGE PROPERTY, YOU NO LONGER HAVE THE OPTION TO ALLOCATE ON STREET SPACES.

WE ADDRESS THE FEE OF AN ON STREET PARKING SPACE.

I THINK THAT'S IT. THANK YOU.

WHICH IS TO TIE IN TO THOSE QUESTIONS, WHERE DO YOU FIND THE POLICY THAT SAYS IF YOU'RE A SMALLER PROPERTY, YOU CAN BUY ON STREET? SURE. SO THAT IS IT'S IN WHAT PAGE ARE WE ON? PAGE SIX OF YOUR STAFF REPORT GIVES YOU THE THE SNAPSHOT, BUT THAT IS 5058-916 STANDARDS FOR ON STREET PARKING.

AND THEN THAT'S THE SECTION OF THE CODE THAT ALLOWS IT, BUT THEN THE FEES ARE IN APPENDIX A, WHICH IS AT THE VERY END OF THE CODE.

THAT'S OUR, OUR FEE SCHEDULE. SO IN APPENDIX A, IT PROVIDES THE PROPERTIES THAT ARE APPLICABLE TO ON STREET SPACES.

SO FOR A, A SIZE OF LAND, A PARCEL THAT IS 0 TO 15,000FT², YOU ARE ALLOWED TO ALLOCATE 75% OF YOUR REQUIRED PARKING FOR PROPERTIES THAT ARE 15,001 TO 30,000, IT'S 25%.

AND BEYOND THAT, YOU ARE NOT AFFORDED THE ABILITY TO ALLOCATE ON STREET SPACES.

AND YOU SAID IT'S IN 58.

916. YEP. OKAY. THANK YOU.

SCHULTZ. YES. A FEW WEEKS AGO, I STARTED GOING DOWN FIFTH WITH WITH MEG FROM THE BID AND WAS MEETING SHOP OWNERS.

AND THEY WERE ON THE WEST SIDE OF FIFTH, GOING DOWN TOWARDS THIRD.

THE SHOP OWNERS ARE REQUESTING.

IS THERE A WAY THAT THAT PARKING LOT ON THE NORTH SIDE WHEN YOU GET DOWN THAT WAY THAT THAT COULD BE PUT INTO A PARKING STRUCTURE.

FOURTH AND FOURTH. I BELIEVE SO.

TWO SEPARATE QUESTIONS. SO THAT IS NOT WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN.

THAT'S ACTUALLY THE C1A AND FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH OVERLAY DISTRICT.

SO A DIFFERENT ZONING DISTRICT. CURRENTLY NO, THEY THAT PARCEL WAS ORIGINALLY IDENTIFIED ON THE FIFTH AVENUE SOUTH REGULATING PLAN AS A LOCATION FOR A PARKING GARAGE THAT WAS REMOVED IN 2022 2023.

THAT REGULATING PLAN WAS AMENDED TO REMOVE THE GARAGE DESIGNATION FROM THAT PROPERTY.

SO THE CONTENTION BY THE SHOP OWNERS IS THAT THERE'S A LOT OF PARKING ON THIS SIDE.

THIS END OF FIFTH AVENUE, BUT NOT THAT END.

IS THERE ANYTHING THAT CAN BE DONE TO ASSIST THOSE FOLKS, OR IS THIS JUST DEAD IN THE WATER EVEN THINKING ABOUT IT? WELL, TWO ISSUES. ONE, THE REGULATING PLAN AND TWO, IT'S A PRIVATELY OWNED PROPERTY.

SO IT WOULD THE PARKING RAMP IS THE PARKING LOT RIGHT NOW IS FOURTH AND FOURTH IS PRIVATELY OWNED PROPERTY. YEP.

OH WOW. THE CITY DOES NOT OWN THAT PROPERTY.

SO TELL THEM THE SHIP SAILED IS NOT NOT POSSIBLE.

WON'T EVER HAPPEN. NO, I'M NOT SAYING THAT. I'M SAYING WE CAN'T COMPEL A PROPERTY OWNER TO BUILD A PARKING GARAGE.

AND ALSO, WE WOULD HAVE TO CHANGE THE REGULATING PLAN TO ALLOW THAT. IT'S A GOOD QUESTION, BUT IT'S FIFTH AVENUE, NOT OVERLAY.

NOT DOWNTOWN. IT IS NOT DOWNTOWN.

BUT I WILL BE BACK BEFORE YOU IN TWO WEEKS TO TALK ABOUT THIS ONE.

THANK YOU. SO REMEMBER THAT JUST BECAUSE THEY CAME AT ME WITH A QUESTION.

I'M GOING. LET ME FIND OUT.

YEP. THANK YOU. WELL, ERICA AND THE P D EXPIRED.

OH, YES. THERE'S ALSO THERE WAS A PLANNED DEVELOPMENT THERE.

YEAH. LAYERS ON THIS ONE.

BUT THE THE ZONING HAS REVERTED BACK TO A RESIDENTIAL ZONING.

IT IS NOT A COMMERCIAL ZONING ON THAT ANY LONGER.

THE PLANNED DEVELOPMENT THAT WAS APPROVED FOR THAT PROPERTY HAS EXPIRED. SO THERE'S, THERE'S LAYERS OF NOT IMPOSSIBILITIES, BUT IT'S THERE'S SOME CHANGES THAT WOULD HAVE TO HAPPEN. MAKE HIM AN OFFER HE CAN'T REFUSE.

[05:00:04]

SO THIS DID YOU WANT I JUST WANT TO MOVE IT FORWARD.

I'M I SEE THE NINE ITEMS THAT THEY WANTED ORIGINALLY TO DO WITH THE DOWNTOWN.

AND AS I WAS READING IT AGAIN, I'M LIKE, CHECK, CHECK. THEY DID A GREAT JOB.

THIS IS GREAT PLANNING.

AND THEN ESPECIALLY WHEN YOU REMEMBER WHAT IT WAS.

RIGHT. AND THEN. I SEE THE AMENDED THANKS TO ELIMINATE THE THE STUFF THAT FOLKS WERE WORRIED ABOUT REGARDING DENSITY AND PARKING AND THAT SORT OF THING. AND SO I'M JUST I DON'T KNOW WHAT WE'RE DOING. I'LL TELL YOU WHY.

PEOPLE SHOULDN'T BE CONCERNED ABOUT THIS BECAUSE WHAT WE HAVE HAD IS A CONVERSATION AT THIS DAIS IS ALL OF THESE THINGS WERE GIVEN AS A, AN INCENTIVE FOR DEVELOPMENT.

SO FIFTH AVENUE HAD THE INCENTIVES.

AND NOW WE ARE LOOKING AT TRYING TO REPAIR WHAT WE HAVE GIVEN AWAY BECAUSE WE HAVE A PARKING ISSUE. WE WERE SUCCESSFUL AT REDEVELOPMENT.

RIGHT. WE DON'T WANT TO DO A TAKING.

WE STILL HAVE PROPERTIES THAT NEED TO BE REDEVELOPED.

SO WE NEED TO BE VERY CAREFUL ON HOW WE MAKE CHANGES.

BUT THERE ARE LOOK AT D DOWNTOWN AND I'LL START WITH THE FACT THAT WE HAVE TALKED ABOUT DOWNTOWN. BUT THERE'S A, THERE'S A POLICY FRAMEWORK THAT I THINK THAT WE HAVE TO LOOK AT. ALL OF THIS INFORMATION WAS GREAT.

IT SHOWS HOW LONG WE'VE BEEN LOOKING AT IT OVER THE PAST YEARS.

WE'VE LOOKED AT DENSITY, WE'VE LOOKED AT TRANSIENT LODGING, WE'VE LOOKED AT PARKING, WE'VE LOOKED AT OUTDOOR DINING, SIGNAGE DESIGN. BUT THERE IS STILL A NEED TO LOOK AT WHETHER THE THINGS THAT WE HAVE MADE CHANGES ON ARE BENEFICIAL ANYMORE.

IT DID THE NORTH AND SOUTH.

AND I DON'T NEED YOU TO ANSWER IT NOW YOU CAN COME BACK.

DID THAT CHANGE THAT WE MADE WITH NORTH AND SOUTH? WAS IT BENEFICIAL AND DID IT HARM SOME PEOPLE FOR THEIR REDEVELOPMENT? AND I'M JUST TRYING TO FRAME IT SO THAT STAFF CAN COME BACK TO ADDRESS SOME OF THE QUESTIONS OR CONCERNS THAT WE MIGHT HAVE.

I WOULD LOOK AT ACTUALLY WHAT THE DOWNTOWN WAS ORIGINALLY SET FOR IN THE CODE.

AND IF YOU LOOK AT THAT, IS THAT STILL WHAT WE THINK THAT THE PURPOSE OF THE DOWNTOWN AREA IS? AND THAT'S. THE DOWNTOWN DISTRICT IS INTENDED TO CONTAIN A MIXTURE OF USES, INCLUDING COMMERCIAL, MEDICAL, OFFICE, SERVICE, RESTAURANT, CULTURAL, INSTITUTIONAL AND RESIDENTIAL.

THE PRIMARY FUNCTION OF THE DISTRICT IS IS TO PROMOTE ORDERLY DEVELOPMENT, IMPROVE THE ESTHETICS.

I'M NOT READING THE WHOLE PARAPHRASE.

ENCOURAGE FULL TIME RESIDENTS.

TO RECOGNIZE AND PROMOTE THE ROLE OF MEDICAL.

TO RETAIN AND PROMOTE THE ESTABLISHED VARIETY OF CONSUMER USES.

AND TO REINFORCE THE ROLE OF DOWNTOWN COMMUNITY AND A MEETING PLACE FOR RESIDENTS, TOURISTS AND VISITORS AND ENCOURAGE MIXED USE FILLING AND PARTICULARLY RESIDENTIAL AND RETAIL. SO IS MIXED USE WORKING? AND IS IT WORKING FROM A RESIDENTIAL POINT OF VIEW? AND OR ARE WE USING TERMS FOR RESIDENTIAL TO WHERE IT CAN BE RESIDENTIAL OR IT COULD BE. THE NEW TRANSIENT LODGING VERSUS A HOTEL.

DO THOSE NEED TO BE CLARIFIED SO THAT WE UNDERSTAND AND NOT HAVE FRAGMENTED PROJECTS COME BEFORE US? AND I UNDERSTAND SOMETIMES THEY COME BEFORE US LIKE WE JUST ADDRESSED.

WINE BARS. BUT IT'D BE GOOD THAT YOU LOOK AT THAT DISTRICT AND SAY, THIS IS WHAT WE SEE. THIS IS WHAT HAS IS WORKING.

AND I'LL JUST GO THROUGH QUICKLY AND JUST IN THE DOWNTOWN RESIDENTIAL VERSUS TRANSIENT LODGING. THE DEFINITIONS IN SECTION 58, 903 OR 902, THOSE DEFINITIONS NEED TO BE LOOKED AT.

USES. ARE THOSE STILL THE USES THAT WE WANT AS A COUNCIL TO ALLOW TO BE PERMITTED WITHIN THAT DISTRICT. CONDITIONAL USES.

ARE WE STILL OKAY WITH THE CONDITIONAL USES OR DO WE WANT TO MAKE CHANGES IN THOSE.

58 905 I NEED SOME EXPLANATION ON.

58 905 BUT 58 907 IS THE MAXIMUM RESIDENTIAL.

[05:05:03]

AND IS THERE A MAXIMUM TRANSIENT LODGING? NO, THERE IS NO DENSITY.

NO DENSITY LIMITATION ON TRANSIT, LODGING.

AND I MEAN, IF I WERE A DEVELOPER, NO OFFENSE, DON'T RUN. BUT I START BUILDING HOTELS BECAUSE I CAN GET MORE UNITS PER ACRE.

BUT IS THAT WHAT WE WANT IN THAT AREA? DO WE WANT MORE HOTELS OR DO WE WANT MORE RESIDENTIAL BECAUSE WE'RE ALREADY FRAMED BY HOTELS ON EACH END OF THAT DISTRICT AND NOW ON EACH SIDE OF THAT DISTRICT.

SO I'D LIKE TO SEE AN ANALYSIS OF HOW MANY RESIDENTIAL UNITS WE HAVE VERSUS HOW MANY TRANSIENT LODGING OR THAT WE HAVE.

SO WE CAN REALLY LOOK AT HOW WE'RE DEFINING THIS AREA AND WHERE IT'S GOING TO GO.

I MEAN. SO OH, THE ZONING MAP IS THE ZONING MAP THAT'S IN THE CODE, CORRECT? AND DO WE HAVE TWO ZONING MAPS WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN OR THE DESIGN DISTRICT.

I'M NOT SURE WHAT ZONING, THE SETBACKS AND THE SETBACK ZONES.

THERE'S JUST ONE. IT'S JUST THIS MAP.

IT'S DIAGRAM ONE. AND WHAT THAT PROVIDES IS THE FRONTAGE LINES.

SO IT TELLS YOU ON WHICH STREETS ARE YOU SETBACK.

ZONE A SETBACK ZONE B SETBACK ZONE C.

THAT'S UNIQUE TO THE DOWNTOWN, BUT IT ESSENTIALLY DIVIDES THAT DISTRICT INTO CERTAIN FRONTAGE LINES THAT SAYS ON YOU KNOW IF YOU'RE IN SETBACK ZONE A, THERE ARE MORE DIAGRAMS IN THERE THAT SHOW YOU WHAT THAT IT'S A FORM BASE.

WHAT THAT, YOU KNOW, DEVELOPMENT PATTERN LOOKS LIKE.

SO AND THEN WHEN YOU'RE PUTTING THESE PROJECTS TOGETHER, YOU'VE GOT THE ONE ON EIGHTH AND YOU HAVE THE ONES THAT ARE IN 41 AND NOW WE'RE LOSING THE GRID BECAUSE WE'RE, WE'RE LOSING, WE'RE PUTTING GARBAGE CANS WHERE IT USED TO BE. THEY'D BE ABLE TO GO STRAIGHT FROM FIRST TO THIRD.

WE'RE LOSING THAT. THE ALLEYS.

YES. OKAY. AND, YOU KNOW, THAT BECOMES A PROBLEM FOR OUR TRUCKS, FOR OUR WASTE MANAGEMENT.

AND LOOK HOW THAT'S HAPPENING.

I COULD NOT AGREE MORE THAT WE NEED TO PRESERVE OUR ALLEYWAYS.

YEAH. SO I'M JUST TRYING TO HELP YOU HELP US AND, AND IDENTIFY THE THINGS THAT NEED TO BE ADDRESSED WHEN WE'RE REDEVELOPING SO THAT WE STILL REDEVELOP, BUT WE'RE NOT LOSING THE, THE ESSENTIALS.

THE HANDBOOK, THE DESIGN HANDBOOK.

IT IS IT WITHIN THE DOWNTOWN.

IT'S, OR IS THAT IT'S CITYWIDE.

SO THE, THE DESIGN REVIEW, I JUST STUTTERED THE DESIGN REVIEW HANDBOOK IS APPLICABLE TO ALL COMMERCIAL AND MULTIFAMILY DEVELOPMENT IN THE CITY.

IT IS NOT APPLIED TO SINGLE FAMILY, BUT IT APPLIES CITYWIDE TO ALL COMMERCIAL AND MULTIFAMILY, INCLUDING THE DOWNTOWN.

AND THAT WAS APPROVED BY COUNCIL.

THE TEXT WAS APPROVED BY COUNCIL. WE ARE CURRENTLY WORKING WITH A FIRM ON THE ILLUSTRATIONS THAT WILL ACCOMPANY THOSE, AND THEN THAT WILL COME BACK TO YOU AS A PACKAGE WITH ILLUSTRATIONS.

SO WHEN I LOOKED ON THE WEBSITE UNDER PLANNING THE DRB PACKET, THAT'S THERE IS THE RED LINE ONE.

CORRECT. SO HOW ARE WE ARE WE GOING BY THE OLD STANDARDS? WHAT'S DRB GOING BY THE NEW THE NEW HANDBOOK.

AND SO WE CAN'T PUT THE NEW HANDBOOK BECAUSE IT'S 2004.

WE CAN'T PUT THE NEW HANDBOOK IN THERE.

I'M SORRY. WHAT DO YOU MEAN? WELL, THERE'S 2004 AND THEN THERE'S THE RED LINE.

THE RED LINE, UNFORTUNATELY, IS THE RED LINE IS THE VERSION THAT WAS APPROVED. I'VE ASKED WHETHER WE CAN JUST ACCEPT THE RED LINES AND CLEAN IT UP, BUT I'VE BEEN TOLD THAT NO.

UNFORTUNATELY, THE VERSION THAT WAS APPROVED IN THE ORDINANCE OR RESOLUTION BY CITY COUNCIL WAS A RED LINE VERSION. AND SO THAT'S WHAT'S PUBLISHED ON THE WEBSITE. SO THAT NEEDS TO COME BACK. I AGREE AND WE WILL BRING THAT BACK TO YOU WITH LIKE I SAID, WE'RE WORKING RIGHT NOW WITH A FIRM ON THE TO DEVELOP THE ILLUSTRATIONS.

THAT WILL GO WITH, WITH THAT TEXT.

AND WE INTEND TO BRING THAT BACK AS ONE PACKAGE AND CLEAN UP THE RED LINE AND ALL THE COMMENTS. AND SO I CAN OPINE RIGHT NOW THAT WE CAN ABSOLUTELY ACCEPT THE CHANGES AND PUBLISH A NON TRACK CHANGE VERSION WHILE WE WAIT FOR THE DIAGRAMS. OH, DELIGHTFUL. YEAH, I'LL DO THAT.

THAT WOULD THAT IS NOT AN ISSUE AT ALL.

THAT WAS ALWAYS WHAT WAS INTENDED. IT WAS JUST TRACK CHANGES. SO THAT COUNCIL AT THE TIME COULD SEE WHAT WAS CHANGED.

BUT I BELIEVE I HAVE THE VERSION THAT I CAN ACCEPT AND COORDINATE WITH ERICA.

BEAUTIFUL. YEAH. AND LOOK, A LOT OF THIS IS JUST CLEANUP BECAUSE IF IT'S

[05:10:07]

THERE ARE THINGS IN THIS SECTION THAT I THINK ARE OLD THAT NEED TO BE UPDATED.

AND THAT'S WHY I WAS GOING THROUGH THE WHOLE, YOU KNOW, DEFINITIONS AND I KNOW SIGNAGE GOING TO SIGNAGE AND LIGHTING YOU, YOU KNOW, WE NEED TO ADDRESS IT BECAUSE IT'S IN A DIFFERENT AREA.

SO YES, WE DO ADDRESS SIGNAGE REGULATIONS OVERALL IN CHAPTER 50 AND SAME WITH LIGHTING, BUT THE D DOWNTOWN BECAUSE IT WAS DEVELOPED, IT'S A NEWER DISTRICT.

IT WAS INTENDED TO BE KIND OF A COMPREHENSIVE DISTRICT. SIMILARLY TO THE FIFTH AVE OVERLAY.

IT HAS ITS OWN SIGNAGE REGULATIONS AND ITS OWN LIGHTING REGULATIONS.

SO THAT YOU ARE CORRECT. THEY ARE SEPARATE AND APART FROM THOSE FOUND IN CHAPTER 50.

AND IF IF THAT'S WHAT YOU THINK NEED TO BE IN PLACE, KIND OF HEARD YOU SAY, NO, BUT I WANT TO HEAR WHAT YOUR OPINIONS ARE ON CHANGING THAT SIGNAGE AND THAT LIGHTING AND HOW WE'RE GOING TO GO ABOUT ADDRESSING IT. LANDSCAPING. DRB THAT'S 58.

915 I KNOW WE HAVE TO DISCUSS DRB AND ARCHITECTS AND HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE ON THERE, BUT IS THERE A SEPARATE LANDSCAPING CODE FOR DRB FOR DOWNTOWN D DOWNTOWN? THERE ARE, YES, IN THE SENSE THAT THERE ARE SPECIFIC LANDSCAPING REQUIREMENTS FOR PARKING AREAS IN DOWNTOWN. GOT IT.

AND THEN THE STANDARDS FOR ON STREET PARKING, IF THOSE ARE STILL RELEVANT TODAY, LIKE I SAID EARLIER.

YEAH, THAT'S PROBABLY ONE OF THE MOST RECENTLY REVISED SECTIONS.

YEAH, NOT 58, 916. AND I WILL TELL YOU JUST BY WAY, I MEAN, YOU, MANY OF YOU HAVE BEEN UP HERE FOR A LONG TIME.

WE DON'T SEE A LOT OF REQUESTS FOR ON STREET SPACES.

MAYBE ONE EVERY HERE AND THERE.

AND IT'S A SMALL NUMBER OF SPACES.

SO I, YOU KNOW, I DON'T THINK THAT THERE'S BEEN A RUN ON ALLOCATING ON STREET SPACES, BUT THERE COULD BE. I JUST WONDER IF IT'S ONCE IT'S GONE, IT'S GONE. ONCE IT'S GONE, IT'S GONE.

SO THERE ARE ONLY SO MANY ON STREET SPACES.

AND THAT'S ALSO SOMETHING WE HAVE TO CONSIDER WHEN WE DO STREETSCAPE PROJECTS.

AND YOU KNOW, ANY CHANGES THAT MAYBE AREN'T PLANNING DRIVEN, YOU KNOW, THERE'S A THERE'S ONLY A CERTAIN SET NUMBER OF ON STREET SPACES THAT WILL EVER BE AVAILABLE IN THAT DISTRICT.

AND ONCE THEY'RE GONE, THEY'RE GONE.

AGAIN, JUST TRYING TO PREVENT WHAT HAPPENED ON FIFTH.

NOT THAT IT WAS A BAD THING.

WE GOT THE REDEVELOPMENT GOING AND WE DON'T WANT TO STOP IT.

WE JUST NOW HAVE A SITUATION WE HAVE TO FIGURE OUT.

OUTDOOR DINING. WE KIND OF TALKED ABOUT IT A LOT.

HAVE WE MADE ANY CHANGES TO THAT? OUTDOOR DINING IN DOWNTOWN DOES REQUIRE THE PROVISION OF PARKING.

YOU'RE ALLOWED OUTDOOR DINING.

IT DOES REQUIRE COUNCIL APPROVAL AND THE PROVISION OF PARKING. SO UNLIKE THE FIFTH AVE OVERLAY, YOU HAVE TO PARK YOUR OUTDOOR DINING.

OKAY. THAT WAS JUST IN THAT SECTION.

SO SORRY, I JUST THERE'S NOTHING WE NEED TO DISCUSS.

I THINK IT NEEDS TO BE WORKED OUT AND BROUGHT BACK TO US OF ANY CONCERNS THAT WE MIGHT HAVE. I HAVE A FEW OTHER THINGS, BUT.

BLANKENSHIP. MY QUESTION WAS AROUND TRANSIENT LODGING AND YOU KIND OF ADDRESSED THAT WAS WHETHER THERE'S A LIMIT OR WOULD IT BE A CONDITIONAL USE? IT'S UP TO THE DEVELOPER TO PROPOSE SOMETHING AND COUNCIL TO DECIDE TO ACCEPT IT.

THEY COULD BE IT COULD BE ANYTHING.

IT IS. IT IS A CONDITIONAL USE.

I CAN TELL YOU. I HAVE BROUGHT LANGUAGE IN ORDINANCE FORM BEFORE THIS COUNCIL, BOTH ON ADDRESSING TRANSIENT LOT THE DENSITY FOR TRANSIENT LODGING AND DEFINING TRANSIENT LODGING VERSUS RESIDENTIAL, AND THEY WERE BOTH PULLED PRIOR TO MOVING FORWARD, NOT BY THIS LEGAL COUNSEL.

BUT WE HAVE EXPLORED THIS OPTION BEFORE, AND I THINK THERE ARE SOME THERE ARE SOME NUANCES TO OUR TRANSIENT LODGING.

WHAT, HOW HOW MUCH WE WANT TO MESS WITH OUR TRANSIENT LODGING DUE TO THE STATE LAW, THE STATE LAW AND OUR ABILITY TO REGULATE SHORT TERM VACATION RENTALS.

SO I THINK THAT'S, THAT'S IT'S, IT'S A NUANCED TOPIC THERE.

WE CAN'T JUST WILLY NILLY GO IN AND CHANGE TRANSIENT LODGING SO MUCH.

I CAN OBVIOUSLY PROVIDE TO COUNSEL THE, THE DISCUSSION THAT WE'VE HAD PREVIOUSLY, BOTH ON THAT DISTINCTION BETWEEN LARGER AND SMALLER TRANSIENT LODGING UNITS AND THE DENSITY PUTTING A DENSITY LIMITATION ON TRANSIENT LODGING.

CURRENTLY THE ONLY ZONING DISTRICT THAT HAS A DENSITY.

THAT'S NOT A GREAT WORD BECAUSE IT'S NOT RESIDENTIAL UNITS, BUT THE ONLY DISTRICT THAT HAS A DENSITY LIMITATION ON TRANSIENT LODGING IS HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL. IT'S 26 UNITS PER

[05:15:01]

ACRE. SO IT'S YOU KNOW, WHEREAS YOUR RESIDENTIAL DENSITY IN THIS DISTRICT IS 12. SO IT IS HIGHER, BUT THEY'RE TRADITIONAL TRANSIENT LODGING IS, YOU KNOW, HOTEL ROOMS, NOT 3000 SQUARE FOOT UNITS.

SO I THINK THAT'S WHY THE DENSITY WAS HISTORICALLY HAS ALWAYS BEEN HIGHER.

BUT I CAN PROVIDE TO YOU THE, YOU KNOW, THE INFORMATION THAT WE'VE DISCUSSED BEFORE AND SEE IF IT'S SOMETHING THIS COUNCIL IS.

YEAH, I YOU REMIND ME OF SOME OF THE DISCUSSION WE HAD YEARS AGO.

IT'S ALL COMING BACK AND YEAH, IT GOT TO BE CHALLENGING.

SO WE PAUSED IT AND NEVER REVISITED IT.

BUT I THINK WE SHOULD.

OKAY. IF PEOPLE WANTED TO USE IT AS A WORKAROUND TO THE 12 UNITS PER ACRE FOR SOMETHING THAT'S TRULY RESIDENTIAL, NOT TRANSIENT, MAYBE. MAYBE THERE'S A WAY OF DEFINING, SAY, TRANSIENT LODGING DOES NOT INCLUDE THE DEFINITION OF TRANSIENT LODGING, DOES NOT INCLUDE RENTALS, DESIGN FOR MORE THAN 12 MONTHS OR WHATEVER THE RIGHT NUMBER IS, YOU KNOW, WHERE IT'S TRULY SOMEBODY JUST MOVING IN.

WE LIMIT THE MINIMUM STAY, NOT THE MAXIMUM CURRENTLY.

SO THAT'S I THINK THAT'S KIND OF WHAT YOU'RE GETTING AT, RIGHT? MAYBE THERE'S JUST ANOTHER WAY TO GET AT THE CONCERN OF.

AND WE'VE TRIED THROUGH REQUIRING OPERATIONAL PLANS TO PROVE THAT YOU HAVE CHECK IN SERVICES, YOU HAVE LAUNDRY SERVICE.

YOU KNOW, WE DO OUR BEST JUST THROUGH KIND OF REGULATING THE OPERATION, THE PROPOSED OPERATION OF THESE UNITS.

BUT YEAH, I UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU'RE SAYING.

YEAH. I MEAN, FROM A PRACTICAL STANDPOINT, WITH A THREE STORY LIMIT 42FT, THERE'S NOT A WHOLE LOT PEOPLE CAN DO IN THAT AREA, RIGHT? YEAH. ESPECIALLY WHEN THEY'RE BUILDING THESE LARGE UNITS.

YEAH. THEY'RE, YOU KNOW, SO IT MAY NOT BE AS BIG AN ISSUE AS AS WE THOUGHT. A WHILE BACK.

BUT IF WE'RE GOING TO BRING BACK SOME OF THESE OTHER ISSUES, I THINK THIS SHOULD BE ONE OF THE TOPICS WE RELOOK AT.

I IT ALSO THE PARKING REQUIREMENTS FOR IT AND DOES IT HAVE TO BE PARKED ON SITE? IT DOES. YES. TRANSIENT LODGING HAS IN THIS DISTRICT HAS TO BE PARKED ON SITE.

BUT IT DOES HAVE A LOWER PARKING.

YEAH. AND AGAIN THE TRADITIONAL HOTEL 1.25 PARKING SPACES PER UNIT MAYBE.

MAKES SENSE. BUT IF IT'S A 3000 SQUARE FOOT RESIDENTIAL UNIT WHERE, YOU KNOW, A COUPLE IS THERE FOR THE SEASON, MAYBE THAT IT SHOULD BE TWO PARKING SPACES PER UNIT LIKE WE HAVE ELSEWHERE.

SO I, I'M SENSING THAT THAT AND, AND AGAIN, I CAN PROVIDE ALL THIS INFORMATION JUST FOR COUNCIL MEMBERS THAT WEREN'T HERE FOR THIS ORIGINAL DISCUSSION BECAUSE WE HAVE KIND OF. ARE YOU GOING FOR THOSE WHO WERE.

YEAH, JUST A REFRESHER, BUT YEAH.

THANKS, CARL. I THOUGHT THE MAYOR BROUGHT SOME GREAT POINTS.

TRANSIENT LODGING HAS A BIG IMPACT IN THE COMMUNITY WITH WITH CONGESTION AND COMING AND GOING AND AND THAT'S IT.

IT DEFINITELY ESPECIALLY YOU HAVE SO MUCH OF IT.

I THINK WE HAVE A PRETTY GOOD DENSITY OF IT ALREADY IN THAT LOCALE.

THE OTHER THING THAT TROUBLES ME OR CONCERNS ME IS THE LACK OF AFFORDABLE BUSINESS RENTALS. I MEAN, NOT EVERYBODY CAN AFFORD $120 A SQUARE FOOT, YOU KNOW, RENT RENTAL RATE, WHICH LIMITS THE COMMUNITY AND OUR COMMUNITY SERVICES. YOU KNOW, WE DON'T HAVE THE BOUTIQUE WOMEN'S STORES OR THE THAT CAN'T AFFORD IT. THEY ARE THE SOME SOME BOUTIQUE SHOPS OR A SMALL RESTAURANT, YOU KNOW, WITH SOME CHARM OR THINGS LIKE THAT IN A COMMUNITY ANYMORE BECAUSE OF LACK, LACK OF LOCATIONS, LACK OF ANYWHERE TO GO.

AND I'D LIKE TO SEE CONDO OFFICE SPACE.

THAT'S WHAT I LIKE TO SEE WHERE PEOPLE CAN BUY THEIR, THEIR BUSINESS LOCATIONS INSTEAD OF BEING AT THE MERCY OF SOMEBODY WHO JUST RATCHETS EVERY YEAR AND, YOU KNOW, PUTS THEM OUT OF BUSINESS BASICALLY, OR MAKES IT FORCES THEM TO MOVE.

BECAUSE THAT'S WHAT YOU SEE IN THIS COMMUNITY. THAT'S WHAT'S HAPPENING. SO IF WE COULD LOOK AT THAT, THAT COMMUNITY, YOU KNOW, FOR THE ARTS, YOU KNOW, THERE'S SECTION WHERE BRING BACK CHALK ART IN THE STREET OR BRING BACK SOME COMMUNITY EVENTS AND MAKE IT MORE ATTAINABLE FOR AN AFFORDABLE FOR PEOPLE THAT WANT TO DO ART DISPLAYS AND ALL THAT BECAUSE I THINK THEY'RE GETTING PUSHED OUT AS WELL IN THE RETAIL SPACE.

I THINK, YOU KNOW HOW WE DESIGNED THIS AS A COMMUNITY.

WE WANT TO BE A COMMUNITY OF EXPENSIVE CONDOS AND THAT'S IT.

OR, I MEAN, I HEAR A LOT OF COMMENTS.

THERE'S, YOU KNOW, OH, I MISS THIS, I MISS THAT, YOU KNOW, AND YOU TALK TO THOSE OWNERS AND THEY SAY, WELL, THE RENT JUST GOT RIDICULOUS.

[05:20:01]

THAT'S, THAT'S A COMMON THEME THAT YOU HEAR. AND IF THAT, IF WE COULD SAVE PART OF OUR COMMUNITY, WE COULD HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR, FOR THOSE THINGS TO PROVIDE THE RESIDENTS, I THINK WOULD BE VERY, VERY POSITIVE. IS THE DRB HANDBOOK A SUGGESTION OR IS IT. HOW HOW DOES IT'S NOT REGULATIONS.

SO IT'S, IT'S NOT CODE.

IT'S JUST A GUIDE, A GUIDEBOOK, IT'S GUIDELINES.

SO IT ESSENTIALLY TAKES THE STANDARDS.

IF YOU LOOK IN CHAPTER, I THINK IT'S 2-479 ARE THE DESIGN STANDARDS.

THOSE ARE, I THINK 14 CRITERIA IN THE CODE THAT THE, THE DESIGN REVIEW BOARD REVIEWS THE PROJECTS PROJECTS AGAINST THE DESIGN REVIEW HANDBOOK IS ESSENTIALLY ELABORATING ON THOSE CONCEPTS.

AND JUST PROVIDING GUIDANCE.

SO WHEN JUST EXPLAINING AT ONE POINT WHAT THE DIFFERENCE IS WHEN IT SAYS THIS APPROVAL WAS BASED ON THE DRB HANDBOOK.

IS THAT WHAT WE SHOULD BE BASING IT ON OR SHOULD WE BE BASING IT ON THE CODES? IT'S ALWAYS BASED ON THE CODE.

THE APPROVAL IS ALWAYS GRANTED PURSUANT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE.

OKAY. SORRY, I SO IT'S A GUIDANCE.

WE GO BY THE LAND DEVELOPMENT CODE.

OH, AND THEN THE BUILDING MASSES AND THE FACADES AND THE PEDESTRIAN VIAS.

YEP. IS THAT SOMETHING THAT DRB LOOKS AT? SO I MEAN, THE DRB LOOKS AT THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING.

SO THEY'LL LOOK AT WHETHER THE VIA IS, YOU KNOW, ESTHETICALLY PLEASING, WHETHER I MEAN, I KNOW THE DRB AND THE FEW BUILDINGS THAT WE'VE HAD THAT PROVIDE A VIA, YOU KNOW, LOOK TO SAY, IS THIS GOING TO BE A CREEPY, SCARY TUNNEL OR ARE YOU GOING TO ADDRESS IT, YOU KNOW, WITH LIGHTING AND FURNITURE AND, YOU KNOW, STOREFRONT IN A WAY THAT IS GOING TO BE USABLE BY THE PUBLIC? SO THEY LOOK AT IT FROM A DESIGN PERSPECTIVE, BUT THEY DON'T LOOK AT IT FROM A ZONING STANDPOINT, WHETHER, YOU KNOW, IT MEETS THE ZONING STANDARDS.

SO IF IT'S BEING ADMINISTRATIVELY APPROVED, CAN YOU ENFORCE THAT 100 FOOT OR 1000 FOOT VIA OR DO WE? YES, WE ENFORCE IT.

BUT THE CODE, ESSENTIALLY THE CODE SAYS THAT.

IF YOUR BUILDING EXCEEDS A CERTAIN LENGTH, YOU ARE AFFORDED THE ABILITY TO PROVIDE A VA.

SO WE COULDN'T SAY NO.

YOU CAN'T HAVE A VA. YOU HAVE TO SHRINK THE BUILDING.

IF THE CODE ALLOWS A VA TO BREAK UP THE LENGTH OF A BUILDING, THEY ARE ALLOWED TO PROPOSE THAT.

I'M TALKING ABOUT ARE THEY ALSO ALLOWED TO GET RID OF IT TO GET RID OF THE VA? NO. IF THE VA IS REQUIRED BASED ON THE DIMENSION OF THE BUILDING, THEN NO, THEY HAVE TO KEEP THAT VA.

AND THEN AND IT MIGHT BE THAT SOME WERE APPROVED AND THERE WERE CHANGES THAT HAPPENED. BUT WHEN I LOOK AT CVS AND THE TWO PROJECTS THAT ARE THERE, WE DON'T HAVE TO GET INTO THEM, BUT THEY LOOK A LOT LINE TO LOT LINE VERSUS THE ONE THAT'S ON FIRST WHERE IT'S SET BACK AND THE FIRST FLOOR, SECOND FLOOR. THEY'RE THEY'RE DIFFERENT.

AS FAR AS THERE NOT ONE BIG BOX.

AND I THINK THAT'S WHAT THE I'M LOOKING AT THEM, WHETHER THOSE ONE OF THOSE BUILDINGS MIGHT BE BUILT, MIGHT HAVE BEEN BUILT PRIOR TO THE DOWNTOWN.

SO PRIOR TO 1998, I'M NOT SURE.

OKAY. BUT THE CODE NOW IS A FORM BASED CODE.

IT DOES REQUIRE THAT DIMENSIONAL SETBACK IN BUILDINGS.

SO SOME OF THE OLDER BUILDINGS YOU'LL SEE DO APPEAR TO BE GIANT BOXES, LOT LINE TO LOT LINE. I JUST I WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT IF DRB IS NOT LOOKING AT THAT, THAT WE HAVE SOME REVIEW OF THAT AND WHETHER THIS NEW DRB COMING BEFORE YOU.

I KNOW IT'S A SHORT TIME IS IS WORKING OUT AND THEY'RE ACCOMPLISHING WHAT, WHAT WE NEED TO, TO HAVE DONE.

SO, I MEAN, WE'VE AMENDED THE PROCESS.

SO WE'RE THE FIRST STEP OF OF A PROJECT'S REVIEW IS DRB.

SO THAT MEANS THAT THEY ARE GOING BEFORE THE DESIGN REVIEW, BEFORE THE DESIGN REVIEW BOARD, PRIOR TO STAFF VETTING THE PROJECT FOR CODE COMPLIANCE. SO YOU MAY SEE PROJECTS GOING BEFORE THE DESIGN REVIEW BOARD THAT STAFF HAS NOT BLESSED AS MEETING CODE, BECAUSE WE HAVEN'T GONE THROUGH THE SITE PLAN

[05:25:02]

PROCESS YET, BUT THE DESIGN REVIEW BOARD, WE'VE MADE IT VERY CLEAR THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT THE DESIGN OF THIS BUILDING.

SHOULD ANY CHANGES RESULT TO THAT DESIGN BASED ON STAFF'S REVIEW OF DOES IT MEET THE SETBACKS? DOES IT MEET THE DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS? DOES IT MEET ALL OF THESE OTHER THINGS? YOU MAY HAVE TO GO BACK TO DRB.

SO THE DRB APPROVAL DOES NOT.

ESSENTIALLY, THE DESIGN REVIEW BOARD DOES NOT. THEIR APPROVAL DOES NOT ALLOW SOMEONE TO VIOLATE THE CODE. THE DRB CAN'T APPROVE A BUILDING AND THEN STAFF SAYS, WAIT A MINUTE, THIS DOESN'T MEET A SETBACK.

OH WELL, I ALREADY HAVE A DRB APPROVAL. NO THAT'S NOT.

THEY DO NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO GRANT APPROVAL OF A OF A ZONING VIOLATION.

OKAY. AND TWO MORE THINGS.

IT'S HARD BECAUSE I MADE NOTES AND I'M TRYING TO LOOK AT WHAT YOU WROTE DOWN.

THE MURALS THAT ARE IN THE DRB HANDBOOK, IT WAS TAKEN OUT.

SO I LOOKED AND MURALS WERE SPECIFICALLY STRICKEN FROM THE DRB HANDBOOK.

IT DOES NOT ADDRESS MURALS AT ALL. IS IT IN THE CODE? NO. OKAY. THE ONLY WAY ARTWORK IS ADDRESSED AT ALL IN YOUR CODE IS THROUGH THE PUBLIC ART, AND THAT IS ONLY ADDRESSING ARTWORK THAT IS PLACED ON YOUR PROPERTY TO SATISFY THE PUBLIC ART REQUIREMENT.

IF SOMEONE ELSE CHOOSES TO PUT ARTWORK ON THEIR PROPERTY, THEY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY OF THE DESIGN REGULATIONS OR ANY OF THE CODE REQUIREMENTS.

IF YOU REDEVELOP A PROPERTY, YOU DON'T HAVE TO HAVE PUBLIC ART.

NO YOU DO. I'M SAYING IF YOU ARE PUTTING ARTWORK ON YOUR PROPERTY SPECIFICALLY TO SATISFY THE PUBLIC ART REQUIREMENT, THEN IT IS REVIEWED BY DRB AND IT IS REVIEWED BY COUNCIL. BUT IF COACH DECIDES TOMORROW HE WANTS TO PUT A STATUE IN HIS YARD, I CAN'T. A BRONZE STATUE.

THERE'S THERE'S NO CODE PROVISIONS FOR THAT.

THERE'S NO DESIGN PROVISIONS FOR THAT.

WE REGULATE PUBLIC ART, BUT WE DON'T REGULATE ARTWORK THAT IS ELECTIVELY PLACED ON PRIVATE PROPERTY.

OKAY, I HAVE ONE QUESTION, BUT YOU GOT ME THROWN OFF ON ALL THAT.

I HAD TO THINK ABOUT THAT A MOMENT. ANY OTHER COMMENTS? QUESTIONS, DIRECTION. I HAVE SOME.

OH, MR. YOUNG. SORRY. I'M JUST TRYING TO MAKE.

BECAUSE WHEN WE LEAVE HERE, I WANT TO AT LEAST THERE WAS A COUPLE THINGS THAT WERE THROWN OUT AND SAID THAT WE'LL BRING THAT BACK. AND I JUST WANT TO UNDERSTAND. SO FIRST I WANT TO LEVEL SET A COUPLE THINGS.

SO WHEN MISS MARTIN WAS TALKING ABOUT BUYING THE PUBLIC SPACES OR THE PARKING ALLOCATIONS ON THE STREETS AND WHEN YOU RUN OUT OF IT THE FIRST THING I WANT TO SAY IS THAT GOES INTO THE DOWNTOWN FUND FOR THE PURPOSE OF ACQUIRING LOTS AND, OR BUILDING ANOTHER PARKING DECK OR SOMETHING THAT'S RESERVED THERE.

SHE ALSO DELINEATED THE NEW GARAGE.

I JUST WANT TO BE DIFFERENTIATE DIFFERENT OR EXPLAIN THE DIFFERENCE THERE IS IF THEY BUY IT IN THE PARKING GARAGE, THAT MONEY GOES BACK TO THE CRA AND IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE DOWNTOWN TO PURCHASE OR TO DO ANY MORE PARKING NECESSARILY.

NOW, CRA COULD CHOOSE TO DO SOMETHING, BUT IT DOES REVERT TO THE CRA.

SO THAT'S THAT PART. THE OTHER PART OF IT IS AS IT PERTAINS TO WHEN YOU TALK ABOUT THEM BUYING SPACES AND PARKING.

I JUST WANT TO PUT IT OUT THERE, BECAUSE WE'RE GOING TO BE HAVING DISCUSSIONS IN THE COMING WEEKS ABOUT THE FIFTH AVENUE.

ARE WE GOING TO GO TO A PAID PARKING OR ANY OF THOSE THINGS? IN MY OPINION, IN THE DOWNTOWN, BECAUSE OF THE SELLING OF THOSE ALLOCATED, ALLOCATED SPOTS ON THE ROAD AND THEM BEING OCCUPIED, THAT WILL PRESENT ITS OWN PROBLEM EVENTUALLY. NOW, I THINK IT'S PREMATURE ANYWAY, BECAUSE THAT I SAY IT'S NOT GROWN UP YET.

IT'S I DON'T THINK YOU SHOULD DO ANY PAID PARKING THERE ANYWAY, BUT I DID WANT TO DELINEATE THOSE STATEMENTS TO YOU.

SO WHEN I START TO TALK ABOUT OTHER AREAS, WELL, WHAT ABOUT THIS ONE? I THINK THIS ONE HAS ITS OWN SET OF PROBLEMS OF IMPOSING PARKING FEES BECAUSE OF HOW IT'S ALLOCATED.

THAT BEING SAID, I ALSO DON'T THINK IT'S IT'S PREMATURE TO CONSIDER ANYTHING THERE.

SO I WANTED TO LEVEL SET THAT FOR THE IMMEDIATE CONVERSATION AS IT PERTAINS TO.

THERE'S THREE OTHER ITEMS I WANTED TO TOUCH ON BECAUSE I'M NOT SURE YOU.

YOU CITED THEM, MAYOR, BUT I WASN'T SURE WHAT WE WERE TO BRING BACK.

SO I JUST WANTED TO HELP A LITTLE ON BOTH THE SIGNS AND THE LIGHTING.

I. I PICKED UP ON THE TRANSIENT LODGING AND I THINK I HAVE A DIRECTION THERE TO LOOK AT AND WE MAY HAVE LEGAL RESTRICTIONS, BUT WE'LL LOOK INTO THAT.

BUT ON THE LIGHTING AND THE OTHER, I KNOW YOU MENTIONED THEM BY NAME, BUT IS THERE SOMETHING SPECIFIC YOU WANT US ADDRESSING OR IS IT.

JUST GIVE US YOUR BEST.

GIVEN HOW IT'S YOU KNOW, I MADE THE STATEMENT WHEN I OPENED HERE IS THAT IT'S CLEARLY CHANGING OVER THERE.

NOW JUST DRIVE BY. IS THAT WHAT YOU'RE SAYING? GIVE US BRING US BACK SOMETHING WITH WHAT YOU THINK RECOMMENDATIONS WOULD BE.

I JUST WANTED TO UNDERSTAND WHAT YOU WERE DOING.

[05:30:01]

I'M NOT A LIGHTING EXPERT.

I WOULD LOOK TOWARDS STAFF.

OKAY. AND THAT'S WHY I WANTED TO GET, I MEAN, THE IT JUST NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED AND UPDATED AND MAKE SURE THAT FLASHING LIGHTS OR NEON SIGNS, I FORGET WHICH DISTRICT ALLOWS THEM AND WHICH DISTRICT DOESN'T THAT THAT'S STILL THERE. WHO IS ACTUALLY, YOU KNOW, DESIGNING THOSE.

THOSE SIGNS. I KNOW WE YOU I WATCHED DRB, THOSE SIGNS NEVER CAME TO COUNCIL.

AND THOSE ARE SOME BIG SIGNS.

SO I WILL AND I AGREE WITH YOU.

I THINK I CAN POINT TO A NUMBER OF BUILDINGS.

AND I THINK WE'VE ALL IDENTIFIED THEM BY ADDRESS THAT I THINK REALLY ILLUSTRATE WHERE SIGNAGE IS NOT GREAT IN THE CITY.

I THINK THE DOWNTOWN IS ACTUALLY PRETTY GOOD THERE.

THE DOWNTOWN SIGNAGE IS MUCH MORE STRICT THAN JUST THE REGULAR SIGNAGE STANDARDS IN CHAPTER 50. SO I THINK THE DOWNTOWN IS PROBABLY OKAY, BUT I CAN BRING YOU SOME, YOU KNOW, SOME EXAMPLES.

AND SO YOU CAN SEE EXACTLY WHAT, WHAT THAT WOULD ALLOW.

I THINK, I THINK WHAT WE'RE ALL THINKING ABOUT IS HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL.

YEAH. THOSE BUILDINGS REALLY DRIVE HOME HOW, HOW BAD THE SIGNAGE CAN GO.

RIGHT. AND SOME ARE IN THAT DOWNTOWN AREA.

OH, OKAY. RIGHT. THE TWO BUILDINGS THAT I WON'T IDENTIFY SPECIFICALLY ARE IN HIGHWAY COMMERCIAL. I JUST LOOKED RIGHT. I WILL LOOK IN DOWNTOWN AND SEE IF I SEE ANYTHING EGREGIOUS. BUT ISN'T THE HOSPITAL IN DOWNTOWN? YES, BUT THE HOSPITAL GOT SPECIFIC SIGNAGE APPROVED WHEN THEY CAME THROUGH FOR THEIR CONDITIONAL USE. OKAY.

YEAH, I THINK AND IT'S JUST LIKE THE PLAYHOUSE, BUT WE HAVE TO BE CAREFUL BECAUSE THEN EVERYONE'S GOING TO GO, I, I WANT THAT AND TO BE CONSISTENT, AS I'VE HEARD YOU SAY, OUR SIGNAGE IS REALLY WHAT MAKES US A VERY UNIQUE AND YES, AND I DON'T KNOW THE WORD YOU USE, BUT I SAY SIMPLY ELEGANT.

YEAH. AND I THINK SIMILAR TO, YOU KNOW, LOOKING AT NAPLES SQUARE AND 1111 AND SAYING, OH MY GOSH, THAT'S I THINK WHEN THE DOWNTOWN STANDARDS ARE APPLIED BY CODE, THE RESULT IS, IS GOOD.

I THINK WHEN WE ALLOW HELP.

HELP US HELP YOU, THEN? YEAH, I THINK, I THINK WHEN WE ALLOW SPECIFIC, I WOULD SAY DEVIATIONS BECAUSE THAT WAS A PROCESS. BUT WHEN WE ALLOW THESE LITTLE, YOU KNOW, DEVIATIONS FROM THOSE REQUIREMENTS, THAT'S WHERE WE POINT TO SOMETHING AND SAY, I DON'T LIKE THAT. AND I SAY, I KNOW, BUT I THINK THE CODE, IF APPLIED STRICTLY, ACTUALLY PRODUCES A PRETTY GOOD RESULT.

I DIDN'T MEAN TO INTERRUPT, BUT THAT WAS WHAT I WAS TRYING TO GET AT, WAS SO THAT SOME OF THAT DIALOG TOOK PLACE BECAUSE I DIDN'T WANT TO LEAVE HERE AND THEN SAY, WELL, WHAT DO YOU. I THINK I WANTED TO ASK TO MAKE SURE YOU KNEW WHAT WAS BEING ASKED OF YOU. SO THAT THAT WAS THAT PART OF IT.

THE OTHER PART, I THINK WOULD BE BENEFICIAL, AND I WOULD I'M GOING TO ASK STAFF TO DO IT WITH ME ANYWAY, IS YOUR QUESTION.

AND YOU SAID WHERE YOU SAID I DIDN'T.

I DON'T WANT AN ANSWER TO IT NOW, BUT YOU MENTIONED IT, WHICH WAS CVS AND THEN THE ONE DOWN THE BLOCK AND SHE SAID, WELL, THEY MAY HAVE BEEN PUT IN AT ANOTHER TIME.

I WOULD LOVE TO TAKE THE TIME EFFORT.

AND EVEN IF I HAVE TO, YOU KNOW, HIRE SOMEBODY TO DO IT.

I'M NOT SAYING I WILL HAVE TO, BUT I'M SAYING I WOULD LOVE TO KNOW THE CORRIDORS THAT ARE IN A DISTRICT AND TELL ME THE AGE OF THE BUILDINGS AND HOW IT CORRESPONDS. JUST FROM AN INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES, BECAUSE AS YOU'RE IN THE PUBLIC.

WELL, HOW DID THAT GET BUILT? HOW DID THAT GET BUILT? WHY WAS THAT OKAY? AND THIS ISN'T, I THINK IT WOULD BE A GOOD INFORMATION TO BE ABLE TO SIT AT YOUR DESK AND KNOW THAT.

SO I, I THINK THAT'S A WHOLE SEPARATE PROJECT IN AND OF ITSELF, BUT I DO THINK IT'S A WORTHWHILE ENDEAVOR TO PROVIDE INFORMATION.

JUST GIVING THE RECAP OF WHAT YOU HAD TO READ TO GET TO THIS MEETING.

YEAH. LET ALONE CAN YOU LOOK DOWN THE CORRIDOR AND SAY, THIS IS DEFINING THIS? WELL, WHEN DID THAT APPEAR? HOW DID IT GET THERE? SO I THINK SOME OF THAT WOULD BE BENEFICIAL TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS. AND SO THAT WE UNDERSTAND IS THAT THE THRESHOLD THAT WE WANT FOR ADMINISTRATIVE APPROVALS OR, YOU KNOW, IS THERE SOMETHING ELSE THAT YOU WOULD RECOMMEND? WHAT'S THE BUILD OUT GOING TO LOOK LIKE? OF DOWNTOWN IS REALLY VERY, VERY IMPORTANT.

AND THAT LEADS ME TO MY TWO FINAL, WHICH I REMEMBERED.

AND THAT WAS THE COMP PLAN.

AND IF THERE'S INCONSISTENCIES IN THE COMP PLAN OR THE CODE THAT THEY'RE, THAT'S WHY I WENT THROUGH THOSE CODES BECAUSE THERE ARE SOME OUTDATED LANGUAGE AND INCONSISTENCIES, BUT IT MAY JUST BE FROM ME.

AND WE DO HAVE A NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN IN THE CRA AND I KNOW WE TRY AND SEPARATE IT, BUT THEY ARE THE CRA IS IN THE DOWNTOWN DISTRICT.

SO DO THEY HAVE NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS? SO ARE WE LOOKING AT THE NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS WITHIN THE COMP PLAN UPDATE?

[05:35:04]

SO WE HAVE YEAH, TWO DIFFERENT THINGS.

WE HAVE THIS GEOGRAPHIC AREA IS INTERESTING IN THAT THERE'S MANY LAYERS.

THIS AREA IS IN THE CRA.

IT'S IN THE DOWNTOWN. AND THEN YOU ALSO HAVE THE DESIGN DISTRICT THAT WAS JUST APPROVED IS ALSO WITHIN THIS AREA.

SO THERE'S A LOT OF DIFFERENT LAYERS OF REGULATIONS TO DEAL WITH.

AND YES, WE LOOK AT ALL OF THEM WHEN SOMETHING COMES IN AND IS APPROVED.

WHAT WAS THE LAST. I'M SO SORRY. I COMPLETELY JUST FORGOT. NEIGHBORHOOD. NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS. SO SORRY. NO, THE WE AND WE'VE DISCUSSED THIS A LOT WITH THE PLANNING ADVISORY BOARD AS WELL.

I COULD NOT AGREE MORE THAT I THINK NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS WERE FABULOUS.

I 100% BELIEVE WE SHOULD BRING THEM BACK.

I DO NOT BELIEVE THAT THEY SHOULD BE PART OF YOUR COMP PLAN.

I THINK THAT NEIGHBORHOOD PLANS, IF YOU WANT THEM TO BE EFFECTIVE AND YOU WANT THEM TO BE LIVING DOCUMENTS THAT ARE ADDRESSED REGULARLY, I THINK PUTTING THEM IN YOUR COMPREHENSIVE PLAN PROHIBITS YOU FROM BEING ABLE TO DO THAT. IF THEY ARE PART OF YOUR COMP PLAN, THE ONLY WAY YOU CAN AMEND THEM IS IF YOU GO THROUGH THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENT PROCESS, WHICH IS TRANSMITTAL TO THE STATE, WHICH THEN MEANS THAT DOTDEP COLLIER COUNTY.

ALL OF THOSE AGENCIES ARE LOOKING AT A NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN THAT ADDRESSES A POTHOLE IN AQUALINE SHORES. YEAH, I'M TALKING ABOUT A DIFFERENT NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN. NOT KIND OF HOW WE USED TO USE IT TO EVENTUALLY HOW WE USED IT JUST TO DO CIP I'M TALKING ABOUT D DOWNTOWN, HAVING A DOWNTOWN AREA WITH THE USES THAT ARE LISTED AND HOW THAT NEIGHBORHOOD IS GOING TO LOOK AT BUILD OUT.

SO I THINK ARE WE DOES THIS SOUND MORE LIKE THE INFORMATION MODELING THAT WE'VE BEEN DISCUSSING, LIKE A VISUAL MODEL OF THE PLANNER OF IF YOU LOOKED AT.

YEAH. BUT I MEAN, ARE YOU THINKING SOMETHING THAT, YOU KNOW, COUNCIL COULD LOOK AT AND IT WOULD SHOW VISUALLY IF ALL OF THE PROPERTIES IN THE DOWNTOWN WERE BUILT TO MAXIMUM HEIGHT SETBACKS, EVERYTHING WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE.

YES. IN MAKING SURE THAT THOSE USES ARE GOING TO ALLOW FOR IT TO BE A NEIGHBORHOOD AS INTENDED FOR IT TO BE OKAY.

I THINK THAT'S WHAT WE WANT.

WE'VE BEEN DISCUSSING, I THINK, THE IDEA OF INFORMATION MODELING.

IT'S ONE OF THE THINGS THAT ABE HAS ASKED ME TO DISCUSS WITH THEM NEXT WEEK. WE ARE IN THAT PROCESS. THE CITY, YOU KNOW, THE IT DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN WORKING ON THAT PRELIMINARY. WE'RE EARLY IN THE PROCESS, BUT WE ARE WORKING WITH THE CONTRACTOR TO BEGIN THAT.

NOT A CONTRACTOR, I'M SORRY.

A WE HAVE A CONTRACT WITH A FIRM TO DO THAT.

SO I THINK THAT JUST THE MODELING ASPECT IS SOMETHING THAT'S UNDERWAY.

I THINK THAT WILL INFORM YOU AS TO, YOU KNOW, WHAT WILL THIS LOOK AT, YOU KNOW, WHEN THE MIRACLE MILE RIGHT AFTER IAN THEY HAD THAT DONE.

WE HAD YOU KNOW, SOMEONE DID THAT ON THEIR OWN PROVIDED WHAT A VISUAL OF WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE AT BUILD OUT.

SO I THINK THAT'S A GOOD FIRST STEP TO SEE WHAT THE DOWNTOWN.

AND THAT'S JUST BUILT TO THE CURRENT STANDARDS.

SO YOU COULD SEE, IS THIS WHAT WE WANT OR WHAT DO WE NEED TO CHANGE? I'LL LEAVE THAT TO YOU AND MR. YOUNG AND YOUR. ANY OTHER.

I'M SORRY, BUT I HAD A LOT TO SAY ABOUT THAT.

ANY OTHER. I MEAN, MIXED USE, WHETHER IT'S WORKING OR NOT.

THE THINGS I HAVE HERE TO BRING BACK.

JUST CONCRETE ITEMS IS PROVIDED TO COUNSEL THE INFORMATION THAT I HAD PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED AND WE DISCUSSED RELATED TO TRANSIENT LODGING DENSITY AND TRANSIENT LODGING AS LARGER UNITS OR SMALLER UNITS, YOU KNOW THAT ADDRESSING THE TYPE OF UNIT FOR TRANSIENT LODGING, I HAVE THOSE TWO THINGS THAT I CAN JUST SEND.

I HAVE THAT IT'S A, IT'S A RECORD THAT I CAN PROVIDE IMMEDIATELY.

I THINK MAYOR YOU HAD ASKED FOR AN ANALYSIS OR JUST INFORMATION BROUGHT BACK FIRST ABOUT THE NUMBER OF RESIDENTIAL UNITS VERSUS TRANSIENT LODGING UNITS IN THE DOWNTOWN.

AND THEN LOOKING SPECIFICALLY AT THE, THAT CVS BUILDING AND THE IMMEDIATE AREA THERE. AND THEN ALSO SIGNAGE BRINGING BACK WHAT WHAT THE SIGNAGE STANDARDS, WHAT WHAT SIGNAGE WOULD LOOK LIKE ON A BUILDING TO THE STANDARDS IN PLACE TODAY.

WELL, LIGHTING AND LIGHTING AND SIGNAGE.

I COULD BRING YOU BACK, YOU KNOW, AN ILLUSTRATION OF WHAT THAT WOULD LOOK LIKE. NOT OPPOSED TO THAT.

I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S ALL I GOT THROUGH THERE, BUT MR. YOUNG GOT MOST. ANY OTHER INPUT? MR. YOUNG? I HAVE ENOUGH THAT WE CAN COME BACK AND, AND START TO PEEL OFF THE ONES THAT SHE MENTIONED.

AND BECAUSE AGAIN, THIS IS THE BEGINNING OF THE CONVERSATION, SOMETHING'S GOING TO BE FORCED UPON YOU WHEN WE GET TO THE 90% AND FIRST, 10TH AND 12TH AS IT PERTAINS TO STREETSCAPE, SOME PARKING ELEMENTS, AS WAS ALREADY INDICATED.

SO IT'S GOING TO GAIN TRACTION BECAUSE THERE'S ENOUGH GOING ON THERE THAT IT'S GOING TO HAVE TO HAVE SOME DECISION POINTS AS WELL.

SO THAT'LL HELP SUPPLEMENT WHAT THE SPECIFIC AREAS WE ALREADY SHE JUST MENTIONED THERE.

[05:40:03]

SO BUT THAT'S AT A C.R.A.

MEETING. CORRECT. BUT YOU ALSO HAVE IT BEFORE YOU AS COUNSEL BECAUSE YOU HAVE BOTH CITY COUNCIL AND CRA FUNDS OF SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNTS INVOLVED IN THOSE PROJECTS.

OKAY. ANYTHING ELSE? THANK YOU.

YOU'RE WELCOME. YOU'RE OUT BEFORE FIVE. OKAY.

THAT CONCLUDES ITEM 13E13F, MR.

[13.F) Announcement of an Execution Session Brugal, Genna v. City of Naples, Case No. 22-CA-001117, 20th Judicial Circuit, in and for Collier County, Florida.]

MCCONNELL. YES. THANK YOU MAYOR.

CITY ATTORNEY IS ANNOUNCING HIS REQUEST FOR AN EXECUTIVE SESSION CLOSED TO THE PUBLIC FOR THE PURPOSE OF SEEKING ADVICE CONCERNING SETTLEMENT NEGOTIATIONS OR STRATEGY RELATED TO LITIGATION EXPENDITURES ASSOCIATED WITH LITIGATION STYLED BRUEGHEL JENA VERSUS CITY OF NAPLES. CASE NUMBER 22CA1117 IN IN FOR COLLIER COUNTY, FLORIDA, PURSUANT TO 286.011 SUBPARAGRAPH EIGHT.

ON NOVEMBER 4TH, 2026, AT APPROXIMATELY 1230 CITY'S CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF CITY HALL, THE EXECUTIVE SESSION IS EXPECTED TO LAST APPROXIMATELY ONE HOUR.

NO ACTION WILL BE REQUESTED OF COUNCIL.

NO ACTION WILL BE TAKEN OF COUNCIL DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION. ANY ACTION REQUESTED WILL EITHER HAPPEN WHEN WE RECONVENE OR AT A FUTURE PUBLIC HEARING.

FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS WILL BE PRESENT DURING THE EXECUTIVE SESSION. MAYOR TERESA HEITMANN, COUNCIL MEMBERS BILL KRAMER, BERN BARTON, TED BLANKENSHIP, JOHN KROLL, SCOTT SCHULTZ, CITY MANAGER GARY YOUNG, CITY ATTORNEY MATTHEW MCCONNELL, ASSISTANT ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY ANDREW DICKMAN, ATTORNEY ODESSA DICKMAN, ATTORNEY JOHN KELLER, AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM COURT REPORTING. THANK YOU.

THAT'S 13F13G WAS OUR TIME CERTAIN EXECUTIVE SESSION.

MOVING ALONG TO ITEM 16.

PUBLIC COMMENT SEEING.

WE HAVE NO PUBLIC COMMENT.

[17) COMMUNICATIONS FROM MAYOR, CITY COUNCIL, AND STAFF]

WE'LL GO TO COMMUNICATIONS.